Toyota North America New Features

New Features
Vetronix Corporation
Copyright © 2007
Manual P/N 08002914 Rev B
USA 4/07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
New Features v14.1a (04/02/07)
New Features v14.0a Part 1 (11/03/06)
New Features v10.0a
New Features v9.0a
New Features v8.0a
New Features v7.1a
New Features v7.0a
New Features v6.1a
New Features v6.0a
New Features v5.1a
New Features v5.0
New Features for Version 14.1a
Diagnostic Tester Program Card Software
Last Updated: April 2, 2007
Contents:
• VEHICLE COVERAGE
New System Utilities:
• CAN_AC_SERVOMOTOR
• CAN_EFI_ALL_READINESS
• CAN_HV_B1AIRBLEEDING
New Features for Data List and Active Tests:
• TABLE 1 – DATA LIST NEW PARAMETERS/UPDATES
• TABLE 2 – DATA TEST NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES

VEHICLE COVERAGE
Version 14.1a provides full diagnostic support for all 2007 and earlier Model Year
vehicles. While this release also includes tentative support for all 2008MY vehicles,
production vehicles were not available during software validation. As a result, some
functions may not operate as desired on 2008MY vehicles
Tentative Support
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
All through 2007 All through 2007 All through 2007
ES350 4Runner Scion tC
GS350 Avalon Scion xB
GS450H Camry Scion xD
GS460 Camry HV
GX470 Corolla
IS F-Sports FJ Cruiser
IS250 Highlander
IS350 Highlander HV
LS460 Landcruiser
LS600H Matrix
LX570 Prius
RX350 RAV4
RX400H Sequoia
SC430 Sienna
Solara
Tacoma
Tundra
Yaris
Version 14.1a
New Features Document 2 of 25
Servo Motor Initialization for CAN_A/C
Description:
This function is an update for the CAN_A/C ECU Servo Motor Initialization. The Servomotor Initialization
function is used to initialize the zero point of the Air Conditioning Servomotors.
Screen Flow
[EXIT]
To Menu
(Screen A)
Version 14.1a
(Screen A)
[EXIT]
To Menu
(Branch automatically)
To Menu To Menu
Version 14.1a
ALL READINESS for CAN_EFI
Description:
This function is an update for the CAN_EFI ECU. This function is used to run the applicable monitor of
inputted DTC.
New changes for software version 14.1 are in red.
Screen Flow
(Screen A)
Version 14.1a
(Screen A)
ALL READINESS
Input the DTCs
You can select

‘P’, ‘C’, ‘B’, or
‘U’ with [ ] or [ ]
Keys.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
ALL READINESS
Input the DTCs
You can use the 0-9

keys to input
numeric values.
Letters A-F are
input by pressing
the [*] key and
numbers 0-5
simultaneously.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
ALL READINESS
Input the DTCs

P
If you want to clear the

inputted DTC, press [NO]
key.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
Branch automatically
2 3 4 5 6 7
Version 14.1a
2 3 4
1 1 1
5 6 7
ALL READINESS
[ * ]
DTC MONITOR:
Unable
STATUS:N/A
PRESS [ENTER]
1 1
Version 14.1a
The Input Key operation
P
Press ‘1’ key
P 1
[NO] Press ‘0’ key
P 10
P 109
P 1093
[NO]
Version 14.1a
The Input Key operation (In case of inputting alphabet A-F)
Input alphabet A-F with ‘*’ key + ‘0-5’ key

ex. F -> ‘*’ + ‘5’
P
Press ‘1’ key
P 1
[NO] Press ‘*’ key + ‘5’ key
P 1F
[NO] Press ‘*’ key + ‘0’ key
P 1FA
P1FA3
[NO]
Version 14.1a
The input Key operation (In case of changing the ‘P’, ‘C’, ‘B’, and ‘U’)
Change the ‘P’, ‘C’, ‘B’, and ‘U’ with ‘UP’ or ‘DOWN’ key
ALL READINESS Press ‘DOWN’ key
Input the DTCs
P1FA3 Press ‘DOWN’ key
If you want to clear the inputted

DTC, press [NO] key.
ALL READINESS
PRESS [ENTER] Input the DTCs
C1FA3 Press ‘DOWN’ key

Press ‘UP’ key DTC, press [NO] key.
ALL READINESS
B1FA3
Press ‘DOWN’ key
ALL READINESS
U1FA3

Press ‘UP’ key PRESS [ENTER]
Version 14.1a
B1 AIR BLEEDING for CAN HV
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is used to bleed air from the B1 of Hybrid Transmission chamber by activating the B1 piston.
New changes for software version 14.1 are in red.
Screen Flow
Version 14.1a
[EXIT]
To MENU
[YES] [NO]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[YES] [NO]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[YES] [NO]
Version 14.1a
New Features Document (Screen A) 12 of 25
(Screen A)
B1 AIR BLEEDING
Please wait.
NOW BLEEDING NOW BLEEDING NOW BLEEDING
Please wait for Please wait for Please wait for

the B1 piston to the B1 piston to 520 seconds.
activate 100 times. activate 164 times.
activate [N0]times. activate [N0]times. Time 514 sec.
[N0]: Count [N0]: Count Count down

0 up to 100. 0 up to 164. from 520
Branch automatically 8
To MENU
Version 14.1a
Table 1 – Data List – New Support/Updates
System: ABS / VSC

New Support/
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description
Updates
STP LIGHT RELAY Stop Light Relay
LAND CRUISER ALL CRAWL SW Crawl Control Switch

New for Ver.14.1.
LX570 USER DATA
CRAWL LIGHT Crawl Control Light
STOP SW HISTORY Stop Switch History
System: AHC
New Support/
Updates
(UP&DOWN)G FR (UP&DOWN)G sensor FR
(UP&DOWN)G FL (UP&DOWN)G sensor FL
(UP&DOWN)G R (UP&DOWN)G sensor rear
(BACK&FORTH)G (BACK&FORTH)G sensor
OIL PRESSURE Oil Pressure Sensor
OIL TEMP Oil Temperature Sensor
ALL GRAVITY SENSOR Gravity Sensor(Side to Side)

LX570 New for Ver.14.1.
USER DATA
FR HEIGHT FR Height Control Sensor
FL HEIGHT FL Height Control Sensor
RR HEIGHT RR Height Control Sensor
RL HEIGHT RL height control sensor
FR ADJUST FR Height Adjust
FL ADJUST FL Height Adjust
RR ADJUST RR Height Adjust
Version 14.1a
System: AHC (continued)
RL ADJUST RL Height Adjust
FR AFTER ADJUST FR After Height Adjust
FL AFTER ADJUST FL After Height Adjust
RR AFTER ADJUST RR After Height Adjust
RL AFTER ADJUST RL After Height Adjust
STOP LIGHT SW Stop Light Switch
SPORT SW SPORT Switch
COMFORT SW COMFORT Switch
MANUAL MODE SW Manual Mode Switch
DOOR SW Door Switch

ALL
USER DATA ACCESS MODE SW Access Mode Switch
HEIGHT SW UP Height Control Switch(Up)
HEIGHT SW DOWN Height Control Switch(Down)
DAMPER SW 1 Damping Force Switch 1
HEIGHT POSITION Height Position
HEIGHT CTRL Height Control
HEIGHT OFFSET Height Offset
HV READY HV Ready
TD TD Terminal
TC TC Terminal
TS TS Terminal
Version 14.1a
New Support/
Updates
DIFF LOCK SW Differential Lock Switch
L4 SW L4 Switch
IG VOLTAGE IG Power Source Voltage
POWER VOLTAGE +B Power Source Voltage
+B2 VOLTAGE +B2 Power Source Voltage
STEERING ANGLE Steering Angle
ENGINE SPEED Engine Speed
FR WHEEL SPD FR Wheel Speed
FL WHEEL SPD FL Wheel Speed
RR WHEEL SPD RR Wheel Speed

ALL
USER DATA RL WHEEL SPD RL Wheel Speed
DRIVING TORQUE Driving Torque
OUTSIDE TEMP Outside Temperature Sensor
DMP FR Damper Step FR
DMP FL Damper Step FL
DMP RR Damper Step RR
DMP RL Damper Step RL
MAX DMP STEP FR Max Damper step FR
MAX DMP STEP FL Max Damper step FL
MAX DMP STEP RR Max Damper step RR
MAX DMP STEP RL Max Damper step RL
Version 14.1a
Adaptive Variable
AVS MODE Suspension(AVS) Mode
HEIGHT MODE Height Mode
MANUAL MODE Manual Mode
ACCESS MODE Access Mode
HEIGHT CONTROL Height Control Prohibition
FR HEIGHT SOL Front Right Height Solenoid
FL HEIGHT SOL Front Left Height Solenoid
RR HEIGHT SOL Rear Right Height Solenoid
ALL RL HEIGHT SOL Rear Left Height Solenoid

USER DATA
FRONT GATE VALV Front Gate Valve
REAR GATE VALVE Rear Gate Valve
ACCUMULATOR VAL Accumulator Valve

Front Right Gas Spring Switch
FR SPRING SWTCH Valve
Front Left Gas Spring Switch
FL SPRING SWTCH Valve
PUMP MOTOR RELA Pump Motor Relay
MAIN RELAY VALV Main Relay for Valve
MAIN RELAY ACTU Main Relay for Actuator
#CODES Number of Trouble Codes
Version 14.1a
System: AIR SUSPENSION
New Support/
Updates
(UP&DOWN)G FR (UP&DOWN)G sensor FR
(UP&DOWN)G FL (UP&DOWN)G sensor FL
(UP&DOWN)G R (UP&DOWN)G sensor rear
RR HEIGHT RR Height Control Sensor
RL HEIGHT RL height control sensor
MANUAL MODE SW Manual Mode Switch
DOOR SW Door Switch
HEIGHT SW UP Height Control Switch(Up)
ALL HEIGHT SW DOWN Height Control Switch(Down)

SEQUOIA New for Ver.14.1.
USER DATA
HEIGHT POSITION Height Position
TC TC Terminal
TS TS Terminal
RL WHEEL SPD RL Wheel Speed
IG VOLTAGE IG Power Source Voltage
POWER VOLTAGE +B Power Source Voltage
ENGINE SPEED Engine Speed
Version 14.1a
New Support/
Updates
DMP FR Damper Step FR
DMP FL Damper Step FL
DMP RR Damper Step RR
DMP RL Damper Step RL
MAX DMP STEP FR Max Damper step FR
MAX DMP STEP FL Max Damper step FL
ALL MAX DMP STEP RR Max Damper step RR

SEQUOIA New for Ver.14.1.
USER DATA
MAX DMP STEP RL Max Damper step RL
GATE SOL REAR Rear Gate Solenoid
LEVEL SOL REAR Rear Leveling Solenoid
EXHAUST SOL Exhaust Solenoid
MOTOR RELAY Motor Relay
MAIN RELAY Main Relay
System: BACK DOOR

New Support/
Updates
RH Courtesy SW of Tail Gate
ALL
RH CTSY TAIL PN Panel
LX570 USER New for Ver.14.1.
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE LH Courtesy SW of Tail Gate
LH CTSY TAIL PN Panel
Version 14.1a
System: BODY NO.4
New Support/
Updates
REAR WIP SW Rear Wiper Switch
REAR WIP INT SW Rear Wiper Int Switch
REAR WIP LO SW Rear Wiper Lo Switch
REAR WASHER SW Rear Washer Switch
HANDLE SW Handle Switch of tail gate panel

Half Latch Switch RH of tail gate
HALF LATCH S RH panel
Courtesy Switch RH of tail gate
COURTESY SW RH panel
Position Switch RH of tail gate
POSITION SW RH panel
LAND CRUISER ALL FAIL COUNT RH Fail Count RH of tail gate panel
New for Ver.14.1.
LX570 USER Half Latch Switch LH of tail gate
HALF LATCH S LH panel
Courtesy Switch LH of tail gate
COURTESY SW LH panel
Position Switch LH of tail gate
POSITION SW LH panel
FAIL COUNT LH Fail Count LH of tail gate panel
R-WIPER AUTO-R Auto Rear Wiper In Reverse

Auto Rear Wiper In Reverse
R-WIPER AUTO-RF Frequency
R-WIPER WASHER Rear Wiper Washer Function
R-REWIPE FUNC Rear Rewipe Function

Rear Wiper Adaptive Speed
R-WIPER ASC Control
Version 14.1a
System: BODY NO.5
New Support/
Updates
WIPER HI SW Wiper High Switch
WIPER AUTO SW Wiper Auto Switch

LAND CRUISER ALL
New for Ver.14.1.
LX570 USER WIPER LO SW Wiper Lo Switch
WASHER SW Washer Switch
RAIN SEN SW POS Rain Sensor Adjust SW Position
System: ENGINE AND ECT

New Support/
Updates
PRIMARY
IS250/IS350 USER New for Ver.14.1.
ENGINE CONTROL HI PRES FP DUTY High Pressure Fuel Pump Duty
System: EPB
New Support/
Updates
TARGET TENSION Target Tension

LS460 ALL Update for
LS600H USER DATA ZERO MOTOR VAL Zero Point of Motor Current Ver.14.1
ECU VOLTAGE ECU Power Voltage
System: HV
New Support/
Updates
LATEST OPER The latest times of operation
T/M Fluid LATEST TRIP The latest times of trip

GS450H The times of operation 1 before New for Ver14.1
Temp High
BEF LATST OPER the latest time
The times of trip 1 before the
BEF LATST TRIP latest time
Version 14.1a
System: MAINBODY
New Support/
Updates
GLS HTCH CTY SW Glass Hatch Courtesy Switch

HIGHLANDER
GLS HTCH OPN SW Glass Hatch Opener Switch
ALL WIRLS GLS HATCH Wireless Glass Hatch Open

USER Rear Wiper Switch Signal - Hi
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE REAR WIPER HI Position
Rear Wiper Switch Signal - Low
New for Ver.14.1.
REAR WIPER LO Position
SEQUOIA
REAR WASHER SW Rear Washer Switch Signal
Communication Back Door
COM B-DOOR P/W Power Window
Current Communication Kinetic
LAND CRUISER ALL CURR COM KDSS Dynmic Suspension Sys
SCION xD USER
Curr Com AVN Current Communication AVN
System: METER
New Support/
Updates
LAND CRUISER
LX570
TIMING BELT Integrated value for Timing belt
ALL
USER
ECO DRIVE INDIC ECO Drive Indicator New for Ver.14.1.
CUSTOMIZE
HIGHLANDER DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
LANGUAGE Language
UNITS BY REGION Units By Region
System: METER (continued)

New Support/
Updates
ALL
GS350/GS460 USER
New for Ver.14.1.
GS450H CUSTOMIZE
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE LANGUAGE Language
System: MIRROR
New Support/
Updates
ALL
USER
SEQUOIA New for Ver.14.1
CUSTOMIZE The status of input signal of
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE REAR TILT MIRR Reverse Tilt Mirror Switch
Version 14.1a
System: RADAR CRUISE
New Support/
Updates
GS450H ALL 5TH SHIFT DOWN Shift down request to 5th gear
New for Ver14.1
IS-F Sports USER DATA
6TH SHIFT DOWN Shift down request to 6th gear
System: SMART KEY, SMART ACCESS

New Support/
Updates
GLS BRK DETECT Glass break sensor detection

HIGHLANDER ALL
USER New for Ver.14.1.
GLS HATCH OPEN Glass Hatch Open Operation
DIAG&CUTOMIZE
LAND CRUISER
IMMOBI(IG=ON) Immobilizer when IG=ON
System: EMPS
New Support/
Updates
GS350/GS460 ALL
New for Ver.14.1.
GS450H USER BATT LOW REC Battery Voltage Lo Record
System: SMART ACCESS

New Support/
Updates
ALL
GS350
USER New for Ver.14.1.
GS450
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE P/SAVE 9-DAY Power Save Counter - 9days
Version 14.1a
Table 2 – Active Test – New Support/Updates
System: ABS / VSC

New Support/
Vehicle Active Test Name Test Description
Updates
LAND CRUISER
New for Ver.14.1.
LX570 CRAWL LIGHT Crawl Control Light
System: AHC
New Support/
Updates
DAMPER FR Damper step FR
DAMPER FL Damper step FL
DAMPER RR Damper step RR
DAMPER RL Damper step RL
FR HEIGHT SOL Front Right Height Solenoid
FL HEIGHT SOL Front Left Height Solenoid
RR HEIGHT SOL Rear Right Height Solenoid
RL HEIGHT SOL Rear Left Height Solenoid
FRONT GATE VALV Front Gate Valve
REAR GATE VALVE Rear Gate Valve
ACCUMULATOR VAL Accumulator Valve
FR SPRING SWTCH Front Right Gas Spring Switch Valve
FL SPRING SWTCH Front Left Gas Spring Switch Valve
PUMP MOTOR RELA Pump Motor Relay
FR UP&DOWN Front Right Wheel UP/DOWN
FL UP&DOWN Front Left Wheel UP/DOWN
RR UP&DOWN Rear Right Wheel UP/DOWN
RL UP&DOWN Rear Left Wheel UP/DOWN
FRONT UP&DOWN Front Wheel UP/DOWN
REAR UP&DOWN Rear Wheel UP/DOWN
FRONT UP BY ACC Front Wheel UP by Accumulator
REAR UP BY ACC Rear Wheel UP by Accumulator

New Support/
Updates
DAMPER FR Damper step FR
DAMPER FL Damper step FL
DAMPER RR Damper step RR
DAMPER RL Damper step RL
SEQUOIA REAR UP&DOWN Rear Wheel UP/DOWN New for Ver.14.1.
GATE SOL REAR Rear Gate Solenoid
LEVEL SOL REAR Rear Leveling Solenoid
EXHAUST SOL Exhaust Solenoid
MOTOR RELAY Compressor Motor Relay
Version 14.1a
System: BODY NO.4
New Support/
Updates
REAR WIPER LO Rear Wiper Lo
LAND CRUISER TAIL GATE PANEL Tail Gate Panel Open
New for Ver.14.1.
LX570 REAR STEP LIGHT Rear Step Light
INSIDE HNDL LT Inside Handle Illumination
System: MAINBODY
New Support/
Updates
GLASS HATCH OPN Glass Hatch Open
HIGHLANDER
SIDE MIRROR LGT Side Mirror Foot Light New for Ver.14.1.
SEQUOIA REAR WIPER WASH Rear Wiper Washer Motor Relay
System: METER
New Support/
Updates
INTUITIVE P/A Indicat. INTUITIVE P/A LCD
TIMING BELT Indicat. Timing Belt
4WD AUTO INDIC Indicat. 4WD AUTO
VSC OFF INDIC Indicat. VSC OFF
SIL INDIC Indicat. SIL
2nd START INDIC Indicat. 2nd START
LAND CRUISER CTR DIFF LOCK Indicat. Ctr DIFF LOCK
New for Ver.14.1.
LX750 RR DIFF LOCK Indicat. Rr DIFF LOCK
4LO INDIC Indicat. 4LO
RIDE MODE INDIC Indicat. Ride Mode
CRAWL INDIC Indicat. CRAWL
A/T P INDIC Indicat. A/T P
COOLANT TEMP Water Temperature Meter Operation
ECO Indicat. ECO
System: MSW
New Support/
Updates
P P/W UP/DOWN Passenger Side Power Window
GS350
RR P/W UP/DOWN Rear Power Window RH New for Ver.14.1.
GS460
RL P/W UP/DOWN Rear Power Window LH
Version 14.1a
Last Updated: November 21, 2006
Contents:
• All Readiness
• AT Code Registration
• Object Recognition Camera Adjust
• Object Recognition Camera Position
• Steering Angle Adjust
• Torque Sensor Adjust 3
1 of 24
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Production Version 14.0a Diagnostic Tester software includes support for all 2007 model year vehicles.
This software version supports all OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, and NVH functions. In addition, full
support is available for the following 2008 model year vehicles:
Full Support
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
ES350 Scion xB
LS600H Scion tC
RX350
2 of 24
All Readiness CAN_EFI
Description:
This function is new for the CAN_EFI ECU. This function is used to run the applicable monitor of inputted
DTC.
Screen Flow
[EXIT]
To Menu
2 3 4 5 6 7
3 of 24
2 3
1 1
4 5
1
1
7
6
4 of 24
1
The Input Key Operation
Press ‘1’ key
1 Press ‘0’ key

[NO]
10 Press ‘9’ key

[NO]
109 Press ‘3’ key

[NO]
1093
[NO]
5 of 24
Input Key Operation (In case of inputting alphabet A-F)
Input alphabet A-F with ‘*’ key hold + ‘0-5’ key

Ex. F = ‘*’Key hold + ‘5’ Key
Press ‘1’ key
[NO]
Press ‘*’ key hold + ‘5’ key
1F
[NO] Press ‘*’ key hold + ‘0’ key
1FA
Press ‘3’ key
[NO]
1FA3
[NO]
6 of 24
AT Code Registration for CAN_EFI
Description:
This function is new for the CAN_EFI ECU. This function is used to input a compensation code and initialize
the ECU after an A/T assembly or ECU has been replaced.
Screen Flow
CHECK
Gear Selector is in P.
Vehicle is stopped.
Engine is OFF.
Engine switch is
ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To Menu
[EXIT]
To Menu
[EXIT]
To Menu
Select a function and

Press [ENTER]
Select Select
“1. SET A/T “2. READ A/T
CODE” CODE” 7 of 24
3 4
3 4
[EXIT]
To Menu
11
Select Select
“1. INPUT A/T CODE” “2. SAVED A/T
CODE”
5 6
[NO]
To Menu
To Menu
To Menu
8 of 24
5
11
[EXIT] [EXIT] [EXIT]

9 of 24
To Menu
6
(Screen M) (Screen Q)
[YES] [NO]
[EXIT]
8 To Menu
To Menu
10 of 24
Object Recognition Camera Adjust
(LANEKEEP ASSIST, PRE-COLLISION 2)
Description:
This function is new for the DSS1 ECU. This function is to be executed after the Object
Recognition Camera is replaced and “CAMERA POSITION” is executed.
Screen Flow
11 of 24
A
CAMERA ADJUST
This function is
used to adjust the
camera axis.
Please refer to
the repair manual
for details.
Press [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To Menu
CONDITIONS
-Engine switch/
Power switch is ON.
-LKA switch is ON.
-Engine is
not running.
-"CAMERA POSITION"
was performed.
Press[ENTER]to
start this function.
[EXIT] To Menu
CAMERA ADJUST CAMERA ADJUST
Set up the target at FAILED.

position 1(Center)
according to the Registered values
location specified for the camera may
in the not be correct.
repair manual.
Do "CAMERA POSITION"
first, and then
Press [ENTER] to try again.
learn position 1. Press [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To Menu
12 of 24
1 To Menu
1 CAMERA ADJUST
Set up the target at

position 3(Right)
within 3 minutes,
and press "ENTER".
CAMERA ADJUST
[180] sec. left
Press [ENTER] to
* NOW PROCESSING * learn position 3.
Please wait To Menu

for [25] sec.
3
CAMERA ADJUST
3
CAMERA ADJUST * NOW PROCESSING *
Set up the target at

position 2(Left)
within 3 minutes, Please wait
and press "ENTER". for [25] sec.
[180] sec. left 3

Press [ENTER] to
learn position 2.
To Menu
CAMERA ADJUST CAMERA ADJUST
FAILED.
3 CAMERA ADJUST
COMPLETED
Please turn LKA
switch OFF and ON
* NOW PROCESSING * then try again.
Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER]

Please wait
for [25] sec.
3 To Menu 13 of 24
Camera Position for CAN DSS1
(LANEKEEP ASSIST, PRE-COLLISION 2)
Description:
This function is new for the DSS1 ECU. This function is to be executed after the Object
Recognition Camera is replaced.
Screen Flow
14 of 24
1
CAMERA POSITION
This function
memorizes the
Object Recognition
Camera position.
Press [ENTER]
To Menu
2
CONDITION
-Engine switch/
Power switch is ON.
-LKA switch is ON.
Press [ENTER] to
INPUT CAMERA
POSITION
Height Value
12345 Inch
Horizontal Value
+/- 12345 Inch
Please input
height and horizontal
values.
Press [ENTER]
4
15 of 24
4
5 2
INPUT TARGET
POSITION
Distance Value
12345
Height Value
12345
Please input
distance and
height values.
Press [ENTER]
To Menu 2
CAMERA POSITION
Height Value
12345
Horizontal Value
12345
CAMERA POSITION
TARGET POSITION
Distance Value
12345
FAILED.
Height Value
12345
If these values are To Menu
Please try again.
correct. Press [ENTER]
CAMERA POSITION Press [ENTER]
*NOW PROCESSING*
CAMERA POSITION
Please wait
for [70] sec. The input value(s)
is out of range.
Please input
CAMERA POSITION value correctly.
COMPLETED. Press [ENTER]
Please perform
3
"CAMERA AXIS ADJUST"
Press [ENTER] 5 16 of 24
To Menu
Steering Angle Adjust for VGRS
Description:
This function is new for the VGRS ECU. This function is used to free a steering wheel from the
actuator.
Screen Flow
VGRS VGRS GS
1 17 of 24
1
18 of 24
TRQ SENS ADJUST3 for CAN_EMPS
Description:
This function is new for the CAN_EMPS ECU. This function is used to initialize the zero point
calibration of the Torque sensor (record of EMPS ECU).
Screen Flow
19 of 24
A
[EXIT]
To Menu
[EXIT]
To Menu
detected DTC
"C1515" or "C1525" detected
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST or Other
"C1581" or No DTC DTCs
C K
* NOW PROCESSING *
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
Turn Engine switch

OFF and ON.
E
To Menu
20 of 24
B
B
C D
C D
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
* NOW PROCESSING *
TIME REMAINING:
C
Receive detected DTC detected DTC detected
Error "C1525" or "C1581" or "C1515"or "C1516" other DTCs
Message No DTC
L H 21 of 24
L
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
* NOW ADJUSTING *
TIME REMAINING:
TRQ SENS ADJUST TRQ SENSOR ADJUST

FAILED
Please retry the

handle operation to
left and right.
* NOW PROCESSING *
TIME REMAINING:
M E
22 of 24
M
Receive DTC is detected DTC detected detected

Error not detected “C1525” or “C1526” DTC other
Message "C1581" DTCs
C TRQ SENSOR ADJUST

FAILED
DTC C1581 was

detected.
Please confirm that
the THS ECU and BODY
ECU is connected.
H D
To Menu
23 of 24
G C
To Menu
To Menu
24 of 24
To Menu
Last Updated: November 3, 2006
Contents:
New Data List Parameters and Active Tests:

• TABLE 2 – ACTIVE TEST NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES
1 of 8
VEHICLE COVERAGE
This software version supports all OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, and NVH functions. In addition, full support
is available for the following 2008 model year vehicles:
Full Support
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
ES350 Scion xB
LS600H Scion tC
RX350
2 of 8
Table 1 – Data List – New Support/Updates
System: ABS / VSC

Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description New Support/ Updates
ALL
LS600H USER DATA TRAC/VCS OFF M TRAC/VSC Off Mode New for Ver.14.0.
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
System: AIR CONDITIONER

ALL O2 SUPPLY Oxygen Supply
USER DATA
CUSTOMIZE FILTER SENS Filter sensor
IR SENSOR 1 Infrared Rays Sensor 1
LS600H IR SENSOR 4 Infrared Rays Sensor 4 New for Ver.14.0.
ALL
USER DATA IR SENSOR 5 Infrared Rays Sensor 5
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE IR SENSOR 6 Infrared Rays Sensor 6
Battery cool down servomotor
BATT COOL PLS
target pulse

ALL
LS600H HEIGHT POSITION Height Position New for Ver.14.0
USER DATA
System: ENGINE and ECT

HCAC VSV HC Absorber Catalyst VSV
Initial Exhaust Temperature
INI EX TEMP 1
(IN)
INI EX TEMP 2
(OUT)
USER DATA Initial Exhaust Temperature New for Ver.14.0.
INI EX TEMP 3
LS600H Bank2 (IN)
INI EX TEMP 4
Bank2 (OUT)
INJECTOR(PORT) Injector (Port)
HCAC TEST HC Absorber Catalyst Test

USER DATA
EVAP VENT VAL EVAP System Vent Valve Update for Ver.14.0.
Primary
3 of 8
System: ENGINE and ECT (continued)
CYL #1 Cylinder #1 Misfire Count
CYL #5 Cylinder #5 Misfire Count New for Ver.14.0.
LS460 USER DATA CYL #6 Cylinder #6 Misfire Count
Misfire CYL #7 Cylinder #7 Misfire Count
CYL ALL All Cylinders Misfire Count
CYLS Multiple Cylinders Misfire Count
System: EMPS
ALL
LS600H BATTERY VOLTAGE Battery Voltage Update for Ver.14.0.
USER DATA
System: F STABILIZER
VEHICLE SPD Vehicle Speed
IG SUPPLY Ignition power supply
Power Steering Ignition Power
PIG SUPPLY
Supply
YAW RATE SENS Yaw rate sensor
G (RIGHT&LEFT) Right and Left G
G (BACK&FORTH) Back and Forth G
ALL ENGINE SPD Engine Speed
LS600H New for Ver.14.0.
USER DATA TWIST ANGLE Twist Angle
TARGET TORQUE Target Torque
DCDC HARNES DC/DC Converter Harness
CNT Error Count
DC/DC Converter Overheat
DC/DC HEAT CNT
Count
MOTOR CURRENT Motor Total Current
DC/DC STATUS DC/DC Converter Status
AVS COUNT AVS Intercept Mode Count
VEHICLE COUNT Vehicle Intercept Mode Count
Rough Road Intercept Mode
ROUGH COUNT
Count
#DTC Number of DTC
4 of 8
System: HV ECU
T/M FAIL SAFE T/M Fail Safe Mode Delete for Ver14.0
T/M GEAR SELECT T/M gear selector
USER DATA LINE-PRESS(LO) Line Pressure Low
GS450H
HV TRANSMISSION LINE-PRESS(HI) Line Pressure High
DRIVE (T/M-LO) Drive in T/M gear position Lo
DRIVE (T/M-HI) Drive in T/M gear position Hi
MG1 CARRIR FREQ MG1 carrier frequency
RMG CARRIR FREQ RMG carrier frequency
RQST DF Request driving force
Primary Driving Force Request
DF RQST-CCS
on Cruise Control
DS OVERRIDE Operator override
Intuitive Park Assist Creep Up
IPA CRP-UP RT
Rate
PRIMARY Accelerator Information for
LS600H ACC INFO-DSS
USER DATA Driving Support
A-HLD CTRL MODE Auto Hold control system status
CORNER DRAG
Torque for cornering drag
TRQ
ROAD SURF GRAD Grade of road surface
RR RQST TORQUE Rear request torque New for Ver14.0
DC/DC CONV TEMP DC/DC Converter temperature
CORNER DRAG CTL Cornering drag control
IPA CTRL SIG IPA control signal
PRHBT DC SIG Prohibit DC/DC converter signal
EV REQUEST EV request
TRC OFF SW TRC OFF Switch
PRIMARY PER START-IMMO Permit start by Immobilizer
USER DATA
STARTER SIG Starter Signal
IMMOBI COMM Immobilizer Communication
LATEST TRIP The latest times of trip
LS600H The times of operation 1 before
OIL TEMP LOW BEF LATST OPER
the latest time
BEF LATST TRIP
latest time
A/C INFO1 Air Conditioner Information 1
USER DATA
A/C INFO2 Air Conditioner Information 2
HV BATTERY
DAMPER STATUS Damper status
USER DATA B1 AIR BLEEDING B1 Air Bleeding
HV TRANSMISSION PATTERN PWR/M Pattern switch status
System: MAIN BODY

New Support/
Updates
ALL
TRUNK CANCEL
COROLLA USER DATA Trunk Cancel Switch New For Ver14.0
SW
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
5 of 8
System: MAYDAY GATEWAY
ALL LOST MSG(V BUS) Lost Message from Vehicle Bus

LS600H Updates for Ver.14.0.
USER DATA LOST MSG(MAY) Lost Message from Mayday Bus
System: P-SEAT
ALL P-SEAT AUTO PTN Passenger Seat Auto Pattern

LS600H New For Ver14.0
USER DATA RELAX P/S LIFT Relax With Passenger Seat Lift
System: R STABILIZER
Power Steering Ignition Power
PIG SUPPLY
Supply
YAW RATE SENS Yaw rate sensor
G (RIGHT&LEFT) Right and Left G
ALL G (BACK&FORTH) Back and Forth G

LS600H New for Ver.14.0.
USER DATA ENGINE SPD Engine Speed
TWIST ANGLE Twist Angle
TARGET TORQUE Target Torque
DC/DC Converter Harness Error
DCDC HARNES CNT
Count
DC/DC HEAT CNT DC/DC Converter Overheat Count
MOTOR CURRENT Motor Total Current
DC/DC STATUS DC/DC Converter Status
AVS COUNT AVS Intercept Mode Count
VEHICLE COUNT Vehicle Intercept Mode Count
ROUGH COUNT Rough Road Intercept Mode Count
#DTC Number of DTC
6 of 8
System: RAIN SENSOR
ALL DATA
LS460 CODES# Number of Trouble Code New for Ver14.0
USER DATA
System: REAR CONSOLE

ALL
LS600H ARM COURTESY SW Armrest Courtesy Switch Update for Ver.14.0
USER DATA
System: RL-SEAT
OTTOMAN POS Ottoman Return Position
Relax with Passenger Seat
ALL RELAX P/S SLIDE
LS600H Slides New For Ver14.0
USER DATA
RELAX OTTO UP Relax with Ottoman Up
RTN W P-SEAT Return with Passenger Seat
System: RR-SEAT
OTTOMAN POS Ottoman Return Position
Relax with Passenger Seat
ALL RELAX P/S SLIDE
LS600H Slides New For Ver14.0
USER DATA
RELAX OTTO UP Relax with Ottoman Up
RTN W P-SEAT Return with Passenger Seat
System: TPWS
ALL
xB ENGINE SPD Engine SPD New for Ver.14.0.
USER DATA
7 of 8
Table 2 – Active Test – New Support/Changes
System: AIR CONDITONER

Active Test
Vehicle Test Description New Support/ Updates
Name
BATT COOL
LS600H Battery cool down servomotor target pulse New for Ver.14.0.
PLS
System: ENGINE and ECT

Vehicle Active Test Name Test Description New Support/ Updates
VENT VALVE Vent Valve Update for Ver.14.0.

HCAC VSV
LS600H HC Absorber Canister VSV CHECK
CHECK New for Ver.14.0.
HCAC VSV Activate HC Absorber Canister VSV
System: F STABILIZER
Active Test
Name
STABILIZER
LS600H Stabilizer Check New for Ver.14.0.
CHK
System: HV BATTERY
PRIUS BATTERY CHECK Discharging battery to check weak battery cells Delete for Ver14.0
System: HV ECU
LS600H BATTERY CHECK Discharging battery to check weak battery cells Delete for Ver14.0
System: METER
GS430 INTUITIVE P/A Indicator INTUITIVE P/A LCD Update for Ver.14.0.
xB VSC OFF INDIC Indicator VSC OFF New for Ver.14.0.
System: R STABILIZER
Active Test
Name
STABILIZER
LS600H Stabilizer Check New for Ver.14.0.
CHK
8 of 8
Last Updated: September 15, 2006
Contents:
• Air Injection System Check

• Air Suspension Height Offset
• ABS Air Bleeding
• ABS ECB Utility
• Clearing LKA and Pre-Collision 2 Codes
• Torque Sensor Adjust
• TPWS ID Code Registration
• TPWS Test Mode
• EPB Memory Reset
• Vehicle Select Options for LS460
Version 13.4a Page 1 of 38

New Features Document
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Full Support
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
2007 GS350/430 2007 4Runner 2007 xA
2007 GX470 2007 Avalon
2007 IS250/350 2007 Corolla/Matrix
2007 LS460 20007 HIACE
2007 LX470 2007 Highlander
2007 RX350 2007 Highlander HV
2007 RX400h 2007 Hilux
2007 SC430 2007 Land Cruiser
20007 Prius
2007 Rav4
2007 Sequoia
2007 Sienna
2007 Tacoma
2007 Tundra

Air Injection System Check
Description:
Use this function to identify malfunctioning component(s) or to validate a repair to the Air Injection system.
This function will turn on or off the air pump and open or close the Air Switching Valve (ASV) in the Air Injection system.
The Diagnostic Tester commands AI components using a specified pattern and monitors the A/F and pressure sensors to
determine if the system is malfunctioning.
Screen Flow
Select Select
1. AUTOMATIC 2. MANUAL
OPERATION OPERATION
2 3

2 3
Automatically
2 3

2

4
To MENU To MENU

3
Branch
automatically
4
[EXIT]
1
Branch
automatically
4
[EXIT]
Air Suspension Height Offset
Description:
This function is used to change the offset height adjustment value of the vehicle when suspension components have been
replaced. Refer to the repair manual for vehicle height measurement instructions and specifications.
Screen Flow

Please select a POSITION(s) to
revise.
1. FR
2. FL
3. RR
4. RL
5. FRONT (FR&FL)
6. REAR (RR&RL)
PRESS [ENTER]
POSITION = 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 POSITION = 5 or 6
1 2

1 2
INPUT MEASURED VALUE
VALUE
+ 11.80 INCH
VALUE
+ 11.70 INCH
Please input the measured

value
Refer to service manual for
details.
INPUT STANDARD VALUE
VALUE
+ 11.80 INCH
VALUE
+ 11.70 INCH
Please input the measured

value
Refer to service manual for
details.
MEASURED VALUE
+ 11.80 INCH
+ 11.70 INCH
STANDARD VALUE
+ 11.80 INCH
+ 11.70 INCH
If these values are right

PRESS [ENTER]

ABS Air Bleeding
Description:
This function is used to control the ABS Actuator to bleed the air from the hydraulic portion of the brake system.
This function is available for vehicles equipped with ECB.
Screen Flow
AIR BLEEDING
This function is
used to bleed the air
from the hydraulic
portion of the
brake system.
Press [ENTER]

CONDITION
1. Move the
shift lever to
the P position.
2. Apply the
parking brake.
Press [ENTER]
AIR BLEEDING
Select the work.
1.Usual
2.Actuator
3.Master Cylinder
or Stroke Simulator
Press [ENTER]
When “work 1” When “work 2” When “work 3”

is selected is selected is selected
3 9
1.Turn the IG OFF.

2.Remove ABS motor
relays No.1 and
No.2.
3.Turn the IG ON.
Press [ENTER]
after completing
the above operation.

Perform the usual
air bleeding 1.Turn the IG OFF.
procedure for the 2.Install ABS motor
FR and FL wheels. relays No.1 and
No.2
3.Turn the IG ON.

after completing after completing
the above operation. the above operation.
Branch
Automatically
11
On the next screen, Hold the brake

the solenoids will pedal depressed and
be activated. loosen the bleeder
plug of RL wheel
During solenoid until all the air
activation, in the fluid has
depress the brake been completely
pedal 30 times in bled out.
30 seconds.
Press [ENTER]
Press [ENTER] after completing
to start. the above operation.
AIR BLEEDING Hold the brake

pedal depressed and
loosen the bleeder
plug of RR wheel
*NOW PROCESSING* until all the air
in the fluid has
been completely
bled out.
Depress the brake Press [ENTER]

pedal 30 times in after completing
30 seconds. the above operation.

Loosen the bleeder Tighten the bleeder
plug of FL wheel. plug of FL wheel.

On the next screen,

the solenoid will (1 / 2)
be activated. On the next screen,
the solenoids will
This operation be activated.
will take During solenoid
10 seconds. activation,
depress the brake
pedal 20 times in
20 seconds.
Press [ENTER]
to start Press [ENTER]
to start.
AIR BLEEDING
AIR BLEEDING
*NOW PROCESSING*
*NOW PROCESSING*
Depress the brake

pedal 20 times in
20 seconds.
Please wait.

(2/2)
On the next screen,
the solenoid will
be activated.
This operation
will take
10 seconds.
Press [ENTER]
Number of repetition < 2
1
Number of repetitions= 2
2
(1 / 5)
On the next screen,
lower the
internal pressure
of the accumulator.
This operation
will take
20 seconds.
Press [ENTER]
to start.
AIR BLEEDING
*NOW PROCESSING*
Please wait
for [20] sec.

Start the “work 1” operation
3
(2 / 5)
1.Turn the IG OFF, USUAL AIR BLEEDING

and ON again.
2.Confirm the ABS Select the work.
motor pump runs
and stops. 1.Usual
2.Specified Line
Press [ENTER]
after completing
PRESS [ENTER]
Number of repetition = 5 2
AIR BLEEDING
COMPLETED
Press [ENTER] to
exit this function.
When “work 2”
is selected When “work 1”
4 is selected
SELECT LINE
1.FR Line
2.RR Line
3.RL Line
5
PRESS [ENTER]
When “line 1” When “line 2” When “line 3”

New Features Document 6 7 8
4
Hold the brake

1.Turn the IG OFF. pedal depressed and
2.Remove ABS motor loosen the bleeder
relays No.1 and plug of RL wheel
No.2. until all the air
3.Turn the IG ON. in the fluid has
been completely
bled out.

Hold the brake

Perform the usual pedal depressed and
air bleeding loosen the bleeder
procedure for the plug of RR wheel
FR and FL wheels. until all the air
in the fluid has
been completely
bled out.

AIR BLEEDING
1.Turn the IG OFF.
2.Install ABS motor
relays No.1 and
No.2.
3.Turn the IG ON. COMPLETED
Press [ENTER]
after completing Press [ENTER] to
the above operation. exit this function.

Start the “Line1” operation on specified line work
1.Turn the IG OFF. 1.Turn the IG OFF.

2.Remove ABS motor 2.Install ABS motor
relays No.1 and relays No.1 and
No.2. No.2.
3.Turn the IG ON. 3.Turn the IG ON.
Press [ENTER]
after completing the above operation.
AIR BLEEDING
Perform the usual
air bleeding
procedure for the
FR or FL wheel. COMPLETED
Press [ENTER] to
Press [ENTER] select another line.
after completing Press [EXIT] to
the above operation. exit this function.

Start the “Line2” operation on specified Start the “Line3” operation on specified
line work line work
7 8
Hold the brake Hold the brake

pedal depressed and pedal depressed and
loosen the bleeder loosen the bleeder
plug of RR wheel plug of RL wheel
until all the air until all the air
in the fluid has in the fluid has
been completely been completely
bled out. bled out.

AIR BLEEDING AIR BLEEDING
COMPLETED COMPLETED
Press [ENTER] to Press [ENTER] to

select another line. select another line.
Press [EXIT] to Press [EXIT] to
exit this function. exit this function.
5 5

Start the “work 3” operation
9 10
(1 / 2)
1.Turn the IG OFF. On the next screen,
2.Remove ABS motor the solenoids will
relays No.1 and be activated.
No.2. During solenoid
3.Turn the IG ON. activation,
depress the brake
pedal 20 times in
20 seconds.
Press [ENTER]
after completing Press [ENTER]
the above operation. to start.
AIR BLEEDING
Perform the usual
air bleeding
procedure for the
FR and FL wheels. *NOW PROCESSING*
Press [ENTER] Depress the brake

after completing pedal 20 times in
the above operation. 20 seconds.
(2 / 2)
1.Turn the IG OFF.
2.Install ABS motor Perform the usual
relays No.1 and air bleeding
No.2. procedure for the
3.Turn the IG ON. FL wheel.


10
Number of repetition = 2
AIR BLEEDING
COMPLETED
Press [ENTER] to
exit this function. 11
Loosen the bleeder

plug of RR wheel.
On the next screen,
solenoids will be
activated.
This operation will
take 30 seconds.
NOTE: The fluid may

gush out.
Press [ENTER]
to start.
AIR BLEEDING
*NOW PROCESSING*
Please wait.

12
AIR BLEEDING
Tighten the bleeder
plug of RR wheel.
*NOW PROCESSING*
Press [ENTER]
after completing
the above operation. Please wait
for [20] sec.
Hold the brake (4 / 4)

pedal depressed and 1.Turn the IG OFF,
loosen the bleeder and ON again.
plug of RL wheel 2.Confirm the ABS
until all the air motor pump runs
in the fluid has and stops.
been completely
bled out.
Press [ENTER]
after completing the above operation.
Number of
repetition < 4
Number of
repetition = 4
(3 / 4) AIR BLEEDING
On the next screen,
lower the 12
internal pressure
of the accumulator. COMPLETED
This operation
will take
20 seconds.
Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER] to

to start. exit this function.

ABS ECB Utility
Description:
This function contains the following service utilities for ECB vehicle.
(1) ECB Invalid
This function is used to prohibit the electronically controlled brake (ECB).
(2) Zero Down
This function is used to lower the internal pressure of the accumulator.
(3) Linear Valve Offset Calibration
This function is used to calibrate the linear solenoid valve offset.
(4) Zero Down Rear
This function is used to lower the internal pressure of the rear accumulator.
Screen Flow
ECB UTILITY
Select the function.
1.ECB INVALID
2.ZERO DOWN
3.LINEAR VALVE
OFFSET CALIBRATION
4. ZERO DOWN RR
Press [ENTER]
When “function 1” When “function 2” When “function 3”

is selected or “function 4” is selected
is selected
2 4 6

2
ECB INVALID ECB INVALID
This function is
used to prohibit COMPLETED
electronically
controlled brake.2 Please turn the
(ECB) IG on. ECB will be
available again.
Press [ENTER] to
select another
Press [ENTER] function.
CONDITION
1. Move the 1
shift lever to
the P position.
2. Apply the
parking brake.
Press [ENTER] to
prohibit ECB
ECB INVALID
ECB has just
been prohibited.
Turn the IG OFF
and replace the
target parts
according to the
repair manual.
Press [ENTER]
after completing

4
ZERO DOWN ZERO DOWN
This function is
used to lower the *NOW PROCESSING*
internal pressure
of the accumulator.
4
Please wait
Press [ENTER] for [20] sec.
CONDITION ZERO DOWN
1. Move the 1.Turn the IG OFF,

shift lever to and ON again.
the P position. 2.Confirm the ABS
2. Apply the motor pump runs
parking brake. and stops.
Press [ENTER]
after completing
Press [ENTER]
ZERO DOWN ZERO DOWN
Do you want to
perform the zero
down activation? COMPLETED
This operation
will take
20 seconds. Press [ENTER] to
select another
function.
Press [YES]or[NO]

6
OFFSET CALIBRATION OFFSET CALIBRATION
This function is When both lights1

used to calibrate blink fast,
the linear calibration is complete.
solenoid valve 6
offset. NOTE:this may take 2
minutes.
Press [ENTER]
Press [ENTER] when completed.
CONDITION
1
1. Move the
shift lever to
the P position.
2. Apply the
parking brake.
Press [ENTER]
OFFSET CALIBRATION
During calibration,
ABS Light will blink
Fast and Brake
Warning Light(!)
will blink slow.
Press [ENTER] to

Clearing LKA and Pre-Collision 2 Codes
Description:
This function is implemented only with LANEKEEP ASSIST and PRE-COLLISION 2 systems. When clearing DTC’s in the
Lane Keep Assist System DTC’s will be cleared in the Pre-Collision System as well, and vice-versa.
Screen Flow

Torque Sensor Adjust
Description:
This function is used to adjust the Torque Sensor of the EMPS System when the Steering Gear Assembly or EMPS ECU
has been replaced. It may also be used to diagnose the EMPS system.
Screen Flow
CAUTION
Check the following
initial conditions.
-No DTCs except
C1515/C1525/C1581
were detected.
-Vehicle is stopped.
-IG is ON,READY or
Engine idling.
PRESS [ENTER]
detected DTC
Receive detected "C1515" or
Error Other "C1525" or
Message DTCs "C1581" or
No DTC
4 1
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
* NOW PROCESSING *
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST

3
This function is 7
used for the (Branch automatically)
following conditions
-"Gear ASSY" or TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
"EMPS ECU" was Turn IG Switch OFF
exchanged. and ON(READY).
-Difference of
steering control
effort from left
to right exists.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [ENTER]

4 (Branch automatically)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
-Check PS warning
light is ON.
-Center the
steering wheel. * NOW ADJUSTING *
TIME REMAINING:
PRESS [ENTER] [10] SEC.
[EXIT]
(Branch automatically) 4 (Branch automatically)
3 3
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
-Turn the steering

wheel to the left
greater than 45 TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
degrees.
-Turn the steering
back to the center.
* NOW PROCESSING *
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT] 4 TIME REMAINING:

[TIME] SEC.
3
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST 6

-Turn the steering
wheel to the right TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
greater than 45 FAILED
degrees.
-Turn the steering Please retry the
back to the center. handle operation to
left and right.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
(Branch automatically) 4 PRESS [ENTER]
7
6
9
Receive DTC Detected DTC Detected DTC Detected
Error "C1515" only "C1525"or "C1526" "C1581" other DTCs
Message
3 TRQ SENSOR ADJUST

FAILED
DTC C1525 or C1526

was detected.
Please refer to the
service manual for
the diagnosis
procedure.
PRESS [ENTER]
10
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST

CAUTION
-Center the steering
wheel.
-Remove hands from
the steering wheel.
-The steering wheel
will vibrate.
-Do not touch during
vibration.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
3 4

TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
Press [ENTER] after

the steering
vibration has
stopped.
PRESS [ENTER]
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
* NOW PROCESSING *
TIME REMAINING:
[40] SEC.
(Branch Automatically)
Receive DTC is not Detected DTC Detected

Error detected “C1516” other DTCs
Message
(Branch Automatically)
3 TRQ SENSOR ADJUST TRQ SENSOR ADJUST 9

FAILED
DTC C1516 was

detected.
Please refer to the
COMPLETE service manual for
the diagnosis
procedure.
PRESS [ENTER] PRESS [ENTER]
10

9 4

FAILED FAILED
A DTC was detected. Torque Sensor Adjust

Please refer to the was failed.
service manual for Please refer to The
the DTC that was service manual for
detected. the diagnosis
procedure.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [ENTER]
10
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST

FAILED
Clear the DTC and

please try again.
1
PRESS [ENTER] TRQ SENSOR ADJUST

FAILED
DTCs other than

4 C1515/C1525/C1581
are present.
Please refer to the
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST service manual for
EXIT the diagnosis
procedure.
Turn IG switch OFF
and ON (READY). PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [ENTER]

TPWS ID Code Registration
Description:
This function is used to register tire monitor sensor sub-assembly transmitter ID’s. Transmitter ID’s must be registered
when the TPWS ECU is replaced or a new tire monitor sensor sub-assembly is installed.
Screen Flow
4
UTILITY
REGIST TIRE SET
1. MAIN SET
2. 2nd SET
Select the tire

set that you want
to register tires
in.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
UTILITY
REGIST TIRE SET
Tires are registered This is the same as the tire set selected.
in the
[Main Set] NOTE: You will skip this screen if you
can only register one set. (Main Set)
Do you
wish to continue?
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]

3
Version 13.4a
[NO] or [EXIT]
Page 33 of 38
[Yes]
UTILITY
REGIST TIRE SET
3
Register all
transmitter ID for
all tires including
the spare tire.
Codes are printed
UTILITY
on each transmitter.
REGIST TIRE SET
THE REGISTRATION
PRESS [ENTER]
CANCELED.
3
PRESS [ENTER]
UTILITY
REGIST TIRE SET
Total # of
Total Tires:[5] unregistered tires.
Number of inputted Total # of inputted
ID codes:[3]
ID codes.
Input ID code
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
3
After pressing ENTER,

the Input ID code area (Branch automatically)
is cleared.
UTILITY UTILITY
REGIST TIRE SET REGIST TIRE SET
THE REGISTRATION THE REGISTRATION

FAILED.
SUCCEEDED. Please try again.
4

TPWS Test Mode
Description:
This function is used to inspect the TPWS Reset Circuit and Tire Pressure Warning Monitor Signals.
Screen Flow
UTILITY
TEST MODE
This function is
used to change
to the Test Mode.
Press [ENTER]
[EXIT]
UTILITY
CONDITION
1.The engine is
stopped.
2.Turn Engine switch
/Power switch ON.
Press [ENTER] to
change to TEST MODE.
UTILITY
TEST MODE
FAILED
Check the initial

condition.
[EXIT]
Press [ENTER] to
exit this function.

UTILITY
TEST MODE
Perform the check

operation according
to the repair
manual.
Press [ENTER]
after completing
UTILITY
TEST MODE
After the check

operation,
press [ENTER] to
exit this function.
Press [ENTER]
[EXIT]

EPB Memory Reset
Description:
This function is used to reset the learned value of the Electronic Parking Brake. All past DTCs will be cleared from the
EPB ECU when this function is used.
Screen Flow
RESET MEMORY
*NOW PROCESSING*
Please wait.
RESET MEMORY
COMPLETED
Please turn on
EPB Switch.
Press [ENTER]
RESET MEMORY
This function is
used as follows. RESET MEMORY
- Reset the learning

value in the EPB After pushing the
ECU. EPB switch
the brake warning
- Clear the past DTC
light should be
in the EPB ECU.
steadily illuminated
Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER] to
exit this function.

Vehicle Select Options for LS460
Description:
After selecting the LS460 in the OBD/MOBD Vehicle Selection Menu an additional screen will appear. This screen will
prompt the selection of two system groups: Body Systems or Powertrain/Chassis. Please use the table below to select
the appropriate system group.
Screen Flow
Powertrain/Chassis Body Systems

Engine Electric Motor Power P-door Motor Body 5 Tilt & ECB Gateway
Steering (EMPS) Telescope
ECT Radar Cruise P-Seat D-Door Meter Adaptive Front-
Lighting System
(AFS)
ABS/VSC Lane Keep Assist D-Door Motor P-Door Center Electric Power
Console Control
Air Suspension Adaptive Parking RR-Door RL-Door Rear RR-Seat A/C
Guidance System Motor Console
Electronic Parking Brake Variable Gear Ratio Air RR-Door Combinatio RL-Seat A/C
(EPB) Steering (VGRS) Conditioning n Switch
Tire Pressure (TPWS) RL-Door Back Door Steering Master Switch
Motor Pad
SRS D-Seat D-Seat
Switch
Occupant FR-Seat A/C Intuitive
Detect Park Assist
Pre-collision 1 RR-Seat Smart
Access
Main Body RL-Seat May Day
Gateway
Pre-collision 2 FL-Seat A/C Rain
Sensor
Body 4 Slide Roof ECM
Gateway

Last Updated: September 15, 2006
Contents:


VEHICLE COVERAGE
Full Support
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
2007 GS350/430 2007 4Runner
2007 GX470 2007 Avalon
2007 IS250/350 2007 Corolla/Matrix
2007 LS460 20007 HIACE
2007 LX470 2007 Highlander
2007 RX350 2007 Highlander HV
2007 RX400h 2007 Hilux
2007 SC430 2007 Land Cruiser
20007 Prius
2007 Rav4
2007 Sequoia
2007 Sienna
2007 Tacoma
2007 Tundra

Table 1 - Data List - New Support/Updates
SYSTEM: ABS/VSC
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description New Support/Updates
Variable Gear Ratio Steering
VGRS INFO
Information
SUSPENSION Suspension Information
WHEELBASE Wheelbase Information
LS460 ALL USER DATA New for Ver.13.4
BH RDY LIGHT Brake Hold Ready Light
BH HOLD LIGHT Brake Hold Light
TRAC/VSC OFF M TRAC/VSC Off Mode
BRK HOLD CTRL Brake Hold Control
SYSTEM: A/C
Duct Temperature Sensor
Duct Temp-D
(Driver Side)
Duct Temperature Sensor
Duct Temp-P
(Passenger Side)
HAND FREE TEL Hand free telephone
Driver side cool air bypass servo
A/B DAMP PLS
motor target pulse
REAR SOLAR SENS Rear Solar sensor
HOT Air mix servomotor target pulse
HOT A/M PLS D
(Driver Side)
COOL Air mix servomotor target
COOL A/M PLS D
pulse (Driver Side)
HOT Air mix servomotor target pulse
HOT A/M PLS P
(Passenger Side)
COOL Air mix servomotor target
COOL A/M PLS P
pulse (Passenger Side)
Air outlet damper FACE position
A/O FACE PLS D
(Driver Side)
ALL USER DATA Air outlet damper FOOT/DEF
LS460 DIAG & A/O FOOT PLS D New for Ver.13.4.
position (Driver Side)
CUSTOMIZE
Air outlet damper FACE position
A/O FACE PLS P
(Passenger Side)
Air outlet damper FOOT/DEF
A/O FOOT PLS P
position (Passenger Side)
M/H HOT PLS Max Hot bypass HOT target pulse
M/H COOL PLS Max Hot bypass COOL target pulse
Air mix target pulse(Driver Side)
A/M PLS F&R D
Front AC Rear Air Flow
Air mix target pulse (Passenger
A/M PLS F&R P
Side) Front AC Rear Air Flow
Air Outlet target pulse (Driver Side)
A/O PLS F&R D
Front AC Rear Air Flow
Air Outlet target pulse (Passenger
A/O PLS F&R P
Side) Front AC Rear Air Flow
Air outlet target pulse(Passenger
A/O PLS RR-P
Side Rear)
COOL bypass target
COOL BYP PLS P
pulse(Passenger Side)

SYSTEM: A/C (Continued)
EMISSION PLS R Emission target pulse(Rear)
DIFFUSE PLS R Diffuse target pulse(Rear)
Room temperature sensor (Rear
ROOM TEMP RR-P
Passenger Side)
ALL USER DATA
LS460 DIAG & SET TEMP RR-D Set temperature (Driver Side Rear) New for Ver.13.4.
CUSTOMIZE
Set temperature (Passenger Side
SET TEMP RR-P
Rear)
SERVO-M TEST Pulse servomotor test status
SYSTEM: AIR SUSPENSION

(UP&DOWN)G FR (UP&DOWN)G sensor Front Right
(UP&DOWN)G FL (UP&DOWN)G sensor Front Left
(UP&DOWN)G R (UP&DOWN)G sensor Rear
(BACK&FORTH)G (BACK&FORTH)G sensor
FR HEIGHT Front Right Height Control Sensor
FL HEIGHT Front Left Height Control Sensor
RR HEIGHT Rear Right Height Control Sensor
RL HEIGHT Rear Left height control sensor
HEIGHT MAX Height Offset Max
FR ADJUST Front Right Height Adjust
FL ADJUST Front Left Height Adjust
RR ADJUST Rear Right Height Adjust
RL ADJUST Rear Left Height Adjust
FR AFTER ADJUS Front Right After Height Adjust
FL AFTER ADJUST Front Left After Height Adjust
RR AFTER ADJUST Rear Right After Height Adjust
New for Ver.13.4
LS460 ALL USER DATA RL AFTER ADJUST Rear Left After Height Adjust
DOOR SW Door Switch
DAMPER SW 1 Damping Force Switch 1
HEIGHT OFFSET Height Offset
HV READY HV Ready
TD TD Terminal
TC TC Terminal
TS TS Terminal
IG VOLTAGE Ignition Power Source Voltage
ENGINE SPD Engine Speed
FR WHEEL SPD Front Right Wheel Speed
FL WHEEL SPD Front Left Wheel Speed

SYSTEM: AIR SUSPENSION (Continued)
Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle
RR WHEEL SPD Rear Right Wheel Speed
RL WHEEL SPD Rear Left Wheel Speed
DMP FR Damper Step Front Right
DMP FL Damper Step Front Left
DMP RR Damper Step Rear Right
LS460 ALL USER DATA DMP RL Damper Step Rear Left New for Ver.13.4
MAX DMP STEP FR Max Damper step Front Rear
MAX DMP STEP FL Max Damper step Front Left
MAX DMP STEP RR Max Damper step Rear Right
MAX DMP STEP RL Max Damper step Rear Left
SYSTEM: ADVANCE PARKING GUIDANCE SYSTEM (APGS)

RH WHL ODO INFO Right Wheel Odometer Information
LH WHL ODO INFO Left Wheel Odometer Information
Front Left Wheel Rotative Direction
FL ROTAT INVALD
Invalid
Front Right Wheel Rotative Direction
FR ROTAT INVALD
Invalid
Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor
FL SPD SEN BAT
Battery
Front Right Wheel Speed Sensor
FR SPD SEN BAT
Battery
FL SPD SENSOR Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor
FR SPD SENSOR Front Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
VSC ECU COM VSC ECU Communication
Electric Power Steering ECU
EPS ECU COM
Communication
#DTC Number of DTC
SYSTEM: BACK DOOR

DOOR HANDLE SW Back door handle switch
HALF LATCH SW Half latch switch
CLOSE MOT POS 1 Close motor position1
STRIKER SW Striker Switch
POLE SW Pole position Switch
COURTESY SW Courtesy Switch
PBD CLOSE SW Power Back Door Close Switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA IG SW Ignition Switch New for Ver.13.4
Power Back Door position (Fully
PBD POS-1/4
close - 1/4open)
Power Back Door position (1/4open
PBD POS-2/4
- 2/4open)
PBD POS-3/4
- 3/4open)
PBD POS-OPEN
- Fully open)

SYSTEM: D-DOOR
KEY SW (LOCK) Door Key Linked Lock Switch
KEY SW (UNLOCK) Door Key Linked Unlock Switch
Door Lock SW Door Lock Switch
Door Unlock SW Door Unlock Switch
LOCK POS SW Lock position Switch
DBL LOCK POS SW Double Lock Position Switch
ENTRY SENSOR Entry Sensor
TRIGGER SW Outside Handle Trigger Switch
SEAT MEM SW1 Seat memory switch1
SEAT MEM SET SW Seat memory set switch
SEAT MEM CANCEL Seat memory switch cancel
ANCHOR SW UP Belt anchor switch up
ANCHOR SW
Belt anchor switch down
DOWN
REAR T SEN VOL Rear Temp Sensor Voltage
POLE SW POLE switch
HALF SW HALF switch
FULL SW FULL switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA CLOSER POS SW Closer position switch New for Ver.13.4
HANDLE SW Handle switch
REAR DOR SHADE Rear door sunshade status
RDSHADE STOP ST Rear Door sunshade stop status
R-DOOR
Rear door sunshade
SUNSHADE
MIRROR MEM 1 Mirror memory No.1
MI MEM1 V POS Mirror memory1 vertical position
MI MEM1 H POS Mirror memory1 horizontal position
Mirror memory vertical position for
MI V POS F R
reverse
Mirror memory horizontal position for
MI H POS F R
reverse
V POS MR S VOL Mirror vertical sensor voltage
H POS MR S VOL Mirror horizontal sensor voltage

SYSTEM: MAIN BODY
ROOM/LGT
Room Light when Approached
APRCHD
INSIDE FOOT/LGT Inside Foot Light
CONSOLE LIGHT Center Console Spot Light
UP/WIRELESS Power Window Up w/ transmitter
WIRLS AUTO LOCK Wireless Auto Lock
AUTO LOCK DELAY Auto Lock Time
USER DATA
MIRR F/L APRCHD Mirror Foot Light when Approached
CUSTOMIZE
LS460 MIRR F/L UNLOCK Mirror Foot Light when Unlocked
DIAG &
CUSTOMIZE MIRR F/L MSTR S Mirror Foot Light with Master Switch
Seat Belt Buckle Light with Door
S/B BKL OPN/DOR
Open
Seat Belt Buckle Light with ACC
S/B BKL ACC/OFF
OFF
MIRR F/L TIME Mirror Foot Light Duration
FUEL LID OPN SW Fuel Lid Opener Switch
HAZARD SW Hazard Switch
ALL USER DATA
Tundra DIAG & CARGO LIGHT SW Cargo Light Switch
CUSTOMIZE
H/L CLEANER Head Light Cleaner
COM CRUISE CTRL Communication Cruise Control New for Ver.13.4
Communication Steering Wheel
COM S/W PAD SW
PAD Switch
COM BODY NO.4 Communication Body No.4
COM BODY NO.5 Communication Body No.5
COM MAYDAY
Communication Mayday Gateway
GWAY
ALL USER DATA COM METER Communication Combination Meter
LS460 DIAG & COM P-DOOR Communication Passenger Door
CUSTOMIZE COM RR-DOOR Communication Rear Right Door
COM RL-DOOR Communication Rear Left Door
COM COMBI SW Communication Combination Switch
COM PWR B-DOOR Communication Power Back Door
COM ACC G/WAY Communication Accessory Gateway
COM D-SEAT SW Communication Driver Seat Switch
Communication Rear Console
COM R-CONSOLE
Switch Module
COM MAYDAY Communication Mayday
USER DATA
CUSTOMIZE
CAMRY SECURITY SYSTEM Security system
DIAG &
CUSTOMIZE

SYSTEM: BODY
GS430/ USER DATA WIRLS AUTO LOCK Wireless Auto Lock
350 CUSTOMIZE
New for Ver.13.4
DIAG & Auto lock time
CUSTOMIZE AUTO LOCK DELAY
SYSTEM: BODY NO. 4

TAIL LGT Tr. Tail Light Condition
STOP LGT Tr. Stop Light Condition
H-M STP LGT Tr. High Mount Stop Light Condition
R FOG LGT Tr. Rear Fog Light Condition
IG SW Ignition Switch
BRAKE PAD SEN Brake Pad Sensor Open Switch
R LH TBL LIM SW Rear Left-hand Table Limit Switch
R RH TBL LIM SW Rear Right-hand Table Limit Switch
FUEL SENDER LVL Fuel Sender Level
REAR SOLAR SENS Rear Solar Sensor
LS460 ALL USER DATA REAR EVAP SENS Rear Evaporator Sensor New for Ver.13.4
SMOKE SEN Smoke Sensor Switch
R-SHADE CLOSE Rear Sunshade Close
TRUNK KEY UNLK Luggage Door Lock/Unlock Switch
LUGG PUSH SW Luggage Push Switch
LUGG OPEN SW Luggage Open Switch
LUGG PAWL SW Luggage Pawl Switch
LUGG ROTARY SW Luggage Rotary Switch
LUGG COURTSY
Luggage courtesy switch
SW
Local Interconnect Network
LIN COM
Communication
SYSTEM: BODY NO. 5

CLEAR LGT TR Clearance Light Condition
HD LGT LH HI TR Head Light LH HI Condition
HD LGT RH HI TR Head Light RH HI Condition
WASH MOT TR Washer Motor Condition
HORN TR Horn Condition
SEC HORN TR Security Horn Condition
FRONT WIPER SW Front Wiper Switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA IG SW Ignition Switch New for Ver.13.4
ALT L SIGNAL Alternator Level Signal
OIL LEVEL SENS Oil Level Sensor
OIL PRESS SW Oil Pressure Switch
WASHER LVL SW Washer Level Switch
HOOD COURTSY
Hood Courtesy Switch
SW
AMBIENT TEMP Ambient Temperature
A/C PRES SENS A/C Pressure Sensor

SYSTEM: BODY NO. 5 (Continued)
GAS SENS NOX Emission Gas Sensor NOX
GAS SENS HC/CO Emission Gas Sensor HC/CO
Local Interconnect Network
LIN COM
Communication
LS460 ALL USER DATA #CODES # Codes New for Ver.13.4
Current Communication w/ Rain
CURR COMM RAIN
Sensor
History Communication w/ Rain
HIST COMM RAIN
Sensor
SYSTEM: CENTER CONSOLE

Electronic Controlled Transmission
ECT PWR SW
power mode Switch
Electronic Controlled Transmission
ECT SNOW SW
snow mode Switch
TRC OFF SW Traction Control System OFF Switch
HEIGHT HIGH SW HEIGHT HIGH Switch
R SHADE SW Rear Shade Switch
RL/RR SHADE SW Rear Left Right Shade Switch
R SEAT RTN SW Rear Seat Return Switch
R SEAT HEAT SW Rear Seat Heater Main Switch
SPORT SW SPORT Mode Switch
COMFORT SW COMFORT Mode Switch
IGNITION Ignition
PANEL LIGHTING Panel Lighting
IND LIGHTING Indicator Lighting
RR SEAT A/C IND Rear Right Seat A/C Indicator
RL SEAT A/C IND Rear Left Seat A/C Indicator
RR SHADE Rear Right Shade
RL SHADE Rear Left Shade
SYSTEM: COMBINATION SWITCH

LIGHT AUTO SW Light AUTO switch
TAIL LIGHT SW Tail Light Switch
HEAD LIGHT SW Head Light Switch
DIMMER HI SW Dimmer HI switch
F FOG LIGHT SW Front fog light switch
R FOG LIGHT SW Rear fog light switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA HIGH FLASHER SW Passing light switch New for Ver.13.4
TURN RIGHT SW Turn right switch
TURN LEFT SW Turn left switch
CORNER LIGHT
Cornering Light switch
SW
F WIPER OFF SW Front wiper OFF switch
F WIPER INT SW Front wiper Intermittent switch
F WIPER LO SW Front wiper LO switch

SYSTEM: COMBINATION SWITCH (Continued)
F WIPER HI SW Front wiper HI switch
F WIPER AUTO SW Front wiper AUTO switch
F WIPER MIST SW Front wiper MIST switch
F WASHER SW Front washer switch
R WIPER INT SW Rear wiper Intermittent switch
R WIPER ON SW Rear wiper ON switch
R WASHER SW Rear washer switch
F WIPER VOL POS Wiper volume position
LS460 ALL USER DATA TILT UP SW Tilt UP switch New for Ver.13.4
TILT DOWN SW Tilt DOWN switch
TELESC LONG SW Telescope LONG switch status
TELESC SHORT
Telescope SHORT switch status
SW
T&T SW VOL Tilt & Telescope Switch Voltage
Ignition switch for CAN
IG SW CAN
Communication
IG SW Ignition switch
SYSTEM: LANE KEEP ASSIST

ACC CANCEL Adaptive Cruise Control Cancel
Lane-keep Assist Temporarily
LKA DISABLED
Disabled
STEER FORCE Small Steering Force Demand
LKA ASSIST Lane-keep Assist Demand
VSC BUZZER Skid Control Buzzer Demand
TARGET STR TRQ Target Steering Wheel Torque
LEFT INDICATOR Left Lane Indicator
RIGHT INDICATOR Right Lane Indicator
STR INDICATOR Steering Indicator
LKA BUZZER Lane-keep Assist Abnormal Buzzer
LDI BUZZER Lane Detection Impossible Buzzer
LKA INDICATOR Lane-keep Assist Indicator
LS460 ALL USER DATA READY New for Ver.13.4
Ready Indicator
INDICATOR
LKA SYSTEM IND Lane-keep Assist System Indicator
TARGET H POS Target Horizontal Position
TARGET
Target Distance
DISTANCE
LEFT LANE TYPE Left Lane Type
RIGHT LANE TYPE Right Lane Type
LANE UNDETECT Lane Undetectable
LEFT LANE DET Left Lane Detection
RIGHT LANE DET Right Lane Detection
LEFT LANE CHNG Left Lane Change
RIGHT LANE
Right Lane Change
CHNG
WIPER INFO Wiper Information

SYSTEM: LANE KEEP ASSIST (Continued)
HEAD LIGHT INFO Head Light Information
LANE POSITION Lane Position
LANE WIDTH Lane Width
SYSTEM: DRIVER SEAT SWITCH

MIRR SEL SW L Mirror selection Switch (Left)
MIRR SEL SW R Mirror selection Switch (Right)
MIR-ADJ UP Mirror Adjustment Up
MIR-ADJ DOWN Mirror Adjustment Down
MIR-ADJ LEFT Mirror Adjustment Left
MIR-ADJ RIGHT Mirror Adjustment Right
MIRROR OPEN Mirror Open Switch
MIRROR CLOSE Mirror Close Switch
INTTV P/A SW Intuitive Parking Assist Main Switch
Adaptive Front-Lighting System OFF
AFS OFF SW
Switch
EV MODE SW EV Mode Switch
Adaptive Front-Lighting System OFF
AFS OFF SW MEM
Switch Memory
IG Ignition
ACC Accessory
PANEL LIGHT PANEL LIGHT
IND LIGHT Indicator Light
INTTV P/A IND Intuitive Parking Assist Indicator
PRE-A/C Pre-A/C Operation
SHIFT P POS Shift P Position
SHIFT R POS Shift R Position
SHIFT N POS Shift N Position
SHIFT D POS Shift D Position
ILL-ON RATIO ILL-ON RATIO
COM FR SEAT A/C Communication Front Right Seat A/C
COM FL SEAT A/C Communication Front Left Seat A/C
COM CTR Communication Center Console
CONSOLE Switch

SYSTEM: ELECTRIC CONTROLLED BRAKING (ECB) GATEWAY
#DTC Number of Trouble Codes
Current Communication Cruise
CURR COM CCS
Control
CURR COM EFI Current Communication Engine ECM
Current Communication
CURR COM VSC
ABS/VSC/TRC
Current Communication Electric
CURR COM EPS
Power Steering ECU
Current Communication Variable
CURR COM VGRS
Gear Ratio Steering
LS460 ALL USER DATA Current Communication Air New for Ver.13.4
CURR COM SCS
Suspension
Current Communication Front
CURR COM SBF
Stabilizer
Current Communication Rear
CURR COM SBR
Stabilizer
CURR COM PSB Current Communication Pre-collision
Current Communication Steering
CURR COM STR
Angle Sensor
Current Communication Yaw Rate/ G
CURR COM Yaw/G
Sensor
SYSTEM: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) GATEWAY

#DTC Number of Trouble Codes
CURR COM CCS
Control
CURR COM HV Current Communication HV ECU
Current Communication with 4 Wheel
CURR COM 4WD
Drive Control
CURR COM VSC
ABS/VSC/TRC
Current Communication with Electric
CURR COM EPB
Parking Brake
Current Communication Electric
CURR COM EPS
LS460 ALL USER DATA Power Steering ECU New for Ver.13.4
CURR COM VGRS
Gear Ratio Steering
Current Communication Air
CURR COM SCS
Suspension
Current Communication Front
CURR COM SBF
Stabilizer
CURR COM SBR
Stabilizer
Current Communication with Intuitive
CURR COM P AST
Parking Assist System
Current Communication with
CURR COM APGS
Advanced Parking Guidance System

SYSTEM: ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION (ECT)
Primary USER SPD(NC3) Turbine Speed SPD (NC3)
LS460 New for Ver.13.4
DATA NC3 SENS VOL NC3 Sensor Voltage
SYSTEM: ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION (ECT)

AIR PMP2 PRS(A) Air Pump2 Pressure (Absolute)
AIR PMP2 PULSE Air Pump2 Pulsation Pressure
TUNDRA USER DATA
PWR ST Power Steering Pressure
PRESSURE Sensor(15MPa Range)
AI TEST Air Injection TEST
IMMOBI COMM Immobiliser Communication
FUEL CUT COND Fuel Cut Condition
Motor Direction Variable Valve Timing
MD VVT AIM ANG1
Aim Angle (Bank1)
USER DATA Motor Direction Variable Valve Timing
LS460 MD VVT AIM ANG2
PRIMARY Aim Angle (Bank2)
Motor Direction Variable Valve Timing New for Ver.13.4.
MD VVT MOT B2
Motor Direction (Bank2)
Motor Direction Variable Valve Timing
MD VVT MOT B1
Motor Direction (Bank1)
Acoustic Control Induction System
ACIS MOT DUTY
Motor Duty
MAF B1 Mass Air Flow Bank1
USER DATA MAF B2 MAF Bank2
PRIMARY INTAKE AIR B1 Intake Air Bank1
CAMRY ENGINE INTAKE AIR B2 Intake Air Bank2
CONTROL IAC SENSOR VOLT Intake Air Control Sensor Voltage
IAC POSITION Intake Air Control Position

SYSTEM: ELECTRIC POWER CONTROL
Freeze DTC Freeze Frame Trouble Code
CHARGE
Electrical charge current
CURRENT
BATTERY TEMP Battery temperature
BATTERY VOL Battery voltage
IG2 SIGNAL Ignition 2 signal
ENG SW SIGNAL Engine switch signal
PWR CUT SIGNAL Power cut signal
CHG WARN RQST Charge warning request
HOOD COURTSY
Hood Courtesy Switch
SW
WIPER MOTOR Wiper Motor
ENG RUNNING Engine running
ALT GEN
Generate voltage of alternator
VOLTAGE
ALT GEN RATE Generate rate of alternator
CHG MODE-ECM Controlling charge mode from Engine
ENGINE SPEED Engine speed
INTAKE AIR TEMP Received intake-air temperature
COOLANT TEMP Coolant temp
IG SIGNAL Ignition signal
ACC SIGNAL Accessory signal
D COURTSY SW Driver side Door Courtesy Switch
P COURTSY SW Passenger side Door Courtesy Switch
Rear Door Courtesy Switch Right-
RR COURTSY SW
hand
RL COURTSY SW Rear Door Courtesy Switch Left-hand
LUGG COURTSY
Luggage Courtesy Switch
SW
TAIL LIGHT Tail Light
LIGHT/COMBI SW Light and Combination Switch Status
Electric Power Steering current on
EPS CUR ASSIST
assist
Electric Power Steering current
ENA EPS CUR AST
enable on assist
Limit to Electric Power Steering
LMT EPS CUR AST
current on assist
PROHIBIT
Prohibit to charge
CHARGE
A/C Air conditioner electric power
CONSUMPTION consumption
Power Control System actuation
PCS ACT SIGNAL
signal
ENA ENG SPD SIG Engine speed signal enable
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed
Electric Power Control Status on
STARTUP STATUS
startup

SYSTEM: ELEC PWR CTRL (Continued)
GENERATE RQST Generate request
Controlling charge mode in Electric
CHG MODE-ELEC
Power Control
RQST PRHBT
Request to prohibit charge 1
CHG1
RQST IDLE UP Request to Idle up
RQST ADJ ALT V Request to adjust alternator voltage
RQST PRHBT
Request to prohibit charge 2
CHG2
RUN-AV B TEMP Run average Battery Temperature
Integrated current value to control
INT-CUR CTL CHG
charge
BAT VOLTAGE
Battery voltage low
LOW
CNTRL LD LVL 3 Control load level 3
VOLTAGE
Voltage detection
DETECTN
ALT FAILURE Alternator failure
CNTRL LOAD LVL Control load level
Request to limit Electric Power
RQST EPS LIMIT
Steering
RQST A-SUSP LMT Request to limit Air Suspension
AVG BATT
Run average Battery current
LS460 ALL USER DATA CURRNT New for Ver.13.4
AVG BATT VOLT Run average Battery voltage
Average Battery voltage during 5
AVG BAT VOLT-5S
seconds
Average Battery current during 5
AVG BAT CURR-5S
seconds
Run average Battery voltage to
AVG BAT CURR-LD
control load
Run average Battery current to
AVG BAT VOLT-LD
control load
JUMP START Jump start
Discharge characteristic detection
DSCHG DET-ST
(start)
Discharge characteristic detection
DSCHG DTCT-EPS
(Electric Power Steering)
History of discharge characteristic
DSCHG HIST -ST
update (start)
ENG RUN STATUS Engine running status
Discharge characteristic update
DSCHG UPD -EPS
(Electric Power Steering)
History of discharge characteristic
DSCHG HIST -EPS
update (Electric Power Steering)
INTERNAL RESIST Internal resistance
Internal resistance for calculated
INT RESIST-CALC
discharge current

V OPEN CIR VOLT Virtual open circuit voltage
Virtual open circuit voltage for
V OPN VOLT-CALC
calculated discharge current
CHRG RATE
Charging rate (start)
START
RQST GEN
Request to generate status
STATUS
INT-CUR CHG CTL Integrated current for charge control
A CHG N-END Assist charge normal end
R CHG N-END Refresh charge normal end
R CHRG ABN END Refresh charge abnormal end
BAT VOLT STABIL Battery voltage stabilization
BAT CUR STABIL Battery current stabilization
Number of refresh charge abnormal
R CHG ABN END #
end
INT RESIST 25℃ Internal resistance (25℃)
RUN-AVG ALT DTY Run average alternator field duty
PARKING TIME Parking time
POWER CUTOVER Power cutover status
Run average alternator field duty for
RUN-AVG ALT DTY
ctrl charge
LIMIT CUR-PCS Limit current (Power Control System)
LIMIT CUR-EPS Limit current (Electric Power Steering)
LS460 ALL USER DATA Discharge current (Electric Power New for Ver.13.4
DCHG CUR-EPS
Steering)
Discharge current (Power Control
DCHG CUR-PCS
System)
Request to control load 1 on low
RQST CTL LD1-L
voltage
Request to control load 2 on low
RQST CTL LD2-L
voltage
Request to control load (Power
RQST CTL LD-PCS
Control System)
Request to control load (Electric
RQST CTL LD-EPS
Power Steering)
RQST LMT-F Request to limit on failure
RQST LMT1 EPS-L
Steering 1 on low voltage
RQST LMT2 EPS-L
RQST LMT2 EPS-F
Steering 2 on failure
Request to limit Air Suspension on
RQST LMT PCS
Power Control System ON
RQST LMT EPS
Steering on Air Suspension ON
Request to limit Air Suspension on
RQST LMT ASUS-F
failure

RQST CTL LD3-L Request to limit load 3 on low voltage
RQST LMT3 EPS-L
H-CTL LD LV1 History of controlling load LV1
H-CTL LD LV3 History of controlling load LV3
History of request to control load on
H-RQST CTL LD-F
failure
H-RQST CTL EPS
Electric Power Steering
H-RQST CTL PCS
Power Control System
H3-RQST CTL LD History 3 of request to control load
History of Battery voltage for
H-VOL CTL LD
controlling load
History of Battery current for
H-CUR CTL LD
controlling load
H-BAT TEMP History of Battery temperature
H-V OPN VOL History of virtual open circuit voltage
H-INT RESIST History of internal resistance
INTEG CHG-
Integrated charge for factory mode
FCTRY
SYSTEM: ELECTRIC MOTOR POWER STEERING

LS460 ALL USER DATA BATT LOW REC Battery Voltage Low Record New for Ver.13.4
GS450h ALL USER DATA ASSIST MAP Assist map select state Deleted for Ver.13.4
SYSTEM: ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE (EPB)

TENSION 1 VOL Tension1 Voltage
TENSION 2 VOL Tension2 Voltage
TARGET TENSION Target Tension Voltage
ZERO TENSION1 Zero Point of Tension1
ZERO TENSION2 Zero Point of Tension2
MOTOR VOLTAGE Motor Voltage Monitor
ZERO MOTOR VOL Zero Point of Motor Voltage
MOTOR CURRENT Motor Current Value
LOCK1 SW Lock Switch 1 Status
LOCK2 SW Lock Switch 2 Status
RELEASE1 SW Release Switch 1 Status
RELEASE2 SW Release Switch 2 Status
AUTO SW Auto Switch

SYSTEM: ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE (EPB) (Continued)
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle Speed
DECELERAT SEN Deceleration Sensor 1
DECELERAT SEN 2 Deceleration Sensor 2
Forward and Rearward G-
FORWARD&REA G
Sensor
Zero Point of Deceleration
ZERO DECELERAT
Sensor
ZERO Zero Point of Deceleration
DECELERAT2 Sensor 2
P POSITION Park Position
N POSITION Neutral Position
R POSITION Reverse Position
D POSITION Drive Position
TEMP FLAG Temperature Invalid Flag
INDOOR TEMP Indoor Temperature
BRK HOLD READY Brake Hold Ready
BRK HOLD MODE Brake Hold Control Mode
EPB LOCK EPB Lock Demand
LS460 ALL USER DATA ECU VOLTAGE ECU Voltage Monitor New for Ver.13.4
IG STATUS Ignition Status
IG SWITCH Ignition Switch
+B VOLTAGE +B Voltage Value
TENSION VOL Tension Sensor Voltage
LOCK1 STATUS Lock1 Control Status
LOCK 5 STATUS Lock5 Control Status
RELEASE1 STS Release1 Control Status
PARK BRK LIGHT Parking Brake Light
EPB WARNG EPB Warning Light
AUTO LIGHT AUTO Light
BUZZER Buzzer
REQ TO METER Request to METER ECU
Communication Brake
COMM BRAKE
System
COMM G SENS Communication G Sensor
Communication Electronic
COMM ECT
Controlled Transmission
COMM HV Communication HV
COMM CAN Communication CAN
COMM MAINBODY Communication Main Body

PKB LOCK STS Parking Brake Lock Status
Parking Brake Release
PKB RELEASE STS
Status
Parking Brake Unknown
PKB UNKNOWN
Status
PKB LOCK PERMIT Parking Brake Lock Permit
Parking Brake Release
PKB REL PERMIT
Permit
PARKING PERMIT Parking Control Permit
ANTILOCK PERMIT Anti-lock Control Permit
AUTO MODE Auto Mode
Parking Brake when
MOVING PKB
Moving
AUTO MEMORY Auto Mode Memory
AUTO READY Auto Ready Status
Lock Switch Open/Short
LOCK SW OPEN
Circuit
LOCK SW COMP Lock Switch Comparison
Release Switch Open/Short
REL SW OPEN
Circuit
Release Switch
REL SW COMP
Comparison
TENTION INP Tension Sensor Input
LS460 ALL USER DATA Deceleration Sensor New for Ver.13.4
DECELE COMP
Comparison
DECELERATE
Deceleration Sensor
SENS
DECELE OUT Deceleration Sensor Output
GL1 SENS Deceleration Sensor1
GL2 SENS Deceleration Sensor2
Front Right Speed Sensor
FR SPD OPEN
Open/Short
Front Left Speed Sensor
FL SPD OPEN
Open/Short
Rear Right Speed Sensor
RR SPD OPEN
Open/Short
Rear Left Speed Sensor
RL SPD OPEN
Open/Short
Front Right Speed Sensor
FR SPD PWR
PWR outage
Front Left Speed Sensor
FL SPD PWR
PWR outage
Rear Right Speed Sensor
RR SPD PWR
PWR outage
Rear Left Speed Sensor
RL SPD PWR
PWR outage
Brake Communication
BRK COMM
Failure

Deceleration
DECELE COMM
Communication Failure
Electronic Controlled
ECT COMM Transmission
Communication Failure
EHV Communication
EHV COMM
Failure
OVER CURRENT Actuator Over Current
Tension Variation Sensor
TENSION SENSOR
Status
Energize to Actuator Time
TIME OUT
Out
Parking Brake Cable
CABLE MALF
Malfunction
ACT CLUTCH
Actuator Clutch Malfunction
LS460 ALL USER DATA MALF New for Ver.13.4
INVALID DEC CMP Invalid Deceleration Comp
Invalid Deceleration Zero
INVALID ZERO
Point
INVALID DEC Invalid Deceleration
INVALID PWR Invalid Deceleration Power
INVALID GL1 Invalid Deceleration 1
INVALID GL2 Invalid Deceleration 2
Invalid Tension Sensor
INVALID T-OUT
Output
INVALID T-PWR
Power
INVALID T-CMP
Comparison
INVALID T-ZERO
Zero Point
SYSTEM: FRONT LEFT SEAT A/C

CUSHION TEMP Seat Cushion Temperature
SEATBACK TEMP Seatback Temperature
SEAT HEAT TEMP Seat Heater Temperature
CUSHION
Seat Cushion Fan Blower
BLOWER
SEATBACK
Seatback Fan Blower
LS460 ALL USER DATA BLOWER New for Ver.13.4
CUSHION DUTY Seat Cushion Peltier Output
SEATBACK DUTY Seatback Peltier Output
Seat Heater Target
SEAT TRG TEMP
Temperature
+B Positive Battery Voltage
TARGET TEMP Blower Target Temperature

SYSTEM: FRONT RIGHT SEAT A/C
SEATBACK TEMP Seatback Temperature
SEAT HEAT TEMP Seat Heater Temperature
CUSHION
BLOWER
SEATBACK
Seatback Fan Blower
LS460 ALL USER DATA BLOWER New for Ver.13.4
SEATBACK DUTY Seatback Peltier Output
Seat Heater Target
SEAT TRG TEMP
Temperature
+B '+B
SYSTEM: HYBRID VEHICLE (HV) (CAN)

SOC State Of Charge
Voltage Low-Voltage before
VL
boosting
Voltage High-Voltage after
VH
boosting
System Main Relay Status-
SMRG
(SMRG)
System Main Relay Status-
SMRB
(SMRB)
System Pre-charge Relay
SMRP
Status-(SMRP)
BOOST RATIO Boost ratio
WIN Charge control value
WOUT Discharge control value
HV Battery Life WIN
LIFE WIN (D)
(Charge Distance)
CAMRY HV Battery Life WOUT
PRIMARY LIFE WOUT (D) New for Ver.13.4
HV (Discharge Distance)
HV Battery Life WIN
LIFE WIN (T)
(Charge Time)
HV Battery Life WOUT
LIFE WOUT (T)
(Discharge Time)
HV Battery Load Frequency
HVB LOAD 1
1
HVB LOAD 2
2
HVB LOAD 3
3
HVB LOAD 4
4
HVB LOAD 5
5
HVB LOAD 6
6

SYSTEM: METER
Vehicle Data List Type Para Name Para Description New Support/Updates
LIGHT CTRL UP Light Control Up Switch
ALL USER DATA
DIAG & LIGHT CTRL
LS460 Light Control Down Switch
CUSTOMIZE DOWN
MONI RESET SW Drive Monitor Reset Switch New for Ver.13.4a
LANGUAGE Language
DIAG &
TUNDRA P-SEATBELT Passenger Seatbelt
CUSTOMIZE
WARN Warning Buzzer
SYSTEM: PRE COLLISION NO. 1
D BUCKLE SW Driver Buckle Switch
P BUCKLE SW Passenger Buckle Switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA D BELT CTRL Driver Belt Control New for Ver.13.4
P BELT CTRL Passenger Belt Control
SYSTEM: PRE-COLLISION 2
PCB CONTROL
Pre-Collision Brake Control Request
REQ
PCS WARNING
Pre-Collision Safety Warning Indicator
IND
PCS BRAKE IND Pre-Collision Safety Brake Indicator
PCB STATUS Pre-Collision Brake Status
REAR
Rear Collision Detection Status
DETECTION
PCS WARNING Pre-Collision Safety Warning Buzzer
BUZ Status
PCB ASSIST Pre-Collision Brake Assist Status
FRS DIRT HIST Front Radar Sensor-Dirt History
RRS DIRT HIST Rear Radar Sensor-Dirt History
LS460 ALL USER DATA Front Radar Sensor-Environment New for Ver.13.4
FRS ENV HIST
History
Rear Radar Sensor-Environment
RRS ENV HIST
History
RC IMG HIST Recognition Camera-Image History
DM IMG HIST Driver Monitor-Image History
PC SEAT BELT Pre-Collision Seat Belt Status
PCB OFF
Pre-Collision Brake OFF Switch Status
SWITCH
RRD WAVE
Rear Radar Wave Transmission Status
TRANS
FACE ANGLE Face Orientation Angle
FACE
Face Detection Status
DETECTION

SYSTEM: RAIN SENSOR (CAN)
SEN COND INF Sensor Condition Information
SEN REACT
Sensor Reaction Condition Information
CONDE
SEN HI TEMP Sensor High Temp Condition
INF Information
SEN LO TEMP
Sensor Low Temp Condition Information
INF
WIP SW LO SIG Wiper Switch Lo Signal
WIP SW HI SIG Wiper Switch Hi Signal
LS460 ALL USER DATA WIP SW AUTO New for Ver.13.4
Wiper Switch Auto Signal
SIG
WASH SW SIG Washer Switch Signal
WIP SW MIST
Wiper Switch Mist Signal
SIG
ENG STARTER
Engine Starter Signal
SIG
KEY PUSH SW
Key Push Switch Signal
SIG
CODES# Number of Trouble Code
SYSTEM: REAR CONSOLE

Right / Left Selection Switch Right
SEL RIGHT SW
Switch
SEL LEFT SW Right / Left Selection Switch Left Switch
R SLIDE FR SW Rear Seat Slide Front Switch
R SLIDE BK SW Rear Seat Slide Back Switch
R HEADREST
Rear Seat Headrest Up Switch
UP
LS460 ALL USER DATA R HEADREST New for Ver.13.4
Rear Seat Headrest Down Switch
DN
R HOLLOW
Rear Seat Hollow Front Switch
FRONT
R HOLLOW
Rear Seat Hollow Back Switch
BACK
R RECL FR Rear Seat Reclining Front Switch
R RECL BK Rear Seat Reclining Back Switch

SYSTEM: REAR LEFT SEAT A/C
SEATBACK
Seatback Temperature
TEMP
SEAT HEAT
Seat Heater Temperature
TEMP
CUSHION
BLOWER
LS460 ALL USER DATA SEATBACK New for Ver.13.4
Seatback Fan Blower
BLOWER
SEATBACK
Seatback Peltier Output
DUTY
SEAT TRG
Seat Heater Target Temperature
TEMP
SYSTEM: REAR RIGHT SEAT A/C

SEATBACK
Seatback Temperature
TEMP
SEAT HEAT
Seat Heater Temperature
TEMP
CUSHION
BLOWER
LS460 ALL USER DATA SEATBACK New for Ver.13.4
Seatback Fan Blower
BLOWER
SEATBACK
Seatback Peltier Output
DUTY
SEAT TRG TEMP Seat Heater Target Temperature
SYSTEM: REAR RIGHT /REAR LEFT /PASSENGER /DRIVER SEAT

DOR LNK RTN
Door OPEP Link Return Set
SET
Switch status of Passenger Seat
PBKL SW
Buckle
Passenger Seat Slide Backward From
SEAT BKWRD R
Rear Seat Switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA SEAT FORWARD Passenger Seat Slide Forward From New for Ver.13.4
R Rear Seat Switch
LUMBAR UP Lumbar UP
LUMBAR DOWN Lumbar Down
LUMBAR FRONT Lumbar Front
LUMBAR REAR Lumbar Rear

SYSTEM: REAR RIGHT /REAR LEFT /PASSENGER /DRIVER SEAT (Continued)
CUSHIONLEN SW
Cushion length Front
F
CUSHIONLEN SW
Cushion length Rear
R
HEADREST SW
Headrest UP
UP
HEADREST SW
Headrest Down
DN
HEADREST LMT
Headrest Limit Switch2
S2
SEAT FORWARD Passenger Seat Slide Forward From
D Driver Seat Switch
Passenger Seat Slide Backward From
SEAT BKWRD D
Driver Seat Switch
Passenger Seat Incline From Driver
SEAT INCLINE D
Seat Switch
Passenger Seat Recline From Driver
SEAT RECLINE D
Seat Switch
HEADREST POS Headrest position
CUSHION POS Cushion position
HDREST MEM
Headrest position Memory No1
POS1
CSHON MEM
Cushion position Memory No1
POS1
LS460 ALL USER DATA HDREST MEM New for Ver.13.4
POS2
CSHON MEM
POS2
HDREST MEM
POS3
CSHON MEM
POS3
LIFTER INI FLG Lifter initialize Flag
F VTCL INI FLG Front vertical initialize Flag
CSHON POS INI Cushion Length position initialize Flag
RECLN POS INI Reclining position initialize Flag
HDREST POS INI Headrest position initialize Flag
SLIDE POS INI Slide position initialize Flag
OTTO INI FLG OTTOMAN initialize Flag
STAJST INI FLG Seat with adjustable initialize Flag
SLIDE F MSTPOS Slide Front Most Position
SLIDE R MSTPOS Slide Rear Most Position
HDREST D
Headrest Down Most position
MSTPOS
HDREST U
Headrest UP Most position
MSTPOS
RECLN F
Reclining Front Most position
MSTPOS

RECLN R
Reclining Rear Most position
MSTPOS
CSHON R
Cushion length Rear Most position
MSTPOS
CSHON F
Cushion length Front Most position
MSTPOS
F VTCL U
Front vertical UP Most position
MSTPOS
F VTCL D
Front vertical Down Most position
MSTPOS
LIFTER U
Lifter UP Most position
MSTPOS
LIFTER D
Lifter Down Most position
MSTPOS
STAJST F Seat with adjustable Front Most
MSTPOS position
STAJST R Seat with adjustable Rear Most
MSTPOS position
OTTO U MSTPOS OTTOMAN UP Most position
OTTO D MSTPOS OTTOMAN Down Most position
STAJST POS Seat with adjustable Position
OTMAN POS OTTOMAN Position
STAJST MEM Seat with adjustable position Memory
LS460 ALL USER DATA POS1 No1 New for Ver.13.4
OTMAN MEM
OTTOMAN position Memory No1
POS1
HEADREST UP Headrest UP
HEADREST
Headrest Down
DOWN
LUMBAR Front Lumbar Adjustment Front
LUMBAR Rear Lumbar Adjustment Rear
SLIDE REAR Slide Rear
SLIDE FRONT Slide Front
OTTOMAN UP Ottoman Up
OTTOMAN DOWN Ottoman Down
RECLN FRONT Reclining Front
RECLN Rear Reclining Rear
PS OT LK SW Passenger Seat OTTOMAN Link
RTN Switch (Return)
PS OT LK SW Passenger Seat OTTOMAN Link
RLX Switch (Relax)
RSEAT BACK SW Rear Seat Back Switch
CANCEL SW Cancel Switch
PSEAT SLIDE
Passenger Seat Slide Position
POS
PSEAT RECLN
Passenger Seat Position
POS

SLIDE DON’T
Passenger Seat Slide don’t MOVE
MOV
LS460 ALL USER DATA RECLN DON’T New for Ver.13.4
Passenger Seat Reclining don’t MOVE
MOV
P Seat ini Flg Passenger Seat initialize Flag
SYSTEM: SMART
ALARM
Panic alarm function
FUNCTION
WIRELS BUZZ
Wireless buzzer volume
VOL
CUSTOMIZE PASSIVE MODE Passive mode (Security system)
LS460 USER DATA DIAG WARN BY GLS New for Ver.13.4
Warning by glass broken sensor
& CUSTOMIZE SEN
WARNING(HORN) Warning by Horn
ENTRY DELAY Entry delay time
HOOD COURTSY
Hood courtesy switch
SW
SYSTEM: STEERING PAD

DISP SW Display Switch
SET/RESET SW SET/RESET Switch
BRAKE HOLD SW Brake Hold Switch
LANE KEEP AS
Lane Keeping Assist Switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA SW New for Ver.13.4
ACC SW Adaptive Cruise Control Switch
HORN SW Horn switch
METER PANEL Meter Panel Lighting
SYSTEM: SRS AIRBAG

D SEAT
Seat position(Driver side)
POSITION
PASSENGER
Passenger classification
CLASS
PASSENGER
ALL USER DATA Passenger detection
DETEC
L BUCKLE SW Buckle switch(Left side)
R BUCKLE SW Buckle switch(Right side)
D BUCKLE SW Buckle switch(Driver side)
P BUCKLE SW Buckle switch(Passenger side)
ECU TYPE
DISPLAY TYPE Display type identification information
INFORMATION

SYSTEM: TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM
MODE STATUS Mode Status
MAIN TIRE Main Tire
2ND TIRE 2nd Tire
SELECT SWITCH Select Switch
INITIAL SWITCH Initialization Switch
REGIT ID 1 CODE Registered Tire Pressure ID 1 Code
TIRE PRESS 1 ID 1 Tire Inflation Pressure
TIRE TEMP 1 ID 1 Temperature in Tire
ALL USER DATA TIRE TEMP 3 ID 3 Temperature in Tire
LS460 DIAG & TIRE TEMP 4 ID 4 Temperature in Tire New for Ver.13.4
CUSTOMIZE TIRE TEMP 5 ID 5 Temperature in Tire
BATT VOLT 1 ID 1 Battery Voltage
ID 1 Initial Threshold of Low-
INI THRESHOLD 1
pressure
INI THRESHOLD 2
pressure
INI THRESHOLD 3
pressure
INI THRESHOLD 4
pressure
INI THRESHOLD 5
pressure
SEL SWITCH INFO Select Switch Info
INI SWITCH INFO Initialization Switch Info
UNITS BY REGION Units By Region
TUNDRA ALL USER DATA TIRE PRESS 5 ID 5 Tire Inflation Pressure New for Ver.13.4

SYSTEM: TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM (Continued)
TUNDRA ALL USER DATA BATT VOLT 5 ID 5 Battery Voltage New for Ver.13.4
INI THRESHOLD 1 ID 1 Initial Threshold of Low-pressure
SYSTEM: RADAR CRUISE

MAIN SW Cruise Control Main Switch
RES/ACC SW RES/ACC Switch
SET/COAST SW SET/COAST Switch
CONST SPD MODE Constant speed mode
DIST CTRL SW Distance Control Switch
SNOW SW Snow Switch
STP LIGHT SW1-M Stop Light Switch 1 (Main CPU)
STP LIGHT SW1-S Stop Light Switch 1 (Sub CPU)
STP LIGHT SW2-M Stop Light Switch 2 (Main CPU)
PCS OFF SW Pre-Collision Brake OFF Switch
WIPER-INTERMIT Wiper (Intermittent)
WIPER-LO Wiper (Lo)
WIPER-HI Wiper (Hi)
WIPER STOP POS Wiper stop position
LKA MAIN SW Lane Keeping Assist Main Switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA TURN SIGNAL RH Turn Light Right-hand New for Ver.13.4
TURN SIGNAL LH Turn Light Left-hand
HEAD LIGHT Head Light
HEAD LIGHT-HI Head Light (High Beam)
HEAD LIGHT-PASS Head Light (Passing)
DISPLAY DIMMER Display dimmer
Vehicle speed calculate from wheel
V SPD(WHEEL)
speed
V SPD(ECU) Vehicle speed from Brake ECU
Number of invalid Wheel speed
INVALID SENSORS
Sensors
CRUISE CONTROL Cruise Control
CCS TERMINATE Cruise Control terminate request
LKA SYS STATUS Lane Keeping Assist system status
Electric Power Steering Assist
EPS ASSIST RQST
Request
LKA ACTIVATE Lane Keeping Assist Activate

SYSTEM: RADAR CRUISE (Continued)
CCS MODE Cruise Control mode
Country# (ECU) Country Code of Driving Support ECU
Freeze DTC Trouble Code
FRS TEMP HIGH Front Radar Sensor temperature high
CAMERA B-LIGHT Object Recognition Camera backlight
RRS DIRTY Rear Radar Sensor dirty
RRS TEMP HIGH Rear Radar Sensor temperature high
Country# (FRS) Country Code of Front Radar Sensor
Country Code of Object Recognition
COUNTRY# (ORE)
ECU
Country# (RRS) Country Code of Rear Radar Sensor
RL W SPD
Rear Wheel Speed Left-hand Sensor
SENSOR
RR W SPD Rear Wheel Speed Right-hand
SENSOR Sensor
FL W SPD
Front Wheel Speed Left-hand Sensor
SENSOR
FR W SPD Front Wheel Speed Right-hand
SENSOR Sensor
YAW RATE Yaw Rate Sensor
STEERING ANGLE Steering angle
ZERO POINT Zero Point of Steering Angle Sensor
LS460 ALL USER DATA DECELERAT SEN New for Ver.13.4
Deceleration Sensor 2
2
ZERO
Zero Point of Deceleration Sensor 1
DECELERAT1
ZERO
Zero Point of Deceleration Sensor 2
DECELERAT2
BRAKE CONTROL Brake control
VEHICLE STOP Vehicle stop
V STP-AUTO HOLD Vehicle stop by Auto Hold
EPB A-HOLD Electric Parking Brake Auto Hold
CONF confirmation
A-HLD CTRL
Auto Hold control system status
MODE
EPB AUTO HOLD Electric Parking Brake Auto Hold
Able to request driving force from
ABL RQST DF-VDM
Vehicle Dynamics Management
Request driving force from Vehicle
RQST DF-VDM
Dynamics Management
V ACCELERATION Vehicle acceleration
W SPD/DCLRT Wheel Speed Sensor and
SEN Deceleration Sensor
THROTTLE Cruise Throttle Opening Angle
CTP Closed Throttle Position
ECM COMMAND ECM/PCM command

DF ACCURACY Accuracy of driving force
Maximum value of available driving
MAX AVL DF1
force
Minimum value of available driving
MIN AVL DF1
force
OUTPUT DF Generation driving force
OUTPUT TORQUE Output torque
Target Driving force calculated by
TARGET DF
ECM/PCM
Max of available driving force in the
MAX AVL DF2
same Shift
Min of available driving force in the
MIN AVL DF2
same Shift
Max of available driving force in Shift
MAX AVL DF3
change
Min of available driving force in Shift
MIN AVL DF3
change
Electric Power Steering Torque
EPS TRQ SENSOR
Sensor output
V HEIGHT CTRL Vehicle Height control
Permission to Auto Hold by Electric
AUTO HOLD-EPB
Parking Brake
EPB CTRL MODE Electric Parking Brake control mode
EPB SWITCH Electric Parking Brake Switch
LS460 ALL USER DATA TARGET V HEIGHT Target Vehicle Height New for Ver.13.4
Communication error with Electric
COM ERR-EPB
Parking Brake
Communication error with Variable
COM ERR-VGRS
Gear Ratio Steering
Communication error with Air
COM ERR-A/C
Conditioner
COM ERR-AVN Communication error with AVN
Communication error with Main Body
COM ERR-M BDY1
1
Communication error with Main Body
COM ERR-M BDY2
2
Communication error with Driver Seat
COM ERR-D SW
Switch
COM ERR-BDY.5 Communication error with Body No.5
COM ERR-BDY.4 Communication error with Body No.4
COM ERR-METER1 Communication error with Meter 1
Cruise Control Memory Vehicle
MEMORY SPD
Speed
Target acceleration for all speed
TAR ACL-ALL SPD
range Adaptive Cruise Control
Target acceleration for Adaptive
TAR ACCL-ACC
Cruise Control

TAR ACCL-CCS Target acceleration for Cruise Control
CCS CANCEL1 Cruise Control cancel by low speed
Cancel Cruise Control Signal by
CCS CANCEL2
communication delay
Cancel Cruise Control Signal by RAM
CCS CANCEL3
malfunction
Adaptive-Cruise Control Signal
A-CCS CANCEL1 Cancel by Front Radar Sensor or
Wiper
Adaptive-Cruise Control Signal for all
A-CCS CANCEL2
speeds cancel by ORC malfunction
Adaptive-Cruise Control Signal for all
A-CCS CANCEL3
speeds cancel by ORC
A-CCS CANCEL4 A-CCS cancel by internal logical error
FRS DIRT HIST Front Radar Sensor-Dirt History
Bad weather history (Front Radar
WTHR HIST-FRS
Sensor)
UNREC HIST-ORC History ORC unable to recognize
LS460 ALL USER DATA VEHICLE DISTANC Vehicle Distance New for Ver.13.4
FWD V RELTV SPD Forward vehicle relative speed
V APPROACH
Vehicle approach warning
WARN
VSC BUZZER Vehicle Stability Control Buzzer
RQST DF Request driving force
Braking request to Electric Control
BRK RQST-ECB
Brake
BRK RQST-SHIFT Braking request to shift down
DS OVERRIDE Operator override
FWD V DETECT Forward vehicle detect
CCS READY Cruise Control Main Switch-Ready
FWD V START Forward vehicle start
FWD V
Forward vehicle interrupt
INTERRUPT
L SPD CNCL BUZZ Low Speed Cancel Buzzer
CCS SYS CHECK Cruise Control system check
RADAR Radar

Table 2 - Active Test - New Support/Updates
SYSTEM: AIR CONDITIONER (A/C)
Vehicle Active Test Name Test Description New Support/Updates
HOT A/M PLS-D HOT Air mix servomotor pulse (Driver side)
COOL A/M PLS-D COOL Air mix servomotor pulse (Driver side)
HOT A/M PLS-P HOT Air mix servomotor pulse (Passenger side)
COOL A/M PLS-P COOL Air mix servomotor pulse (Passenger side)
FACE A/O PLS-D FACE Air outlet servomotor pulse (Driver side)
FOOT A/O PLS-D FOOT Air outlet servomotor pulse (Driver side)
FACE A/O PLS-P FACE Air outlet servomotor pulse (Passenger side)
FOOT A/O PLS-P FOOT Air outlet servomotor pulse (Passenger side)
HOT M/H PLS Max Hot bypass HOT servomotor pulse
LS460 COOL M/H PLS Max Hot bypass COOL servomotor pulse New for Ver.13.4
A/M PLS F&R-D Air mix servomotor pulse (Front & Rear Driver side)
A/M PLS F&R-P Air mix servomotor pulse (Front & Rear Passenger side)
A/O PLS F&R-D Air outlet servomotor pulse (Front & Rear Driver side)
A/O PLS F&R-P Air outlet servomotor pulse (Front & Rear Passenger side)
A/O PLS RR-D Air outlet servomotor pulse (Rear Driver side)
A/O PLS RR-P Air outlet servomotor pulse (Rear Passenger side)
COOL A/M PLS-P Cool air bypass pulse(Passenger side)
EMISSION PLS R Emission pulse(Rear)
DIFFUSE PLS R Diffuse pulse(Rear)
SYSTEM: ABS
BH RDY LIGHT Brake Hold Ready Light
LS460 New for Ver.13.4.
BH HOLD LIGHT Brake Hold Light
SYSTEM: AIR SUSPENSION

DAMPER FR Damper step Front Right
DAMPER FL Damper step Front Left
DAMPER RR Damper step Rear Right
DAMPER RL Damper step Rear Left
FR UP&DOWN Front Right wheel UP/DOWN
FL UP&DOWN Front Left wheel UP/DOWN
RR UP&DOWN Rear Right wheel UP/DOWN
RL UP&DOWN Rear Left wheel UP/DOWN
FR SOL Front Right solenoid
FL SOL Front Left solenoid
RR SOL Rear Right solenoid
RL SOL Rear Left solenoid
EXHAUST SOL Exhaust solenoid

SYSTEM: BACK DOOR
LATCH RELEASE Latch release
PBD MOTOR Power Back Door motor
LS460 PBD CLUTCH Power Back Door clutch New for Ver.13.4
PBD BUZZER Power Back Door buzzer
PBD CLOSE
Power Back Door Close Light Switch
LIGHT
SYSTEM: MAIN BODY

TURN SIGNAL RH Turn Light Right-hand Relay Operation
TURN SIGNAL LH Turn Light Left-hand Relay Operation
LS460
I/P BACKLIGHT Interior Panel Backlight New for Ver.13.4a
PARKING SIGNAL Send Parking Gear Signal to a Related Function
Tundra CARGO LIGHT Cargo Light
SYSTEM: BODY NO. 4

REAR FOG LIGHT Rear Fog Light
BACK-UP LIGHT Backup Light
STOP LIGHT Stop Light
H-M STOP LIGHT High Mount Stop Light
R-A/C MAG VLV Rear A/C Magnetic Valve
D SHOULDER
Driver Side Shoulder Anchor
BELT
LS460 P SHOULDER New for Ver.13.4a
Front Passenger Side Shoulder Anchor
BELT
R-SUNSHADE Rear Sunshade Operation
FUEL LID OPEN FUEL Lid Open
TRUNK LID OPEN Trunk Lid Open
D BUCKLE LIGHT Driver Side Buckle Light
P BUCKLE LIGHT Front Passenger Side Buckle Light
ILLUMI OUTPUT Illuminated Entry System
LUGG LIGHT Luggage Light Control

SYSTEM: BODY NO.5
HEAD LIGHT LO Head Light Low
HEAD LIGHT HI Head Light High
DRL OPERT Head Light HI Daytime Running Lamp Operation
F FOG LIGHT RLY Front Fog Light Relay
CLEARANCE
Clearance Light Operation
LIGHT
WIPER MOT(HI) Wiper Motor HI
WIPER MOT(LO) Wiper Motor LO
LS460 WASHER MOTOR Washer Motor Operation New for Ver.13.4a
H/L CLEANER Head Light Cleaner
RR DEF Rear Defogger Operation
WIPER DEICER Wiper Deicer
HORN RELAY Horn Relay Operation
SECURITY HORN Security Horn
BUZZ CONT
Wireless Buzzer(Continuous Sound)
SOUND
SYSTEM: CENTER CONSOLE

R ST A/C IND FL Rear Seat A/C Indicator Full
LS460 R ST A/C IND RD Rear Seat A/C Indicator Reduced New for Ver.13.4
NIGHT LIGHT Night Lighting
SYSTEM: DRIVER /PASSENGER /REAR RIGHT /REAR LEFT DOOR

DOOR LOCK Door lock
DEAD LOCK Double lock unset
R-DOOR
Rear Door Sunshade Operation
SUNSHADE
FOOT LIGHT Foot light
COURTESY
Courtesy Light
LIGHT
IN HANDLE ILUMI Inside handle illumination
SEAT MEM LIGHT Seat memory light
LS460 ASHTRAY LIGHT Ashtray Light New for Ver.13.4
P MANUAL SW
P Manual SW LED
LED
MEM CANCEL
Memory cancel light
LIGHT
MIRR UP/DOWN Mirror UP/DOWN
MIRR
Mirror RIGHT/LEFT
RIGHT/LEFT
MIRR
Mirror FOLD/RETURN
FOLD/RETRN
MIRR HEATER Mirror Heater

SYSTEM: PRE-COLLISION NO. 1
D BELT MTR Driver Seat Belt Motor
LS460 P BELT MTR Passenger Seat Belt Motor New for Ver.13.4
D-P BELT MTR Driver and Passenger Seat Belt Motor
SYSTEM: PRE-COLLISION NO. 2

INFRARED
LS460 Infrared Signal Status New for Ver.13.4
SIGNAL
SYSTEM: D-SEAT SW
MIR IND DAY Mirror Auto Indicator (Daytime)
INTTV IND DAY Intuitive Park Assist Indicator (Daytime)
MIR IND NTSTOP Mirror Auto Indicator (Night Stopping)
INTV IND
Intuitive Park Assist Indicator (Night Stopping)
LS460 NTSTOP New for Ver.13.4
MIR IND NTRUN Mirror Auto Indicator (Night Running)
INTV IND NTRUN Intuitive Park Assist Indicator (Night Running)
STR HEAT Steering Heater Active Request (Direct Line)
NIGHT LIGHT Night Lighting
SYSTEM: ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION (ECT)
SOLENOID(SL5) Activate the solenoid (SL5)

LS460 New for Ver.13.4a
SOLENOID(SR) Activate the solenoid (SR)
SYSTEM: ENGINE
MD VVT B1 Control the MD Variable Valve Timing Linear (Bank1)
LS46 New for Ver.13.4a
MD VVT B2 Control the MD Variable Valve Timing Linear (Bank2)
SYSTEM: ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE (EPB)

AUTO SW Auto Switch
AUTO LIGHT Auto Light
EPB WRNING EPB Warning Light
PKB LIGHT Parking Brake Light
BUZZER Buzzer
LOCK DSP Lock Display
LS460 PRANGE DSP P-range Display New for Ver.13.4
OVERHEAT DSP Overheat Display
CHECK DSP Check Display
NOT AVAIL DSP Not Avail Display
TEST MODE Test Mode
PKB REL1 Parking Brake Release1
PKB LOCK1 Parking Brake Lock1

SYSTEM: FRONT LEFT SEAT A/C
CUSHION FAN Cushion Blower
SEATBACK FAN Seatback Blower
CUSHION DUTY Cushion Peltier Duty
SEATBACK DUTY Seatback Peltier Duty
SEAT TRG TEMP Seat Target Temperature
AIRFLOW Airflow
WARM AIR Warm air
COOL AIR Cool air
SYSTEM: FRONT RIGHT SEAT A/C

AIRFLOW Airflow
WARM AIR Warm air
COOL AIR Cool air
SYSTEM: REAR LEFT SEAT A/C

AIRFLOW Airflow
WARM AIR Warm air
COOL AIR Cool air
SYSTEM: REAR RIGHT SEAT A/C

AIRFLOW Airflow
WARM AIR Warm air
COOL AIR Cool air

Last Updated: March 09, 2006
Contents:
• Active Stabilizer System Check

• EFI Evap System Check
• RCCS Beam Axis Adjustment
• Smart Key Code Erasure
• Smart Key Code Registration
• Smart Key Communication ID Registration
• Smart Key Diagnosis Mode


PRELIMINARY
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Full Support
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
2007 ES350 2007 CAMRY HV 2007 tC
2007 GS450H 2007 CAMRY
2007 RX350 2007 FJ CRUISER
2007 SOLARA
2007 YARIS
Preliminary Support
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
2007 LS460

PRELIMINARY
Active Stabilizer System Check
Description:
This function is used to test the target angles for the front and rear stabilizers of the Active Stabilizer
System. DTC’s will be displayed in the event a fault is detected during the Active Stabilizer System
check.
Screen Flow
Screen currently
unavailable

PRELIMINARY
SYSTEM CHECK
This function will

test the Stabilizer
System.
If a malfunction is
present, DTCs will
1
be displayed.
Press [ENTER]
CONDITION
-The Vehicle is
parked.
-Engine is running
-Steering wheel is
the center.
Press [ENTER] to
OPERATION1 (1/2)
Please do the
following while
confirming next page
1.Turn steering
wheel 90 degrees
clockwise or more.
2.Return back
straight .
Press [ENTER]
5
2

PRELIMINARY
2
OPERATION1 (2/2)
F TWIST ANG Param1

R TWIST ANG Param2
Press [ENTER]
when finished
OPERATION2 (1/2)
Please do the
following while
confirming next page
3.Turn steering
wheel 90 degrees
counterclockwise
or more.
4.Return back
straight.
Press [ENTER]
OPERATION2 (2/2)
5
F TWIST ANG Param1
R TWIST ANG Param2
Press [ENTER]
when finished

PRELIMINARY
3
SYSTEM CHECK
COMPLETED
Press [ENTER]
SYSTEM CHECK SYSTEM CHECK SYSTEM CHECK
FAILED FAILED FAILED
Confirm the steering Target angle was Target angle was

wheel operation on not attained for not attained for
the previous screen the front stabilizer. the rear stabilizer.
was performed (C1950) (C1951)
properly.
Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER]
1
5
SYSTEM CHECK
FAILED
Check the initial

Condition.
Press [ENTER]

PRELIMINARY
EFI Evap System Check
Description:
This function is used to identify the component(s) that may cause a malfunction relating to the EVAP
KEY-OFF MONITOR SYSTEM (Closed Tank), or to validate the repair of that system.
This function is used to draw or release a vacuum pressure in the EVAP KEY-OFF MONITOR
SYSTEM (Closed Tank) by specified patterns while observing vapor pressure.
The Evap System Check has been modified to show Vent Valve Activation time and now
includes a Resetting function, Tank Leak Check, Reference Pressure Check 3, and an
Atmospheric Pressure Check 2.
Screen Flow

PRELIMINARY
EVAP SYS CHECK
[P5] : Display the parameter of “TANK PRESS”.
6. Resetting
PURGE VSV……………CLS/OFF
[*1]/[*2]:Display the parameter of "VAPOR PRESS"
VENT VALVE…………………OFF
and enable to change the unit of "VAPOR PRESS"
VACUUM PUMP…………...OFF by using the "UNIT CONVERSION" function.
FVCV..................……………OFF The default is “mmHg”.
TANK PRESS……….[P5]mmHg-g
VAPOR PRESS……..[*2]mmHg-g [T1]: Count up from 0 by every step.
VAPOR PRESS……..[*1]mmHg-a [T3*]: Display the VENT VALVE activated total time.
Time(Step/ VENT /PUMP): [T4*]: Display the VACUUM PUMP activated total time.
[T1]sec/[T3*] min/[T4*]min * : Maximum 15 min.
Press [RIGHT]
EVAP SYS CHECK
7. Tank Leak Check
VENT VALVE…………………ON
VACUUM PUMP……………...ON
FVCV...................……………ON
VAPOR PRESS……..[*2]mmHg-g
VAPOR PRESS……..[*1]mmHg-a
Time(Step/ VENT /PUMP):
[T1]sec/[T3*] min/[T4*]min
Press [RIGHT]
EVAP SYS CHECK
8. Ref Press Check 3
FVCV..................……………OFF
Press [RIGHT]
EVAP SYS CHECK
9. Atm Press Check 2
VACUUM
PUMP……………...OFF
FVCV..................……………OFF
Press [RIGHT]

PRELIMINARY
RCCS Beam Axis Adjustment
Description:
When replacing any component of the Radar Cruise Control System (RCCS), beam axis adjustment
must be performed. The beam axis adjustment is used to display a deviation of the radar beam axis.
Refer to service information found on TIS for specific instruction on beam axis adjustment.
Screen Flow

PRELIMINARY
5
NOTICE
2
This function adjusts The laser cruise option flag
the divergence of Laser is OFF.
Beam Axis automatically. Refer to the R/M
in order to set the laser
cruise option flag ON.
CONDITION
CRUISE indicator is ON.
PRESS [ENTER]
The
Thedivergence
divergencedata of of
data
Beam Axis should be
Beam Axis should be
Displayed.
Displayed.
PRESS [ENTER]
1
PRELIMINARY
5
**Attention**
Consult the Service

Information Before
Proceeding.
PRESS [ENTER]/[EXIT]
Laser Cruise Laser Cruise

Divergence Data Divergence Data
UPPER SIDE: X.X DEG UPPER SIDE: X.X DEG
LEFT SIDE: X.X DEG RIGHT SIDE: X.X DEG

LOWER SIDE: X.X DEG LOWER SIDE: X.X DEG
LEFT SIDE: X.X DEG RIGHT SIDE: X.X DEG

PRELIMINARY
1
NOW ADJUSTING
COMPLETE FAILED
Beam Axis Adjust is complete. Beam Axis Adjust has failed.

Confirm that CRUISE indicator is
ON.
Check the condition described on
the R/M.
To MENU

PRELIMINARY
2
NOTICE
This function displays

the divergence of
Beam Axis.
PRESS [ENTER]
This RADAR transmits

radio wave during
adjustment.
Take a distance of
at least 20cm(7.9
inches) between the RADAR
and the body
of any person.
PRESS [ENTER]
CONDITION
・ CRUISE indicator is ON.
PRESS [ENTER]

PRELIMINARY
3
The divergence data of

Beam Axis should be
Displayed.
PRESS [ENTER]

DISTANCE X.X m DISTANCE X.X m

(X.X ft) (X.X ft)
LEFT SIDE X.X DEG RIGHT SIDE X.X DEG

PRELIMINARY
Smart Key Code Erasure
Description:
This function will erase all existing Smart Key codes except the code of the registered key that is
used during the procedure.
Screen Flow

PRELIMINARY
Welcome to the
Smart Code
Erasure Utility.
This function will
erase all existing
Smart Key &
Immobiliser codes,
except the code
of the selected
registered Key.
PRESS [ENTER]
Confirm the
following condition
1.IG is ON
Note: This procedure

will fail if the
time limit is
exceeded for
any of the steps.
PRESS [ENTER]
Number of registered immobiliser

codes:
[Num]
All Smart Codes

except the code of Number of keys currently registered
the selected
registered key will
be erased.
PRESS [ENTER]

PRELIMINARY
1
Touch the Engine SW

with a registered
key.
<CAUTION>
Make sure the
emblem side is
facing the Engine
SW.
Time Remaining:[30]sec
*NOW ERASING *
Smart Code Erasure

is complete.
PRESS [EXIT]

PRELIMINARY
Smart Key Code Registration
Description:
Perform the following procedure to register new and additional Smart Key codes when directed by
Repair Manual instructions found on TIS.
Hint:
ID codes are the same as recognition codes for the wireless transmitter and the engine immobiliser
function. Registering an ID code enables the smart access system with push-button start, the
wireless door lock control function, and the engine immobiliser function to be operated.
Screen Flow

PRELIMINARY
1
Welcome to the
Smart
Key Immobiliser
code
registration wizard.
This function is
used to register
the Immobiliser
portion
of smart keys.
PRESS [ENTER]
Confirm The Following

Conditions:
-Engine SW is ON (IG).
-Smart cancel function is
OFF.
PRESS [ENTER]
SELECT OPTIONS.
1. Register keys only.
1. REGISTER KEYS ONLY
2. Register keys for Smart
ECU replacement.
3. Register keys for ID BOX
& SMART ECU
replacement
PRESS [ENTER]
Select an option and

Version 13.3a Press [ENTER] Page 19 of 48
PRELIMINARY
Select
“3.REGISTER KEYS
for ID Code Box &
Smart ECU The option you selected
4 replacement” does not match.
Either choose different
Select option or perform
7 SMART CODE reset
“1.REGISTER
beforehand.
KEYS only”
5 Press [ENTER] to Continue

Registration or [EXIT] to Stop.
Select
“2.REGISTER
KEYS for Smart
ECU replacement”
Select
“1.REGISTER
KEYS only”
INFORMATION
Number of keys that can be

registered.
[Num]
Number of keys currently

registered.
[Num]
PRESS [ENTER]

PRELIMINARY
Select 5
“2.REGISTER KEYS
for Smart ECU
replacement”
Have you performed

a smart code reset?
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
[NO] [YES]
2
To complete
registration the
following keys
are required.
Number of keys to be confirmed. [Num]
Register keys
together to
prevent failure.
PRESS [ENTER]

PRELIMINARY
8
If you do not have

the displayed
number of keys
perform a SMART
CODE reset prior
to key
registration.
PRESS [ENTER]
CONFIRM
Touch each
previously
registered key
to the Engine Sw.
CAUTION
Make sure the
emblem side is Number of remaining keys that need to
facing the SW. be touched to Engine SW.
Remaining keys: [Num]

Time Remaining [30] sec

PRELIMINARY
6
CONFIRM
Touch the Engine SW
with a registered
key.
CAUTION
Make sure the
emblem side is
facing the SW.
Time Remaining: [30] sec
CHECK 1
Touch the IG SW
with a key to be
registered.
CAUTION
Make sure the
emblem side is
facing the SW.
CHECK 2
Set the key on the

passenger seat.
Version 13.3a Time Remaining: [30] sec Page 23 of 48

PRELIMINARY
Select
“2.REGISTER
KEYS for Smart
ECU replacement”
These keys were
previously
registered.
[Num] 10
Add these keys
again or process
will fail.
Time Remaining: [30] sec.

PRESS [ENTER]
Automatically or Press[ENTER] or Time out
10
9
If you want to
register another
key, touch the
Engine SW with The
key you would like
to register.
Time Remaining: 30 sec.
PRESS [ENTER]
Touch another key

Automatically or Press[ENTER] or Time out
Press [ENTER] or Time out
* NOW REGISTERING *

New Features Document 11
PRELIMINARY
11
Registration is Registration Registration has failed.

complete. failed for some Verify The following.
SMART keys. - At full capacity
Keys that can be - Engine SW is OFF
registered Confirm key status - Communication failure
[Num] using data list. - Smart cancel function
is OFF
Keys currently
registered. PRESS [YES] to PRESS [YES] to
continue
continue
registration or
PRESS [ENTER] registration or
[NO] to stop.
[NO] to stop.
[YES]
Press YES to [YES]
register another
key or press NO to
exit this function 1 1
[Num]
PRESS [YES] or [NO]

PRELIMINARY
Smart Key Communication ID Registration
Description:
This function is used to register the communication ID between the ID Code Box ECU and the Smart
Access ECU and is used to register the remote engine starter.
Screen Flow

PRELIMINARY
Welcome to the ECU
Communication
ID Registration
wizard.
This function is
used to perform
the “hand shake”
procedure.
PRESS [ENTER]
Confirm the
following
conditions.
-The Engine Switch

is ON (IG).
-Smart Cancel
Function is OFF.
PRESS [ENTER]
Select Part(s) and

Press [ENTER]
Select Select
“1. ID Code Box and “2. Remote Engine
Steering Lock” Starter”
1 2

PRELIMINARY
1 2
Touch the Engine SW

with a registered
key.
<CAUTION> Communication ID
Make sure Registration for
the emblem side Remote Engine
is facing the Starter is
Engine SW. complete.
When the registration
Is complete, the
buzzer will sound.
PRESS [EXIT]

PRELIMINARY
Smart Key Diagnosis Mode
Description:
This function will check the communication between the Smart Key with a selected transmitter and
tuner.
Screen Flow

PRELIMINARY
SMART DIAG MODE
This function will

check the
communication
between the Smart
Key with a selected
transmitter and
tuner.
PRESS [ENTER]
2
Only available items will be displayed.
Select the item

(Transmitter and
Tuner) to check.
D +OVERHEAD
P +OVERHEAD
DR+OVERHEAD
scrolling item PR+OVERHEAD
FR+OVERHEAD
RR+OVERHEAD
IN_LUG+IN_LUG
LUGG+OVERHEAD
LUGG+IN_LUG
IN_BDOR+OVERHEAD
BDOR+OVERHEAD
Select an item
and [ENTER]

PRELIMINARY
1
Move the Smart Key

closer to the
selected
transmitter and
tuner.
Press [ENTER]
If the wireless
buzzer beeps,
communication is
successful.
[ENTER] to continue
[EXIT] to abort
EXIT
ENTER
MENU

PRELIMINARY
System: A/C
COMPRS SPD Compressor speed
CAMRY HV
ALL USER COMPRS TARG SPD Compressor target speed
DATA EMISS GAS SENS Emission gas sensor New for Ver.13.3
DIAGNOSIS &
NOX GAS SENS Emission gas Nox sensor
ES350 CUSTOMIZE
BUTTON PRS BUZ Button press buzzer
GAS SENS SHIFT Emission Gas Sensor Shift
System: ABS/VSC
STB INFO Stabilizer Information
ALL USER
GS450h PB OFF SW Pre Crash Brake OFF Switch New for Ver.13.3
DATA
PB OFF LIGHT Pre Crash Brake OFF Light
System: Adaptive Front-Lighting System (AFS)

Adaptive Front Lighting System
AFS OFF SW
(AFS) OFF Switch
TRAVEL DIR Traveling direction
LO BEAM STATE Headlight Low beam state
HI BEAM STATE Headlight High beam state
ALL USER DRL STATE Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) state
ES350 ENGINE Engine New for Ver.13.3
DATA
+B +B
HEIGHT SENS VOL Height sensor power supply value
FR HEIGHT SENS Front height sensor signal value
RR HEIGHT SENS Rear height sensor signal value
STEER SENS SIG Steering Sensor Signal
System: CAN GATEWAY

ALL USER CURR COM ACC
Control
DATA
ES350 CURR COM PSB Current Communication Pre-collision New for Ver.13.3
DIAGNOSIS &
CUSTOMIZE Current Communication Adaptive
CURR COM AFS
Front-Lighting System (AFS)
System: CCS
SIENNA ALL USER CCS OPER STATUS Cruise Operation Status

New for Ver.13.3
LS430 DATA CCS OPER STATUS Cruise Operation Status

PRELIMINARY
System: Clearance Sonar
MAIN SW Clearance sonar main switch
ECU TYPE Type of Clearance Sonar ECU
RR SENSE RANGE Rear sensor onset range
KEEP SENSE BUZ Keep sense status buzzer
ALL USER F&R BUZZER VOLM Front & rear buzzer volume
DATA
ES350 SENSOR COND/N Sensor condition N range New for Ver.13.3
DIAGNOSIS &
CUSTOMIZE DISPLAY MODE Display mode
FL SENS Front left sensor information
FR SENS Front right sensor information
RL SENS Rear left sensor information
RL CENTER SENS Rear left center sensor information
System: E-ACM
G SENS VOL(1X) G Sensor Output Voltage (1x)
G SENS VOL(11X) G Sensor Output Voltage (11x)
G SENS STD VOL G Sensor Standard Voltage
IPD SIGNAL IPD Operation Signal
IPD DIAG IPD Diagnosis
FET SIGNAL FET Operation Signal
FET OUTPUT FET Output Signal
+B VOLTAGE +B Voltage
IG VOLTAGE IG Voltage
COOLANT TEMP Coolant Temp
ENGINE LOAD Engine Load
SHIFT POS D Shift Position D
SHIFT POS N Shift Position N
ALL USER SHIFT POS R Shift Position R
ES350 New for Ver.13.3.
DATA
SHIFT POS P Shift Position P
ENGINE RUN SW Engine Run Switch
ENGINE FREQ Engine Frequency
G SENSOR JUDGE G Sensor Judge
Actuator Judge (Incl. G Sensor
ACTUATOR JUDGE
Failure)
BATTERY JUDGE Battery Judge
TACH JUDGE TACH Judge
High Speed CAN Communication Bus
CAN COM JUDGE
Judge
Active Control Engine Mount (ACM)
ACM ACT STATUS
Active Status
Active Control Engine Mount (ACM)
ACM ACT ENABLE
Active Enable
+B LOW V STATUS +B low Voltage Status

PRELIMINARY
System: E-ACM (Continued)
ES350 ALL USER DATA New for Ver.13.3.
# CODES # Codes
System: Engine and ECT

Catalyst Over Temp Misfire prevention
CAT OT FC CYL#1
F/C Cyl#1
CAT OT FC CYL#2
F/C Cyl#2
Catalytic CAT OT FC CYL#3
CAMRY/ F/C Cyl#3
Converter/Misfire New for Ver.13.3.
SOLARA Catalyst Over Temp Misfire prevention
USER DATA CAT OT FC CYL#4
F/C Cyl#4
CAT OT FC HSTRY
F/C History
CAT OT MF F/C
F/C
System: HV GATEWAY
CURR COM EFI Current Communication Engine ECM
CURR COM HV Current Communication HV ECU
CURR COM VSC
ABS/VSC/TRC
Current Communication Electronic
CURR COM EPS
Power Steering (EPS) ECU
CURR COM VGRS
Gear Ratio Steering (VGRS)
ALL USER DATA Current Communication Air
CURR COM SCS
GS450h DIAGNOSIS Suspension New for Ver.13.3
&CUSTOMIZE Current Communication Front
CURR COM SBF
Stabilizer
CURR COM SBR
Stabilizer
Current Communication Steering
CURR COM STR
Angle Sensor
Current Communication Yaw Rate/ G
CURR COM Yaw/G
Sensor
Current Communication Parking
CURR COM BGM
Assist Monitor

PRELIMINARY
System: HV (CAN)
V16 BATT BLOCK Battery Block Voltage -V16
BATT INSIDE AIR Inhalation-of-air temp into a batt pack
LIFE WIN (D) HV Battery Life WIN (Distance)
LIFE WOUT (D) HV Battery Life WOUT (Distance)
LIFE WIN (T) HV Battery Life WIN (Time)
LIFE WOUT (T) HV Battery Life WOUT (Time)
HV Battery
USER DATA HVB LOAD 1 HV Battery Load Frequency 1
HVB LOAD 2 HV Battery Load Frequency 2
AV DELTA AHR(T) Average Delta ahr (Time)
AV DELTA AHR(D) Average Delta ahr (Distance)
AV AH/KM Average Ah/km
AV AH/H Average Ah/h
16 INTNL RESIST Internal resistance R16
OUTPUT SHAFT Output Shaft Speed
GS450H Output Shaft Speed Calculated By New for Ver.13.3
OUTPUT SHAFT(W) Wheel Speed
Motor(MG2) Revolution by rotation
MG2 REV(R-ANG) angle Sensor
T/M TAR G POS Target T/M Gear Position
SHIFT FACTOR Shift Change Factor
SHIFT CTRL STS Shift Control Status
OPM REVOLUTION OPM Revolution
OPM
TEMPERATURE OPM Temperature
HV OPM TARGET REV OPM Target Revolution
Transmission OPM CTRL STAT2 OPM Control Status
USER DATA
OPM CTRL STAT1 OPM Control Status On Startup
OPM DRIVER STAT OPM Driver Status
MG2 TRQ RQ MODE MG2 Torque Request Mode
T/M FAIL SAFE T/M Fail Safe Mode
RDY OFF(OIL LO) Times of Ready OFF by Oil Lo Temp
RDY OFF(OIL HI) Times of Ready OFF by Oil Hi Temp
Times of Ready OFF by OPM Hi
RDY OFF(OPM) Temp
Times of Ready OFF by OPM Driver
RDY OFF(OPM D) Hi Temp
B1 CORRECT VAL B1 Oil Pressure Correction Value

PRELIMINARY
System: HV (CAN) (Continued)
B2 CORRECT VAL B2 Oil Pressure Correction Value
B1 QF CORRECT B1 Quick Fill Correction Value
B2 QF CORRECT B2 Quick Fill Correction Value
T/M OP LRN1(UA) T/M Oil Press Learn Val. 1 (Up Apply)
T/M Oil Pressure Learn Value2 (Up
T/M OP LRN2(UA) Apply)
T/M OP LRN1(UD) Drain)
HV T/M Oil Pressure Learn Value4 (Up
GS450H Transmission T/M OP LRN4(UD) Drain) New for Ver.13.3
USER DATA T/M Oil Pressure Learn Value5 (Up
T/M Oil Pressure Learn Value (Down
T/M OP LRN(DA) Apply)
T/M Oil Press Learn Value(Down
T/M OP LRN(DD) Drain)
T/M LEARN Transmission Learn
OPM RLY RQST Activate OPM Relay Request
RDY ON OK (T/M) Ready ON Permit Signal by T/M
IDLE UP RQST Idle Up Request
INHIBIT STOP RQ Request to inhibit Engine Stop
INHIBIT STRT RQ Request to inhibit Engine Start
STARTER SIG Starter Signal
READY SIGNAL Ready Signal
ENG REV (T/M) Engine revolution (T/M)
SPORTS SHFT POS Sports Shift Position
VHCL SPD (T/M) Vehicle Speed (T/M)
KICKDOWN SW Kick down switch status
SPORTS UP SIG Sports Shift UP Signal

PRELIMINARY
System: HV (CAN) (Continued)
SPORTS DOWN SIG Sports Shift Down Signal
SPORTS MODE Sports Mode
SNOW MODE Snow Mode
HV T/M OIL TEMP T/M Oil Temperature
Transmission LINE PRESS Line Pressure
USER DATA
B2 OIL PRESS B2 Oil Pressure
SHIFT STATUS Shift Status
LINE PRESS SOL Line Pressure Solenoid
Target Battery Voltage (DCDC
TAR BAT VOL(DC) Converter)
GS450H New for Ver.13.3
DCDC FAN MODE DCDC Converter cooling fan mode
INV COOLANT TMP Inverter Coolant Water Temperature
Primary USER
MG1 GATE MG1 gate status
DATA
CNV GATE Converter gate status
A/C GATE Air Conditioner gate status
CNV CARIER FREQ Converter carrier frequency
SMR/GATE MG2 GATE MG2 gate status
STATUS USER CNV GATE Converter gate status
DATA A/C GATE Air Conditioner gate status
System: Main Body

UP/DOOR KEY Door key linked Power Window UP
DOWN/DOOR KEY Door key linked P/W DOWN
DOWN/WIRELESS Power Window DOWN w/ transmitter
UP/SMART Power Window Up w/ smart
ALL USER
PASSIVE MODE Passive mode (Security system)
DATA
CAMRY WARN BY GLS SEN Warning by glass broken sensor New for Ver.13.3
DIAGNOSIS &
CUSTOMIZE WARN BY HORN Warning by vehicle's horn
ENTRY DELAY Entry Delay
HOOD COURTSY
Hood courtesy switch
SW
GLS BRK DETECT Glass break sensor detection

PRELIMINARY
System: Main Body (Continued)
R-SHADE DELAY T Rear sun shade delay time
R-SHADE REVERSE Rear Sunshade Reverse Control
MIRR SEL SW R Mirror selection SW (Right)
MIRR SEL SW L Mirror selection SW (Left)
ALL USER MIRR POS SW R Mirror position SW (Right)
DATA MIRR POS SW L Mirror position SW (Left)
ES350 New for Ver.13.3
DIAGNOSIS &
MIRR POS SW UP Mirror position SW (UP)
CUSTOMIZE
MIRR POS SW DWN Mirror position SW (Down)
MIRR FOLD SW Outer mirror fold SW
AUTO MIRROR SW Auto mirror switch
COM DOUBLE
Communication Double Locking
LOCK
System: Meter
SUB FUEL Sub Fuel Input
CAMRY KEY REMND
Key Remind Volume
VOLUM
WASHER SW Washer Switch
MULTI DISP SW Multi Display Select Switch
FUEL GAUGE Fuel Input
AMBIENT TEMP Ambient Temperature New for Ver.13.3a
RHEOSTAT Rheostat value
OUTSIDE LIGHT Quantity of Outside Light
ECM/PCM DTC 2 Communication ECM/Meter DTC 2
ALL USER DATA
DIAGNOSIS & ECM/PCM DTC 1 Communication ECM/Meter DTC 1
CUSTOMIZE ABS/VSC DTC 2 Communication ABS/Meter DTC 2
ES350
ABS/VSC DTC 1 Communication ABS/Meter DTC 1
ECM/PCM DTC 3 Communication ECM/Meter DTC 3
ECM/PCM ODO 3 ECM ODO (History 3)
Update for Ver.13.3a
ABS/VSC DTC 3 Communication ABS/Meter DTC 3
ABS/VSC ODO 3 ABS/VSC ODO (History 3)

PRELIMINARY
System: Mirror
MIRROR MEM 1 Mirror Memory No.1
MIRROR MEM 2 Mirror Memory No.2
RH MIR POS V RH Mirror Position (Vertical)
RH MIR POS H RH Mirror Position (Horizontal)
LH MIR POS V LH Mirror Position (Vertical)
LH MIR POS H LH Mirror Position (Horizontal)
ACC SW ACC Switch
R POS SW R Shift Position Switch
D SET MEMORY Driver Side SET Memory Switch
ALL USER DATA
ES350 DIAGNOSIS & D MEM 1 SW Driver Side Memory Switch 1 New for Ver.13.3.
CUSTOMIZE D MEM 2 SW Driver Side Memory Switch 2
D MEM 3 SW Driver Side Memory Switch 3
Front Passenger Side SET Memory
FP SET MEMORY
Switch
Front Passenger Side Memory Switch
FP MEM 1 SW
1
FP MEM 2 SW
2
FP MEM 3 SW
3
FOOT LIGHT Foot Light
System: P-Door Motor

Passenger Door Power Window auto
P P/W AUTO SW
switch
Passenger Door Power Window up
P P/W UP SW
switch
Passenger Door Power Window down
RAV4 ALL USER DATA P P/W DOWN SW New for Ver.13.3.
switch
GLASS POS-1/4 Glass position (Fully close - 1/4open)
GLASS POS-2/4 Glass position (1/4open - 2/4open)
GLASS POS-OPEN Glass position (3/4open - Fully open)
System: RCS
SIENNA CCS OPER STATUS Cruise Operation Status
ALL USER DATA New for Ver.13.3
LS430 CCS OPER STATUS Cruise Operation Status

PRELIMINARY
System: RL Door Motor
RL P/W AUTO SW Rear Left Door Pwr Win auto switch
RL P/W UP SW Rear Left Door Pwr Win up switch
RL P/W DOWN SW Rear Left Door Pwr Win down switch
Rear Right Door Power Window auto
RAV4 ALL USER DATA RR P/W AUTO SW New for Ver.13.3.
switch
Rear Right Door Power Window up
RR P/W UP SW
switch
RR P/W DOWN SW RR Door P/W down switch
System: Seat (Driver)

SEAT MEM M3 Seat Memory No3
PKBS SW Switch Status PKBS
N SW Switch Status Neutral
P SW Switch Status P
D-DOOR WARN SW Door Courtesy
KEY CORD CONF Key Code Confirm
KEY UNLOCK SW SW status KSW
IG(MPX) IG (MPX)
SET SW Switch status SET
ALL USER DATA
M1 SW Switch status M1
ES350 DIAGNOSIS & New for Ver.13.3.
CUSTOMIZE M2 SW Switch status M2
SLIDE SW FRONT Slide Front
SLIDE SW REAR Slide Rear
LIFTER SW UP Lifter Switch Up
LIFTER SW DOWN Lifter Switch Down
F VTCL SW UP Front Vertical UP
F VTCL SW DOWN Front Vertical Down
RECLIN SW FRONT Reclining Front
RECLIN SW REAR Reclining Rear
SLIDE POS Slide Position

PRELIMINARY
System: Seat (Driver) (Continued)
RECLIN POS Reclining position
F VTCL POS Front Vertical position
LIFTER POS Lifter position
SLIDE MEM POS 1 Slide position Memory No1
RECLN MEM POS 1 Reclining position Memory No1
F VTCL MEM POS1 Front vertical position Memory No1
ALL USER
DATA LIFTER MEM POS1 Lifter position Memory No1
DIAGNOSIS & SLIDE MEM POS 2 Slide position Memory No2
CUSTOMIZE RECLN MEM POS 2 Reclining position Memory No2
LIFTER MEM POS2 Lifter position Memory No2
System: Seat (Passenger)

PKBS SW Switch Status PKBS
N SW Switch Status Neutral
P SW Switch Status Park
D-DOOR WARN SW Door Courtesy
KEY CORD CONF Key Code Confirm
KEY UNLOCK SW SW status KSW
IG(MPX) IG (MPX)
SET SW Switch status SET
ALL USER
DATA M2 SW Switch status M2
DIAGNOSIS & M3 SW Switch status M3
CUSTOMIZE VEHICLE SPD Vehicle Speed
SLIDE SW FRONT Slide Front
SLIDE SW REAR Slide Rear
LIFTER SW UP Lifter Switch Up
LIFTER SW DOWN Lifter Switch Down
F VTCL SW UP Front Vertical UP
F VTCL SW DOWN Front Vertical Down
RECLIN SW REAR Reclining Rear
SLIDE POS Slide Position
RECLIN POS Reclining position
F VTCL POS Front Vertical position

PRELIMINARY
System: Seat (Passenger) (Continued)
New Support/
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description Updates
LIFTER POS Lifter position
ALL USER DATA
ES350 DIAGNOSIS & RECLN MEM POS 1 Reclining position Memory No1 New for Ver.13.3.
CUSTOMIZE F VTCL MEM POS1 Front vertical position Memory No1
System: Smart
New Support/
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description Updates
CAMRY/
CAMRY
HV WARN BY GLS SEN Warning by glass broken sensor
SMART ignition available
IGNITION AREA area(05MY)
Wait time to permit opening door
PARK WAIT TIME after locking
Trunk open mode with when vehicle
TRUNK OPEN MODE is locked(05MY)
ALARM FUNCTION Panic alarm function
Warn when the key battery becomes
KEY LO-BATT WRN weak
ALL USER DATA
CAMRY/ DIAGNOSIS & New for Ver.13.3
CAMRY CUSTOMIZE ENTRY DELAY Entry delay time
HV/ D TOUCH SENSOR Driver’s door touch sensor
ES350 P TOUCH SENSOR Passenger’s door touch sensor
D TRIGGER SW Driver’s door trigger switch
P TRIGGER SW Passenger’s door trigger switch
TR/B-DOOR UNLK Trunk/Back-door unlock switch
ACC SW Accessory Switch
UNMATCH V-ID Unmatched vehicle-ID
NO RESPONSE No response
UNMATCH FORMAT Unmatched response code or format

PRELIMINARY
System: Smart (Continued)
DOOR UNLOCK MOD SMART door unlock mode(05MY)
FUNCTION CANCEL Smart function cancel switch(05MY)
HOOD COURTSY SW Hood courtesy switch
IMMOBILISER IMMOBILISER
MASTER KEY Master key
SUB KEY Sub key
BCC BCC malfunction
STATUS Abnormal status
ENCRYPT CODE Different encrypt code
SERIAL NUMBER Different serial number
FRAME Frame error
RESPONSE Response
WIRLES COM ID Wireless starter communication ID
WIRLES C-CODE Wireless C code
SLCK SLEEP COND Steering Lock Sleep Condition
SLCK START COND Steering Lock Start Condition
ENG START COND Engine Start Condition
SENSOR VALUE Sensor Value
PWR SUPPLY SHRT Power Supply Short
CAMRY/ ALL USER PWR SUPPLY OPEN Power Supply Open
CAMRY DATA MTR DRIVER SHRT Motor Driver Short New for Ver.13.3
HV/ DIAGNOSIS &
MTR DRIVER OPEN Motor Driver Open
ES350 CUSTOMIZE
LCK/UNLCK REC Lock/Unlock Receive
LCK BAR STUCK Lock Bar Stuck Error
PUSH START ERR Push Start Error
IG2 IG2 Status
IG(LIN) IG(Lin)
IDBX SLEEP COND ID BOX Sleep Condition
IDBX START COND ID BOX Start Condition
EFI CODE RECEIV EFI Code Receive
START RQST Engine Start Request
CODE RQST 3bit Code Request
S CODE CHK S Code Check
L CODE CHK L Code Check
UNLC RQ RECEIVE Unlock Request Receive
LCK RQ RECEIVE Lock Request Receive
EFI COM EFI Communication
START RQST-PAST Engine Start Request(PAST)
CODE RQST-PAST 3bit Code Request(PAST)
S CODE CHK-PAST S Code Check(Past)

PRELIMINARY
System: Smart (Continued)
WIRELS BUZZ VOL Wireless buzzer volume
ALL USER
DR TOUCH SENSOR Driver’s Rear door touch sensor
DATA
ES350 PR TOUCH SENSOR Passenger’s Rear door touch sensor New for Ver.13.3
DIAGNOSIS &
CUSTOMIZE DR TRIGGER SW Driver’s Rear door trigger switch
Passenger’s Rear door trigger
PR TRIGGER SW
switch
System: Stabilizer
GS450H ALL USER DATA New for Ver.13.3.
PIG SUPPLY PIG power supply
YAW RATE SENS 1 Yaw Rate Sensor 1
System: Tilt &Telescope

T&T AUTOAWAY Tilt &Telescope Autoaway Function
TILT POS Tilt position
TELSC POS Telescope position
TILT RETURN POS Tilt return position
TELSC RETRN POS Telescope return position
ALL USER DATA
ES350 DIAGNOSIS & T&T MEM 1 Tilt &Telescope memory 1 New for Ver.13.3
CUSTOMIZE
TILT MEM 1 POS Tilt memory position 1
TELSC MEM 1 POS Telescope memory position 1
T&T MEM 2 Tilt &Telescope memory 2
TELSC MEM 2 POS Telescope memory position 2

PRELIMINARY
System: A/C
COMPRS TARG
Compressor target speed
SPD
CAMRY HV New for Ver.13.3.
WATER PUMP Water Pump
ELECTRICAL FAN Electrical fan
System: ABS
GS450H PB OFF LIGHT Pre Crash Brake OFF Light New for Ver.13.3.
System: AFS
LEVELING MTR Drive the leveling motor
SWIVEL MTR(RH) Drive swivel motor RH
SWIVEL MTR(LH) Drive swivel motor LH
AFS OFF IND AFS OFF Indicator

ES350 BUZZER Buzzer New for Ver.13.3.
System: E-ACM
CHECK THE E-
ES350 Check The E-ACM New for Ver.13.3a
ACM
System: Engine & ECT

PRHBT CAT OT FC Prohibit the Catalyst OT Misfire prevention F/C
CAMRY
GS450H FP REL VLV OPN Fuel Pressure Relief Valve Open New for Ver.13.3a
PRHBT CAT OT FC Prohibit the Catalyst OT Misfire prevention F/C
SOLARA
System: HV (CAN)
SHIFT Control the shift position
GS450H New for Ver.13.3
SOLENOID(LP) Activate the solenoid (Line Pressure)
OIL PMP-500rpm Activate the Oil Pump (500rpm)
OIL PMP-1000rpm Activate the Oil Pump (1000rpm)

PRELIMINARY
System: Main Body
SECURITY INDIC Security indicator
CAMRY
SECURITY HORN Security horn
New for Ver.13.3
REVERSE SIGNAL Send Reverse gear signal to a related system
ES350
D/N TIME SIGNAL Day/Night time signal to a related system
System: Meter
CAMRY ECB INDIC Indicator Lamp ECB
FC METER Fuel Consumption Meter Operation
CAMRY HV
READY(HV) Indicator Ready (HV)
Rr LIGHT INDIC Indicator Lamp Rear Light
LOW WASHER New for Ver.13.3a
Indicator Lamp Washer
WARN
ES350
AFS INDICATOR Indicator Adaptive Front-Lighting System
TIRE PRESS
Indicator Lamp Tire Pressure
WARN
RAV4 DOWNHILL INDIC Indicator Downhill Assist Control Update for Ver.13.3a
System: Mirror
FOOT LIGHT Foot Light
RH MIRR
Right hand Mirror Up/Down
UP/DOWN
ES350 RH MIRR R/L Right Hand Mirror Right/Left New for Ver.13.3.
LH MIRR
Left Hand Mirror Up/Down
UP/DOWN
LH MIRR R/L Left Hand Mirror Right/Left
System: P-Door Motor

RAV4 P/W UP/DOWN Power window New for Ver.13.3.
System: RL-Door Motor

System: RR-Door Motor


PRELIMINARY
System: Seat
SLIDE Seat Slide Operation
LIFTER Lifter operation
F VERTICAL Front vertical operation
RECLINING Seat reclining
Buzzer Buzzer
SLIDE Seat Slide Operation
LIFTER Lifter operation
F VERTICAL Front vertical operation
RECLINING Seat reclining
Buzzer Buzzer
System Smart
IN LUG TUNER Inside luggage tuner power supply ON
OVERHEAD
Overhead tuner power supply ON (RCO output ON)
TUNER
D TRANSMITTER Driver’s seat outside communicator
P TRANSMITTER Passenger’s seat outside communicator
FR
Front seat inside communicator
TRANSMITTER
RR
Rear seat inside communicator
CAMRY/ TRANSMITTER
IN_BDR New for Ver.13.3
CAMRY HV Inside trunk/ Inside backdoor communicator
TRNSMTTR
BDOOR
Outside trunk/ Outside backdoor communicator
TRNSMTTR
D SELECT SIG Driver seat select
P SELECT SIG Passenger seat select
WIRELESS
Wireless Buzzer operation
BUZZER

PRELIMINARY
System Smart (Continued)
IN LUG TUNER Inside luggage tuner power supply ON
OVERHEAD
Overhead tuner power supply ON (RCO output ON)
TUNER
D TRANSMITTER Driver seat outside communicator
P TRANSMITTER Passenger seat outside communicator
DR
Driver’s Rear seat outside communicator
TRANSMITTER
PR
Passenger’s Rear seat outside communicator
TRANSMITTER
FR
Front seat inside communicator
TRANSMITTER
RR
Rear seat inside communicator
TRANSMITTER
ES350 IN_BDR New for Ver.13.3
Inside trunk/ Inside backdoor communicator
TRNSMTTR
BDOOR
Outside trunk/ outside backdoor communicator
TRNSMTTR
D SELECT SIG Driver seat select
P SELECT SIG Passenger seat select
DR SELECT SIG Driver’s Rear seat select
PR SELECT SIG Passenger’s Rear seat select
BDOR SELECT
Back Door Select Signal
SIG
WIRELESS
Wireless Buzzer operation
BUZZER
System: Tilt & Telescope

TILT Tilt operation
TELESCO Telesco operation

PRELIMINARY
Last Updated: November 28th, 2005
Contents:
New Features for CAN:
• CAN HV ECU B1 Air Bleeding

• CAN HV Reset Memory
• CAN EMPS Record Clearance
• CAN EFI A/T Code Registration
• CAN EFI A/T Code Reset


VEHICLE COVERAGE
Production Version 13.2a Diagnostic Tester software includes support for all OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II,
and NVH functions. Support is available for the following 2006 and 2007 model year vehicles:
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
2006 IS250/350 2006 RAV4
2007 GS450H 2006 PRIUS

CAN HV ECU B1 Air Bleeding
Screen Flow
Description: This new utility is used as directed by the Repair Manual Service Information when removing or
replacing parts of the Rear Wheel Drive Hybrid Transaxle. This function of the HV ECU is used to bleed air from the B1
chamber by activating the B1 piston.
From MENU
NOTICE
(1/2)
This function is
used to bleed air
from the B1 chamber
by activating To MENU
[EXIT]
the B1 piston.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]
[NO]
NOTICE
(2/2)
Use this utility

when parts have been
removed or replaced To MENU
as per the service [EXIT]
manual.
2
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[NO]:PREVIOUS SCREEN
[YES]

1 2
[NO]
CHECK CONDITIONS
(1/2)
- The ready light is

ON.
- The shifter is in [EXIT]
To MENU
the P position.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]
[NO]
CHECK CONDITIONS
(2/2)
- DTC’s are not [EXIT]

present. To MENU
- T/M Fluid
temperature is
normal.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]

3
NOW BLEEDING
Please wait for

the B1 piston
to activate 100 times.
Activate [N0] times.
FAILED
B1 AIR BLEEDING has

failed.
B1 AIR BLEEDING
is complete. Confirm the
conditions on the
“CHECK CONDITIONS”
screens are met.
[ENTER] [ENTER]
To MENU

CAN HV Reset Memory
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is new for the CAN HV ECU. This function is used to initialize and learn clutch pressures of the Rear Wheel
Drive Hybrid Transaxle.
NOTICE (1/3)
This function is
used to initialize
the Hybrid Control
ECU so that it can
learn and regulate
[EXIT]
clutch pressure To MENU
properly.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES] [NO]
NOTICE (2/3)
Use this utility

when any
transmission related
parts are replaced
or removed.
[EXIT]
To MENU
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES] [NO]
NOTICE (3/3)
Refer to the service

manual for detailed
information of the
part. [EXIT]
To MENU
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]

1 2
CHECK CONDITIONS
(1/3)

ON.
- The shifter is in To MENU
the P position. [EXIT]
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES] [NO]
CHECK CONDITIONS
(2/3)
- The vehicle is
stopped and
accelerator pedal
To MENU
is not depressed. [EXIT]
- DTC’s are not
present.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES] [NO]
CHECK CONDITIONS
(3/3)
- HV battery and
battery positive
voltage is normal.
To MENU
- T/M Fluid [EXIT]
temperature is
normal.
[YES]:START TO RESET

3
NOW RESETTING
Please wait for

45 seconds.
[44]:Count 45 down to 0.
FAILED
RESET MEMORY has

failed.
RESET MEMORY
conditions on the
screens are met.

CAN EMPS RECORDS CLEARANCE
Screen Flow
Description:
This function will clear the recorded history of the Electric Motor Power Steering System.
RECORDS CLEARANCE
From MENU <NOTICE>
THIS OPERATION WILL RECORDS CLEARANCE

CLEAR ALL DTC, FREEZE
[ENTER] CONFIRM:
FRAME AND ABNORMAL
OPERATION HISTORY DATA -Vehicle stopped.
-Ignition is ON.
DO YOU WISH TO
CONTINUE?
PRESS [YES] OR [No]
PRESS ENTER
[ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
RECORDS CLEARANCE
<NOTICE>
These records
can be cleared.
[Label] --- [Parameter]
[NO]
[YES] To MENU

1
RECORDS CLEARANCE
* NOW PROCESSING *
RECORDS CLEARANCE RECORDS CLEARANCE
COMPLETED FAILED
Please try again.
[ENTER] [ENTER]
To MENU To MENU

CAN EFI A/T Code Registration
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is used to input a 60-digit compensation code and initialize the ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has been replaced.
From MENU
NOTICE
This function is
used to input a
compensation code
and initialize the
ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has
been replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
CHECK
Vehicle is stopped.
Engine is OFF.
Engine switch is
ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
1

1
NOTICE
This function must

not be performed
without referring
the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1. SET A/T CODE

2. READ A/T CODE
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
Select Select
“1. SET A/T CODE” “2. READ A/T CODE”
2 3

2
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1. SET A/T CODE

2. READ A/T CODE
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
Select Select
3 4

3
A/T CODE REGIST

SET A/T CODE
Select a way of
setting the code.
1. INPUT A/T CODE

2. SAVED A/T CODE
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU

Press [ENTER]
Select
5 “1. INPUT A/T CODE” Select
“2. SAVED A/T CODE”
INPUT A/T CODE ERROR

8
The A/T code has
Code input method
not been saved in
the Scantool.
Press → / ← to shift the cursor
right/left.
Please read the A/T
Press ↑ / ↓ to shift the cursor
code from the ECU
up/down.
or
Input alphanumeric
input the A/T code
with 10 key and * key.
printed on the A/T.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER] [ENTER]
7 2

4
Now Retrieving
Please Wait.
11
A/T CODE REGIST ERROR
READ A/T CODE is READ A/T CODE is

completed. failed.
Check the vehicle

condition and try
again.
PRESS [EXIT] PRESS [EXIT]
[EXIT] [EXIT]
To Menu

7
A/T CODE REGIST

Input the code
printed on the A/T.
See Note on page 18

about the method of input
for the A/T code.
PRESS [ENTER]
INPUT ERROR
Your input A/T

code is incorrect.
Please input the

A/T code again.
[EXIT] to RETURN
8 7

8
A/T CODE REGIST

SET A/T CODE
NOW SETTING
Please wait for

60 seconds. Count down from 60.
Time [59]sec.
11
A/T CODE REGIST ERROR COMMUNICATION ERROR

SET CODE
SET A/T CODE is
failed.
Engine switch OFF,
A/T CODE REGIST
Check the vehicle then ON(IG).
is complete.
condition and try
again.
PRESS [EXIT] PRESS [EXIT] PRESS [EXIT]
To Menu

Method of Input for the A/T code
The A/T code is composed of 60 digits and consists of the letters A-F and the numbers 0-9.
(1) Move cursor

Press [→] shift cursor right
Press [←] shift cursor left
Press [↑] shift cursor up
Press [↓] shift cursor down
(2) Input digit

Input alphanumeric with 10 key and * key.
Example of Input Fields of Screen G

Cursor
A
1 3
4 rows
5 digits 5 digits 5 digits

CAN EFI A/T Code Reset
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is used to reset the compensation code after an A/T assembly or ECU has been
replaced.
From MENU
NOTICE
This function is
used to reset a
compensation code
and initialize the
ECU after a
solenoid valve or
valve body assembly
has been
replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
CHECK
Vehicle is stopped.
Engine is OFF.
Engine switch is
ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]

1
NOTICE
This function must

not be performed
without referring
the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
A/T CODE RESET
Pressing ENTER will

begin the A/T CODE
RESET.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]

2
A/T CODE RESET
NOW RESETTING
Please wait for

60 seconds.
Time [T0]sec.
A/T CODE RESET ERROR COMMUNICATION ERROR
A/T CODE RESET is

failed. Engine switch OFF,
A/T CODE RESET then ON(IG).
is complete.
Check the vehicle
condition and try
again.
To Menu

System: 4WD
New
Support/Updates
Engine Coolant
COOLANT TEMP
Temperature
RAV4 ALL USER DATA AMBI TEMP Ambient Temperature New for Ver.13.2
LOCK SW 4WD LOCK Switch
LOCK LAMP 4WD LOCK Lamp
System: Slide Roof

New
Support/Updates
HALL IC1
Hall IC1 Status
STATUS
HALL IC1 PULSE Hall IC1 Pulse
HALL IC2
Hall IC2 Status
STATUS
CLOSE SW CLOSE SW
OPEN SW OPEN SW
IG(MPX) IG (MPX)
IG(DIRCT SIG) IG (Direct signal)
RAV4 ALL USER DATA KEY OFF New for Ver.13. 2
Key Off Permission
PERMS
CURRENT CLS Close Switch
SW Failure(Current)
CURRENT OPN Open Switch
SW Failure(Current)
PAST CLS SW Close Switch Failure(Past)
PAST OPN SW Open Switch Failure(Past)
＃CODE Number of Trouble Codes
HALL IC1
Hall IC1 Status
STATUS

System: Meter
New
Support/Updates
Power Meter Power Meter Operation
OIL LEVEL SW Oil Level SW
CHECK ENGINE
Check Engine SW
SW
RAV4 ALL USER DATA WATER LEVEL New for Ver.13. 2
Water Level SW
SW
+B VOLTAGE
+B Voltage Value
VAL
System: Master Switch

New
Support/Updates
D P/W AUTO SW D Door P/W auto switch
P P/W AUTO SW P Door P/W auto switch
RR P/W AUTO
RR Door P/W auto switch
SW
RL P/W AUTO
RL Door P/W auto switch
SW
P P/W UP SW P Door P/W up switch
RR P/W UP SW RR Door P/W up switch
RL P/W UP SW RL Door P/W up switch
P P/W DOWN
P Door P/W down switch
RAV4 ALL USER DATA SW New for Ver.13. 2
RR P/W DOWN
RR Door P/W down switch
SW
RL P/W DOWN
RL Door P/W down switch
SW
DOOR LOCK
Door lock switch status
STS
DOOR UNLOCK
Door unlock switch status
STS
WINDOW LOCK
Window lock switch status
STS

System: Air Conditioning
New
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description Support/Updates
ROOM TEMP Room temperature sensor
SOLAR SENS-P Solar sensor (P side)

SET TEMP-D Set temperature (D side)
SET TEMP-P Set temperature (P side)
BLOWER LEVEL Blower motor speed level
AIR MIX PULSE- Air mix servomotor target
D pulse (D side)
P pulse (P side)
AIR OUT PULSE- Air outlet servomotor target
D pulse (D side)
ALL USER DATA A/I DAMP PLS Air inlet damper target pulse
RAV4 DIAGNOSIS AND New for Ver.13. 2
CUSTOMIZE AIR INLET MODE Air inlet mode
COMPRESSOR
MODE Compressor mode
COMPRS/DEF Compressor/DEF operation
OPER mode
EVAP CTRL Evaporator Control
Foot/DEF automatic blow up
AUTO BLOW UP function
FOOT/DEF
MODE Foot/DEF auto mode
AMBIENT TMP
SFT Ambient temperature Shift
SET TEMP
SHIFT Shift set temperature
System: Main Body

New
ILLUMI SYSTEM Illumination System
LIGHT
CONTROL Light Control
ALL USER DATA
WIRLS BUZZ
RAV4 DIAGNOSIS AND New for Ver.13. 2
RESP Wireless Buzzer Resp
CUSTOMIZE
OPEN DOOR
WARN Open Door Warning
*DRL FUNCTION DRL Function

System: Main Body (continued)
DIMMER SW Dimmer switch
HIGH FLASER
SW Passing light switch (BODY)
ALL USER DATA F FOG LIGHT
RAV4 DIAGNOSIS AND SW Front fog light switch New for Ver.13. 2
CUSTOMIZE HEAD LIGHT SW Head light switch (Head)
TAIL LIGHT SW Head light switch (Tail)
COM D-DOOR Communication D-Door
MTR Motor
System: CAN EFI

New
FPRS RELIEF
Fuel Pressure Relief Valve
VLV
GS450H ENGINE Fuel Press difference before
FPRS DF REL
& after Press Relief Valve
VLV
operation New for Ver.13. 2
Direction Val Heat Storage 3
DIRECT VAL 1
ENGINE AND way valve (ctrl side)
PRIUS
ECT Direction Val Heat Storage 3
DIRECT VAL 2
way valve (OBD side)
System: HV (CAN)
New
Support/Updates
TAR BAT Target Battery Voltage
VOL(DC) (DCDC Converter)
PRIMARY USER DCDC FAN DCDC Converter cooling fan
DATA MODE mode
INV COOLANT Inverter Coolant Water
TMP Temperature
GS450H V16 BATT New for Ver.13. 2
Battery Block Voltage -V16
BLOCK
V17 BATT
HV BATTERY BLOCK
USER DATA V18 BATT
BLOCK
V19 BATT
BLOCK

System: HV (CAN) continued
V20 BATT
BLOCK
BATT INSIDE Inhalation-of-air temperature
AIR into a battery pack
HV Battery Life WIN
LIFE WIN (D)
(Distance)
LIFE WOUT (D)
(Distance)
LIFE WOUT (T)
(Time)
HVB LOAD 1
1
HVB LOAD 2
HV BATTERY 2
USER DATA AV DELTA
Average Delta ahr (Time)
AHR(T)
AV DELTA Average Delta ahr
AHR(D) (Distance)
GS450H New for Ver.13. 2
16 INTNL
Internal resistance R16
RESIST
17 INTNL
RESIST
18 INTNL
RESIST
19 INTNL
RESIST
20 INTNL
RESIST
OUTPUT Output Shaft Speed
SHAFT(W) Calculated By Wheel Speed
MG2 REV(R- Motor(MG2) Revolution by
ANG) rotation angle Sensor
HV T/M TAR G POS Target T/M Gear Position
TRANSMISSION
USER DATA SHIFT FACTOR Shift Change Factor
OPM
OPM Revolution
REVOLUTION
OPM
OPM Temperature
TEMPERATURE

OPM TARGET
OPM Target Revolution
REV
OPM CTRL
OPM Control Status
STAT2
OPM CTRL OPM Control Status On
STAT1 Startup
OPM DRIVER
OPM Driver Status
STAT
MG2 TRQ RQ
MG2 Torque Request Mode
MODE
RDY OFF(OIL Times of Ready OFF by Oil
LO) Low Temp
Times of Ready OFF by Oil
RDY OFF(OIL HI)
High Temp
Times of Ready OFF by
RDY OFF(OPM)
OPM High Temperature
RDY OFF(OPM
OPM Driver High
D)
Temperature
B1 CORRECT B1 Oil Pressure Correction
VAL Value
VAL Value
HV
B1 QF B1 Quick Fill Correction
GS450H TRANSMISSION New for Ver.13. 2
CORRECT Value
USER DATA
CORRECT Value
T/M OP T/M Oil Pressure Learn
LRN1(UA) Value1 (Up Apply)
LRN1(UD) Value1 (Up Drain)

T/M Oil Pressure Learn
T/M OP LRN(DA)
Value (Down Apply)
T/M OP LRN(DD)
Value (Down Drain)
Activate OPM Relay
OPM RLY RQST
Request
RDY ON OK Ready ON Permit Signal by
(T/M) T/M
INHIBIT STOP Request to inhibit Engine
RQ Stop
HV INHIBIT STRT Request to inhibit Engine
GS450H TRANSMISSION RQ Start New for Ver.13. 2
USER DATA STARTER SIG Starter Signal
SPORTS SHFT
Sports Shift Position
POS
SPORTS DOWN
Sports Shift Down Signal
SIG
SNOW MODE Snow Mode
T/M OIL TEMP T/M Oil Temperature
LINE PRESS Line Pressure
LINE PRESS
Line Pressure Solenoid
SOL

System: CAN Meter

New Support/
Updates
HIGH BEAM INDIC High Beam Indicator Lamp
HEADLIGHT INDIC Head Indicator Lamp
TAILLIGHT INDIC Tail Light Indicator Lamp
Fr FOG INDIC Fr FOG Indicator Lamp
D DOOR OPEN D Door Open Indicator Lamp
P DOOR OPEN P Door Open Indicator Lamp
RR DOOR OPEN RR Door Open Indicator Lamp
RL DOOR OPEN RL Door Open Indicator Lamp
BACK DOOR OPEN Back Door Open Indicator Lamp
RAV4 LOW FUEL WARN Fuel Indicator Lamp New for Ver.13. 2
4WD INDIC 4WD Indicator
A/T OIL TEMP A/T Oil Temperature Operation
CRUISE INDIC Cruise Indicator Lamp
MST WARN INDIC Master Warning
TAIL CANCEL Tail Cancel Indicator Lamp
4WD LOCK INDIC 4WD Lock Indicator Lamp
AUTO LSD INDIC Auto LSD Indicator Lamp
DAC INDIC DAC Indicator Lamp
NAVI CVT INDIC Navi CVT Indicator Lamp
System: Main Body

New Support/
Updates
STEP LIGHT Step Light Operation
BUZZ RESP SOUND Wireless buzzer
RAV4 New for Ver.13. 2
HEAD LIGHT(HI) Head light(Hi)
System: Air Conditioner

New Support/
Updates
BLOWER MOTOR Blower motor
DEFOGGER RLY-R Defogger relay (Rear)
AIR MIX PULSE-D Air mix servomotor pulse (D side)
RAV4 New for Ver.13. 2
AIR MIX PULSE-P Air mix servomotor pulse (P side)
AIR OUT PULSE-D Air outlet servomotor pulse (D side)
A/I DAMP PLS Air inlet damper target pulse

System: Slide Roof
New Support/
Updates
RAV4 Slide Roof Active Test of the Slide Roof New for Ver.13. 2
System: Engine
New Support/
Updates
Camry IAC DUTY RATIO Control the IAC Duty Ratio New for Ver.13. 2
System: CAN ECT

New Support/
Updates
SOLENOID(SL4) Activate the (SL4) solenoid
Camry New for Ver.13. 2
SOLENOID(SL) Activate the (SL) solenoid
System: CAN HV
New Support/
Updates
GS450H SOLENOID(SL1) Activate the solenoid (SL1) New for Ver.13. 2
OIL PUMP Activate the Oil Pump
System: 4WD
New Support/
Updates
RAV4 LOCK LAMP 4WD LOCK Lamp New for Ver.13. 2

Last Updated: October 26th, 2005
Contents:
• CAN HV ECU B1 Air Bleeding

• CAN HV Reset Memory
• CAN EMPS Record Clearance
• CAN EFI A/T Code Registration
• CAN EFI A/T Code Reset


VEHICLE COVERAGE
and NVH functions. Support is available for the following 2006 and 2007 model year vehicles:
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
2006 IS250/350 2006 RAV4
2007 GS450H 2006 PRIUS

CAN HV ECU B1 Air Bleeding
Screen Flow
Description: This new utility is used as directed by the Repair Manual Service Information when removing or
replacing parts of the Rear Wheel Drive Hybrid Transaxle. This function of the HV ECU is used to bleed air from the B1
chamber by activating the B1 piston.
From MENU
NOTICE
(1/2)
This function is
used to bleed air
from the B1 chamber
by activating To MENU
[EXIT]
the B1 piston.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]
[NO]
NOTICE
(2/2)
Use this utility

when parts have been
removed or replaced To MENU
as per the service [EXIT]
manual.
2
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]

1 2
[NO]
CHECK CONDITIONS
(1/2)

ON.
- The shifter is in [EXIT]
To MENU
the P position.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]
[NO]
CHECK CONDITIONS
(2/2)
- DTC’s are not [EXIT]

present. To MENU
- T/M Fluid
temperature is
normal.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]

3
NOW BLEEDING
Please wait for

the B1 piston
to activate 100 times.
Activate [N0] times.
FAILED
B1 AIR BLEEDING has

failed.
B1 AIR BLEEDING
conditions on the
screens are met.
[ENTER] [ENTER]
To MENU

CAN HV Reset Memory
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is new for the CAN HV ECU. This function is used to initialize and learn clutch pressures of the Rear Wheel
Drive Hybrid Transaxle.
NOTICE (1/3)
This function is
used to initialize
the Hybrid Control
ECU so that it can
learn and regulate
[EXIT]
clutch pressure To MENU
properly.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES] [NO]
NOTICE (2/3)
Use this utility

when any
transmission related
parts are replaced
or removed.
[EXIT]
To MENU
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES] [NO]
NOTICE (3/3)
Refer to the service

manual for detailed
information of the
part. [EXIT]
To MENU
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES]

1 2
CHECK CONDITIONS
(1/3)

ON.
- The shifter is in To MENU
the P position. [EXIT]
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES] [NO]
CHECK CONDITIONS
(2/3)
- The vehicle is
stopped and
accelerator pedal
To MENU
is not depressed. [EXIT]
- DTC’s are not
present.
[YES]:NEXT SCREEN
[YES] [NO]
CHECK CONDITIONS
(3/3)
- HV battery and
battery positive
voltage is normal.
To MENU
- T/M Fluid [EXIT]
temperature is
normal.
[YES]:START TO RESET

3
NOW RESETTING
Please wait for

45 seconds.
[44]:Count 45 down to 0.
FAILED
RESET MEMORY has

failed.
RESET MEMORY
conditions on the
screens are met.

Screen Flow
Description:
RECORDS CLEARANCE
From MENU <NOTICE>
THIS OPERATION WILL RECORDS CLEARANCE

CLEAR ALL DTC, FREEZE
[ENTER] CONFIRM:
FRAME AND ABNORMAL
OPERATION HISTORY DATA -Vehicle stopped.
-Ignition is ON.
DO YOU WISH TO
CONTINUE?
PRESS [YES] OR [No]
PRESS ENTER
[ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
RECORDS CLEARANCE
<NOTICE>
These records
can be cleared.
[NO]
[YES] To MENU

1
RECORDS CLEARANCE
* NOW PROCESSING *
RECORDS CLEARANCE RECORDS CLEARANCE
COMPLETED FAILED
Please try again.
[ENTER] [ENTER]
To MENU To MENU

CAN EFI A/T Code Registration
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is used to input a 60-digit compensation code and initialize the ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has been replaced.
From MENU
NOTICE
This function is
used to input a
compensation code
and initialize the
ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has
been replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
CHECK
Vehicle is stopped.
Engine is OFF.
Engine switch is
ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
1

1
NOTICE
This function must

not be performed
without referring
the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1. SET A/T CODE

2. READ A/T CODE
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
Select Select
2 3

2
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1. SET A/T CODE

2. READ A/T CODE
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
Select Select
3 4

3
A/T CODE REGIST

SET A/T CODE
Select a way of
setting the code.
1. INPUT A/T CODE

2. SAVED A/T CODE
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU

Press [ENTER]
Select
5 “1. INPUT A/T CODE” Select
“2. SAVED A/T CODE”
INPUT A/T CODE ERROR

8
The A/T code has
Code input method
not been saved in
the Scantool.
Press → / ← to shift the cursor
right/left.
Please read the A/T
Press ↑ / ↓ to shift the cursor
code from the ECU
up/down.
or
Input alphanumeric
input the A/T code
with 10 key and * key.
printed on the A/T.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER] [ENTER]
7 2

4
Now Retrieving
Please Wait.
11
A/T CODE REGIST ERROR
READ A/T CODE is READ A/T CODE is

completed. failed.
Check the vehicle

condition and try
again.
[EXIT] [EXIT]
To Menu

7
A/T CODE REGIST

Input the code
printed on the A/T.
See Note on page 18

about the method of input
for the A/T code.
PRESS [ENTER]
INPUT ERROR
Your input A/T

code is incorrect.
Please input the

A/T code again.
[EXIT] to RETURN
8 7

8
A/T CODE REGIST

SET A/T CODE
NOW SETTING
Please wait for

60 seconds. Count down from 60.
Time [59]sec.
11
A/T CODE REGIST ERROR COMMUNICATION ERROR

SET CODE
SET A/T CODE is
failed.
Engine switch OFF,
A/T CODE REGIST
Check the vehicle then ON(IG).
is complete.
condition and try
again.
To Menu

Method of Input for the A/T code
The A/T code is composed of 60 digits and consists of the letters A-F and the numbers 0-9.
(1) Move cursor

Press [→] shift cursor right
Press [←] shift cursor left
Press [↑] shift cursor up
Press [↓] shift cursor down
(2) Input digit

Input alphanumeric with 10 key and * key.
Example of Input Fields of Screen G

Cursor
A
1 3
4 rows
5 digits 5 digits 5 digits

CAN EFI A/T Code Reset
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is used to reset the compensation code after an A/T assembly or ECU has been
replaced.
From MENU
NOTICE
This function is
used to reset a
compensation code
and initialize the
ECU after a
solenoid valve or
valve body assembly
has been
replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
CHECK
Vehicle is stopped.
Engine is OFF.
Engine switch is
ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]

1
NOTICE
This function must

not be performed
without referring
the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
A/T CODE RESET
Pressing ENTER will

begin the A/T CODE
RESET.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]

2
A/T CODE RESET
NOW RESETTING
Please wait for

60 seconds.
Time [T0]sec.
A/T CODE RESET ERROR COMMUNICATION ERROR
A/T CODE RESET is

failed. Engine switch OFF,
A/T CODE RESET then ON(IG).
is complete.
Check the vehicle
condition and try
again.
To Menu

System: 4WD
New
Support/Updates
Engine Coolant
COOLANT TEMP
Temperature
RAV4 ALL USER DATA AMBI TEMP Ambient Temperature New for Ver.13.1
LOCK SW 4WD LOCK Switch
LOCK LAMP 4WD LOCK Lamp
System: Slide Roof

New
Support/Updates
HALL IC1
Hall IC1 Status
STATUS
HALL IC2
Hall IC2 Status
STATUS
CLOSE SW CLOSE SW
OPEN SW OPEN SW
IG(MPX) IG (MPX)
IG(DIRCT SIG) IG (Direct signal)
RAV4 ALL USER DATA KEY OFF New for Ver.13.1
Key Off Permission
PERMS
CURRENT CLS Close Switch
SW Failure(Current)
CURRENT OPN Open Switch
SW Failure(Current)
PAST CLS SW Close Switch Failure(Past)
PAST OPN SW Open Switch Failure(Past)
＃CODE Number of Trouble Codes
HALL IC1
Hall IC1 Status
STATUS

System: Meter
New
Support/Updates
Power Meter Power Meter Operation
OIL LEVEL SW Oil Level SW
CHECK ENGINE
Check Engine SW
SW
RAV4 ALL USER DATA WATER LEVEL New for Ver.13.1
Water Level SW
SW
+B VOLTAGE
+B Voltage Value
VAL

New
Support/Updates
D P/W AUTO SW D Door P/W auto switch
P P/W AUTO SW P Door P/W auto switch
RR P/W AUTO
RR Door P/W auto switch
SW
RL P/W AUTO
RL Door P/W auto switch
SW
P P/W UP SW P Door P/W up switch
RR P/W UP SW RR Door P/W up switch
RL P/W UP SW RL Door P/W up switch
P P/W DOWN
P Door P/W down switch
RAV4 ALL USER DATA SW New for Ver.13.1
RR P/W DOWN
RR Door P/W down switch
SW
RL P/W DOWN
RL Door P/W down switch
SW
DOOR LOCK
Door lock switch status
STS
DOOR UNLOCK
Door unlock switch status
STS
WINDOW LOCK
Window lock switch status
STS

System: Air Conditioning
New
ROOM TEMP Room temperature sensor
SOLAR SENS-P Solar sensor (P side)

SET TEMP-D Set temperature (D side)
SET TEMP-P Set temperature (P side)
BLOWER LEVEL Blower motor speed level
D pulse (D side)
P pulse (P side)
AIR OUT PULSE- Air outlet servomotor target
D pulse (D side)
ALL USER DATA A/I DAMP PLS Air inlet damper target pulse
RAV4 DIAGNOSIS AND New for Ver.13.1
CUSTOMIZE AIR INLET MODE Air inlet mode
COMPRESSOR
MODE Compressor mode
COMPRS/DEF Compressor/DEF operation
OPER mode
EVAP CTRL Evaporator Control
Foot/DEF automatic blow up
AUTO BLOW UP function
FOOT/DEF
MODE Foot/DEF auto mode
AMBIENT TMP
SFT Ambient temperature Shift
SET TEMP
SHIFT Shift set temperature
System: Main Body

New
ILLUMI SYSTEM Illumination System
LIGHT
CONTROL Light Control
ALL USER DATA
WIRLS BUZZ
RAV4 DIAGNOSIS AND New for Ver.13.1
RESP Wireless Buzzer Resp
CUSTOMIZE
OPEN DOOR
WARN Open Door Warning
*DRL FUNCTION DRL Function

System: Main Body (continued)
DIMMER SW Dimmer switch
HIGH FLASER
SW Passing light switch (BODY)
ALL USER DATA F FOG LIGHT
RAV4 DIAGNOSIS AND SW Front fog light switch New for Ver.13.1
CUSTOMIZE HEAD LIGHT SW Head light switch (Head)
TAIL LIGHT SW Head light switch (Tail)
COM D-DOOR Communication D-Door
MTR Motor
System: CAN EFI

New
FPRS RELIEF
Fuel Pressure Relief Valve
VLV
GS450H ENGINE Fuel Press difference before
FPRS DF REL
& after Press Relief Valve
VLV
operation New for Ver.13.1
Direction Val Heat Storage 3
DIRECT VAL 1
ENGINE AND way valve (ctrl side)
PRIUS
ECT Direction Val Heat Storage 3
DIRECT VAL 2
way valve (OBD side)
System: HV (CAN)
New
Support/Updates
TAR BAT Target Battery Voltage
VOL(DC) (DCDC Converter)
PRIMARY USER DCDC FAN DCDC Converter cooling fan
DATA MODE mode
INV COOLANT Inverter Coolant Water
TMP Temperature
GS450H V16 BATT New for Ver.13.1a
BLOCK
V17 BATT
HV BATTERY BLOCK
USER DATA V18 BATT
BLOCK
V19 BATT
BLOCK

V20 BATT
BLOCK
BATT INSIDE Inhalation-of-air temperature
AIR into a battery pack
HV Battery Life WIN
LIFE WIN (D)
(Distance)
LIFE WOUT (D)
(Distance)
LIFE WOUT (T)
(Time)
HVB LOAD 1
1
HVB LOAD 2
HV BATTERY 2
USER DATA AV DELTA
Average Delta ahr (Time)
AHR(T)
AV DELTA Average Delta ahr
AHR(D) (Distance)
GS450H New for Ver.13.1a
16 INTNL
RESIST
17 INTNL
RESIST
18 INTNL
RESIST
19 INTNL
RESIST
20 INTNL
RESIST
OUTPUT Output Shaft Speed
SHAFT(W) Calculated By Wheel Speed
MG2 REV(R- Motor(MG2) Revolution by
ANG) rotation angle Sensor
HV T/M TAR G POS Target T/M Gear Position
TRANSMISSION
USER DATA SHIFT FACTOR Shift Change Factor
OPM
OPM Revolution
REVOLUTION
OPM
OPM Temperature
TEMPERATURE

OPM TARGET
OPM Target Revolution
REV
OPM CTRL
OPM Control Status
STAT2
OPM CTRL OPM Control Status On
STAT1 Startup
OPM DRIVER
OPM Driver Status
STAT
MG2 TRQ RQ
MG2 Torque Request Mode
MODE
RDY OFF(OIL Times of Ready OFF by Oil
LO) Low Temp
Times of Ready OFF by Oil
RDY OFF(OIL HI)
High Temp
RDY OFF(OPM)
OPM High Temperature
RDY OFF(OPM
OPM Driver High
D)
Temperature
VAL Value
VAL Value
HV
GS450H TRANSMISSION New for Ver.13.1a
CORRECT Value
USER DATA
CORRECT Value

T/M OP LRN(DA)
Value (Down Apply)
T/M OP LRN(DD)
Value (Down Drain)
Activate OPM Relay
OPM RLY RQST
Request
RDY ON OK Ready ON Permit Signal by
(T/M) T/M
INHIBIT STOP Request to inhibit Engine
RQ Stop
HV INHIBIT STRT Request to inhibit Engine
GS450H TRANSMISSION RQ Start New for Ver.13.1a
USER DATA STARTER SIG Starter Signal
SPORTS SHFT
Sports Shift Position
POS
SPORTS DOWN
Sports Shift Down Signal
SIG
SNOW MODE Snow Mode
T/M OIL TEMP T/M Oil Temperature
LINE PRESS Line Pressure
LINE PRESS
Line Pressure Solenoid
SOL

System: CAN Meter

New Support/
Updates
HIGH BEAM INDIC High Beam Indicator Lamp
HEADLIGHT INDIC Head Indicator Lamp
TAILLIGHT INDIC Tail Light Indicator Lamp
Fr FOG INDIC Fr FOG Indicator Lamp
D DOOR OPEN D Door Open Indicator Lamp
P DOOR OPEN P Door Open Indicator Lamp
RR DOOR OPEN RR Door Open Indicator Lamp
RL DOOR OPEN RL Door Open Indicator Lamp
BACK DOOR OPEN Back Door Open Indicator Lamp
RAV4 LOW FUEL WARN Fuel Indicator Lamp New for Ver.13.1
4WD INDIC 4WD Indicator
A/T OIL TEMP A/T Oil Temperature Operation
CRUISE INDIC Cruise Indicator Lamp
MST WARN INDIC Master Warning
TAIL CANCEL Tail Cancel Indicator Lamp
4WD LOCK INDIC 4WD Lock Indicator Lamp
AUTO LSD INDIC Auto LSD Indicator Lamp
DAC INDIC DAC Indicator Lamp
NAVI CVT INDIC Navi CVT Indicator Lamp
System: Main Body

New Support/
Updates
STEP LIGHT Step Light Operation
BUZZ RESP SOUND Wireless buzzer
RAV4 New for Ver.13.1
HEAD LIGHT(HI) Head light(Hi)

New Support/
Updates
BLOWER MOTOR Blower motor
DEFOGGER RLY-R Defogger relay (Rear)
AIR MIX PULSE-D Air mix servomotor pulse (D side)
RAV4 New for Ver.13.1
AIR MIX PULSE-P Air mix servomotor pulse (P side)
AIR OUT PULSE-D Air outlet servomotor pulse (D side)
A/I DAMP PLS Air inlet damper target pulse

System: Slide Roof
New Support/
Updates
RAV4 Slide Roof Active Test of the Slide Roof New for Ver.13.1
System: Engine
New Support/
Updates
Camry IAC DUTY RATIO Control the IAC Duty Ratio New for Ver.13.1
System: CAN ECT

New Support/
Updates
SOLENOID(SL4) Activate the (SL4) solenoid
Camry New for Ver.13.1
SOLENOID(SL) Activate the (SL) solenoid
System: CAN HV
New Support/
Updates
GS450H SOLENOID(SL1) Activate the solenoid (SL1) New for Ver.13.1
OIL PUMP Activate the Oil Pump
System: 4WD
New Support/
Updates
RAV4 LOCK LAMP 4WD LOCK Lamp New for Ver.13.1

Last Updated: August 10, 2005
Contents:
• ECU Exchange for Occupant Detect
• ZERO Calibration 2 for Occupant Detect
• CAN EFI Air / Fuel Control

• CAN EFI Injection Switch
• CAN EFI Injection Volume
• CAN EFI Fuel Cut
• CAN EMPS Torque Sensor Adjust 2
• CAN EMPS Records Clearance
• CAN TDS Smart Code Erasure
• CAN TDS Smart Code Registration
• CAN TDS Smart Code Reset

Version 13.0a - PRELIMINARY Page 1 of 52

VEHICLE COVERAGE
and NVH functions. Support is available for the following 2006 model year vehicles:
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION

FULL
SUPPORT ES330 4Runner xB-2 (New Safety
Standards)
IS250/350 Tacoma
GX470 Sienna
SC430 Highlander
RX330 Hilux
Tundra
Yaris Hatchback & Sedan
PRELIMINARY
SUPPORT RAV4

ECU EXCHANGE for Occupant Detect
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is used to copy cumulative values from the previous ECU to the new ECU when the Occupant
Detect ECU is replaced.
From MENU
NOTICE NOTICE
Please observe the
PROCEDURE followings
First, perform -Do not turn the IG
off.
"Before exchange".
-Do not remove the
Next, replace the ECU. DLC connector
And operate -Do not write data
"After Exchange". from other vehicles

or [EXIT] or [EXIT]
[ENTER] [ENTER]
HINT ECU EXCHANGE
This function
allows the new ECU Do you wish to move
to inherit the the cumulative
value to the new
cumulative values
ECU?
from the previous
ECU.
PRESS [YES] or [NO]

PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER] [YES]
CONDITION SELECT ECU EXCHANGE

ECU: Occupant Detect
Moving the value
1. Before Exchange to the New ECU.
2. After Exchange
* NOW PROCESSING *
Please select
depending on ECU
exchanging
condition.
(Select)After Exchange
(Select) Before Exchange
New Features Document 1 2
1 2
ECU EXCHANGE ECU EXCHANGE
Do you wish to save COMPLETED

the cumulative
value in the
Turn the IG OFF
Scantool?
and then
Turn the IG ON
PRESS [YES] or [NO]

PRESS [ENTER]
[YES] [ENTER]
ECU EXCHANGE To MENU
Reading cumulative
value from Existing
ECU.
* NOW PROCESSING *
ECU EXCHANGE
COMPLETED
After Exchange the

ECU, Please select
"2.After Exchange"
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER]
To MENU

ZERO CALIBRATION 2 for Occupant Detect
Screen Flow
Description:
This function is used to calibrate the Occupant detection ECU when the Seat cushion pad or Seat
cushion cover is replaced.
From MENU
NOTICE
This function is
used to calibrate
the Occupant
NOTICE
detection ECU.
When the following
components are
replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
-Seat cushion pad
or [EXIT]
service kit
-Seat cushion cover
[ENTER]
PRESS [ENTER]
or [EXIT]
[ENTER]
NOTICE
Confirm the
following condition.
-Park the vehicle on

a flat surface.
-No objects are NOTICE
placed on the seat
-Buckle SW is OFF. Confirm seat
position.
PRESS [ENTER]
Slide:RR most
[ENTER] Recline:Max upright
(Front ver:Up most)
(Lifter:Lower most)
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER]

1
1
ZERO CALIBRATION
Do you wish to start

"ZERO CALIBRATION"?
PRESS [YES] or [NO]

[YES]
ZERO CALIBRATION
* NOW PROCESSING *
ZERO CALIBRATION
COMPLETED
PRESS [ENTER]

CAN EFI Air / Fuel Control
Screen Flow
(Screen A)
NOTICE
This test operates
[function name]
of each Injecton. [function name]:
Display the name of function
Port Injection selected on the upper screen.
cannot be performed *apply to all [function name]
when the status for
INJECTION SWTICHING
to Port Injection
is NG.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER] (Screen B)
CHECK
Vehicle is Stopped.
Coolant Temperature
above176F.
Engine Speed is
lower than 3000rpm.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]

1
NOTICE
Port Injection can
be operated for up
to 3 minutes.
Direct Injection
must be performed
for 5 minutes
before switching to
Port Injection.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
2 Branch automatically
(Screen D) (Screen E)
[function name] The status for
INJECTION SWTICHING
Select desired to Port Injection
Injection type. is NG.
Port Injection can
1. PORT not be operated.
2. DIRECT To operate
injection
3. EITHER
controlled
automatically
PRESS [ENTER] press [ENTER].
Select operation
and [ENTER] [ENTER]
[EXIT] [EXIT]
To MENU 3 To MENU

3
[function name]
(Screen F)
[selected Injection type]
Confirm the desired

Injection type,
then press [ENTER].
[selected Injection type]: PRESS [ENTER]

Display the name of Injection
type selected on the Screen D. [EXIT]
To MENU
Display “EITHER” when [ENTER]
passing the Screen E.
[ monitor item1 ]……………..[P1] (Screen G) Operation Description See Page 13.

[ monitor item2 ].…………….[P2]
[ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3]
[ monitor item7 ]..……………[P7]
[ monitor item8 ]……………..[P8] [T1*]: Display the Port Injection activated total time.
[ monitor item9 ]……………..[P9] * : Maximum 3 min.
[ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10] (See ‘Note8’)
PORT INJ TIME………..[T1*]sec
[ active test name ] > > > > > >
[EXIT]
To MENU

5
ERROR ERROR ERROR

The status for Scantool could not The total time
INJECTION SWTICHING operate exceeded 3 minutes.
to Port Injection [function name].
is NG. If you want If you want to
to operate Port Please check vehicle condition operate Port
Injection, please and try again. Injection, please
wait for 5 minutes wait for 5 minutes
with engine running with engine running
and then retry and then retry
Port Injection. Port Injection.
PRESS [ENTER] PRESS [ENTER] PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER] [ENTER] [ENTER]
To MENU To MENU To MENU

Air / Fuel Control for CAN EFI (Continued)
KEY OPERATION on Screen G
[ monitor item1 ]……………..[P1]

(Default Status) [ monitor item2 ].…………….[P2]
[ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3]
[ monitor item7 ]..……………[P7]
[ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10]
PORT INJ TIME………..[T1*]sec
A/F CONTROL > > > > > > >
Hit [LEFT] key Hit [RIGHT] key
[ monitor item1 ]……………..[P1] [ monitor item1 ]……………..[P1]

[ monitor item2 ].…………….[P2] [ monitor item2 ].…………….[P2]
Hit
[ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3] [ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3]
[RIGHT]
[ monitor item4 ].…………….[P4] Hit [RIGHT] key [ monitor item4 ].…………….[P4]
key
[ monitor item7 ]..……………[P7] [ monitor item7 ]..……………[P7]
Hit [ monitor item8 ]……………..[P8] Hit [LEFT] key [ monitor item8 ]……………..[P8]
[LEFT] [ monitor item9 ]……………..[P9] [ monitor item9 ]……………..[P9]
key [ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10] [ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10]
PORT INJ TIME………..[T1*]sec PORT INJ TIME………..[T1*]sec
A/F CONTROL > > > > > > -12.5% A/F CONTROL> > > > > > >

CAN EFI Injection Switch
Screen Flow
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable

CAN EFI Injection Volume
Screen Flow
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable

CAN EFI Fuel Cut
Screen Flow
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable

CAN EFI Fuel Cut (Continued)
Screen Flow
From the branch after Screen F
[function name] (Screen F’)
During this test,

Press [RIGHT] or
[LEFT] to operate
ON/OFF.
And Press [UP] or
[DOWN] to change
Injector.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[ENTER]
To Screen G

KEY OPERATION on Screen G
Hit [DOWN] key

[ monitor item1 ]……………..[P1] [ monitor item2 ].…………….[P2]
[ monitor item2 ].…………….[P2] [ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3]
[ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3] [ monitor item4 ].…………….[P4]
[ monitor item6 ].…………….[P6] or [ monitor item7 ]..……………[P7]
[ monitor item7 ]..……………[P7] Hit [LEFT] key [ monitor item8 ]……………..[P8]
[ monitor item9 ]……………..[P9] [ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10]
[ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10] PORT INJ TIME………..[T1*]sec
PORT INJ TIME………..[T1*]sec FUEL CUT #1 > > > > > > > > >
FUEL CUT #1 > > > > > > > > >
Hit [UP] key
Hit [UP] key Hit [DOWN] key
Hit [DOWN] key

[ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3] [ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3]
[ monitor item5 ].…………….[P5] or [ monitor item5 ].…………….[P5]
[ monitor item6 ].…………….[P6] Hit [LEFT] key [ monitor item6 ].…………….[P6]
[ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10] [ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10]
FUEL CUT #2 > > > > > > > > >
FUEL CUT #2 > > > > > > > > >
Hit [UP] key

Hit [DOWN] key

[ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3] Hit [RIGHT] key [ monitor item3 ]..……..……..[P3]
[ monitor item4 ].…………….[P4] or [ monitor item4 ].…………….[P4]
[ monitor item5 ].…………….[P5] Hit [LEFT] key [ monitor item5 ].…………….[P5]
[ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10] [ monitor item10 ]…………..[P10]
FUEL CUT #3 > > > > > > > > > FUEL CUT #3 > > > > > > > > >
Hit [UP] key

Hit [DOWN] key
*Continue to the available cylinder number according to the results of the process (2)-2.
CAN EFI Fuel Cut (Continued)
Screen Flow
Note5: (24) Display Screen G.
Display each name of [monitor item*] and [P*] according to the results of the process (22).
Omit the non-supported items and display the only supported items.
INJ SWITCHING……………..OK
example)
INJ WAY…………………..PORT
CYL #1…………………………..0
CYL #2…………………………..0
CYL #3…………………………..0
CYL #4…………………………..0
CYL #5…………………………..0
CYL #6…………………………..0
CYL #7…………………………..0
CYL #8…………………………..0
PORT TOTAL TIME…….120sec
FUEL CUT #1 > > > > > > > > >

CAN EMPS Torque Sensor Adjust 2
Description:
This function is used when Electric Motor Power Steering components are replaced such as the Power Steering ECU or
Power Steering Link Assembly, and when steering effort from left to right differs. This procedure sets the center point of
the steering wheel.
Screen Shot [ENTER]

Currently From Menu
[EXIT]
Unavailable
(Screen A)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
This function is
used for the
following conditions
-"Gear ASSY" or
"EMPS ECU" was [ENTER]
exchanged. [EXIT]
-Difference of
steering control (Screen B)
effort from left CAUTION
to right exists. Check the following
PRESS [ENTER] initial conditions.
-No DTCs except
C1515/C1525/C1581
were detected.
-IG is ON,READY or
Engine idling.
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER] (Screen C)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
* NOW PROCESSING *
A
CAN EMPS Torque Sensor Adjust 2
A
(Screen D)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
Turn IG Switch OFF

and ON(READY).
G
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
(Screen E)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
-Check PS warning
light is ON.
-Center the
steering wheel.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
C B D

B
(Screen F)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
-Turn the steering

wheel to the left
greater than 45
degrees.
-Turn the steering
back to the center.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
(Screen G)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
-Turn the steering

wheel to the right
greater than 45
degrees.
-Turn the steering
back to the center.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
E D

E
(Screen H)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
* NOW ADJUSTING *
TIME REMAINING:
[Time] is Count down
[TIME] SEC. from 10 to 0 sec.
(Screen I) (Screen J)

FAILED
Please retry the

handle operation to
* NOW PROCESSING * left and right.
TIME REMAINING:
[TIME] SEC. PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER]
from 40 to 0 sec.
F G

F
detected
(Branch automatically) other DTCs
I
Receive DTC detected DTC detected DTC
Error "C1515" only "C1525"or "C1526" "C1581"
Message
(Screen L) (Screen M)
C FAILED FAILED
DTC C1525 or C1526 DTC C1581 was

was detected. detected.
Please refer to the Please confirm that
the THS ECU and BODY
service manual for
ECU is connected.
the diagnosis
procedure.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER] [ENTER]
(Screen K)
J
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
CAUTION
-Center the steering
wheel.
-Remove hands from
the steering wheel.
-The steering wheel
will vibrate.
vibration.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
H C D

H
(Screen N)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
Press [ENTER] after

the steering
vibration has
stopped.
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER]
(Screen O)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
* NOW PROCESSING *
TIME REMAINING:
[TIME] SEC. [Time] is Count down

from 4 to 0 sec.

K
DTC is not detected detected DTC detected Receive

“C1516” other DTCs Error
Message
(Screen P) (Screen Q)
FAILED I C
DTC C1516 was
detected.
Please refer to the
COMPLETE service manual for
the diagnosis
procedure.
[ENTER] [ENTER]
To Menu J

I C
(Screen R) (Screen U)
FAILED FAILED

service manual for Please refer to The
the DTC that was
service manual for
detected.
the diagnosis
procedure.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER] J
[ENTER]
(Screen S)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
FAILED
To Menu
Clear the DTC and
please try again.
PRESS [ENTER]
D
[ENTER] (Screen T)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
EXIT
Turn IG switch OFF

and ON (READY).
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER]
To Menu

Screen Flow
Description:
From MENU
Screen Shot RECORDS CLEARANCE

Currently [ENTER] CONFIRM:
Unavailable -Vehicle stopped.
-Ignition is ON.
PRESS [ENTER]
(Screen A)
[ENTER] [EXIT]
To MENU
RECORDS CLEARANCE
<NOTICE>
These records
can be cleared.
[Label] --- [Parameter] Number of maximum characters
[Label] --- [Parameter] [Label] : 14
[Label] --- [Parameter] [Parameter] : 5
[NO]
[YES]
To MENU

1
RECORDS CLEARANCE (Screen C)
* NOW PROCESSING *
RECORDS CLEARANCE (Screen D) RECORDS CLEARANCE (Screen E)
COMPLETED FAILED
Please try again.
[ENTER] [ENTER]
To MENU To MENU

CAN TDS Smart Code Erasure
Screen Flow
START (from MENU)
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
<CONDITION>
-Ignition switch is ON
-Master Key is inserted
in the key cylinder.
<WARNING>
PRESS [ENTER]
This function will erase all
the CODE, except the CODE
[ENTER]
of Master Key in the cylinder.
Do you wish to continue [EXIT] END

erasing? (To MENU)
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
[NO] <CONFIRMATION>
END
(To MENU)
[YES] -Press the lock or unlock
button on the Master Key in
the key cylinder. Counts down from 30 to 0.
Remaining Time 30 sec.
1 2

1
2
<CONFIRMATION>
If you wish to erase the

CODE, press [ENTER]
within 10 seconds. Counts from 10 to 0.
Remaining Time 10 sec.
END
[EXIT]
(To MENU)
[ENTER]
<RESULT>
*NOW ERASING* Failed to erase the CODE.
Your operation time has

expired.
PRESS [ENTER]
<RESULT> <RESULT>
The CODE was successfully

erased.
Failed to erase the CODE.
END
(To MENU)

CAN TDS Smart Code Registration
Screen Flow
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable
Screen Shot
Currently
Unavailable

(from MENU)
( Branch automatically )
< CONDITION > < CONDITION >
-Ignition switch is ON. -Ignition switch is ON.

1
-Master key is inserted in the
-Smart key ECU is new key cylinder.
or has been reset.
PRESS [YES] OR [NO] PRESS

END [NO] [YES] [YES] [NO] END
(To MENU)
(To MENU)
< INFORMATION >

1.Maximum number of registered
CODES.
MASTER:[M-MAX]
4 SUB:[S-MAX]
2. 2.Current number of registered
CODES.
MASTER:[M-NUM]
SUB:[S-NUM]
PRESS [ENTER]
END [ENTER]
(To MENU)
( Branch automatically )
<CAUTION> <CONFIRMATION>
Please register the SMART -Press the lock or unlock button

CODE on the Master Key in the key
used as a master key first. cylinder.
PRESS [ENTER] Remaining Time [T1]sec.
[EXIT] (Branch automatically)
[ENTER]
2 3
2
With Master Key still in key

cylinder,perform the following
procedure using a key which has
NOT been registered.
PRESS [ENTER]
END [EXIT]
(To MENU)
REGISTRATION
-Depress both UNLOCK

and LOCK button for one
second and
release within 3
seconds.
-Depress unlock
button and release.
Counts down from 30 to 0.
Remaining Time:
30 seconds
[EXIT]
4

5 3
<RESULT> <RESULT>
Failed to Register the CODE.
The CODE was successfully
registered. Your operation time has
expired.
Do you wish to register another
CODE?
PRESS [YES] OR [NO] PRESS [ENTER]
[NO]
[YES]
4 END
(To MENU)
<INFORMATION>
CODE is registered to the
maximum.
Can not be registered CODE
more.
Number of registered CODE.
MASTER:[M-NUM]
SUB:[S-NUM]
PRESS [ENTER]
END
(To MENU)

CAN TDS Smart Code Reset Screen Flow
START (from MENU)
< CONFIRM >
This function will reset all

registered SMART CODEs.
Do you want to continue to
resetting?
PRESS [YES]or[NO]
[NO]
END
[YES] (To MENU)
<CONFIRM>
-Driver’s door is open.
Do not close door during reset

procedure.
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER]
[EXIT]
END
(To MENU)

1
2
(For North America) (For Euro and General)
SEED NUMBER Output line of the SEED NUMBER.

1 2 3 4 5 6 * SEED NUMBER is 6 digits.
Please insert SEED NUMBER

into TIS.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
[ENTER] END
(To MENU)
Please input PASS-CODE

NUMBER from TIS.
PASS-CODE NUMBER Space to input the PASS-CODE NUMBER.

* PASS-CODE NUMBER is 6 digits.
7 2 8 1 9 0
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT] END
(To MENU)
[ENTER]

A
The input PASS-CODE

NUMBER was incorrect.
3 4
PRESS [ENTER]
[ENTER]
END
(To MENU)

2
Space to input the Key

No, which is 5 digits.
Key No.
12345
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
END
(To MENU)
[ENTER]
3 4
*NOW RESETTING*
It will take 16 min. to The input Key No. was Security can not be released.
complete. incorrect.
Waiting time 16 min. PRESS [ENTER] PRESS [ENTER]

[ENTER] [ENTER] [ENTER]
Counts from 16 to 0.
END END
5
(To MENU) (To MENU)

5
<RESULT> <RESULT>
SMART CODES were Failed to reset SMART

successfully reset. CODEs.
END
(To MENU)

TABLE 1 – DATA LIST NEW PARAMETERS/UPDATES
System: Body No.3
New
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description Support/Updat
es
BACKUP LIGHT SW Back-up Light Switch
INTERIOR LIGHT Interior Light

ALL
USER DATA Exterior Foot Light
EX LIGHT TIME
IS350/250 Lighting Time New for
DIAG & Ver.13.0
CUSTOMIZE Luggage door
TRUNK KEY UNLK
lock/unlock switch
Reverse output
R OUTPUT TIME
response time
Rear Sunshade Reverse

R-SHADE REVERSE
Control
System: CAN EFI

New Support/
Updates
USER DATA
AFS B1 S1 AFS B1 S1
PRIMARY
Engine Control
IS250 A/F Control AFS B2 S1 AFS B2 S1
IS350 System
New for
USER DATA
Ver.13.0
ENGINE EGR LIFT POS EGR lift position
CONTROL
USER DATA
IS250 PRIMARY SCV ANGLE D4 SCV angle (D4)
Engine Control

System: CAN EFI(continued)
New Support/
Updates
Fuel Pressure Target
FP TARGET VAL
IS250 Value
IS350 High Pressure Fuel
FP DISCHARGE
Pump Discharge Rate
USER DATA
PRIMARY INJ WAY Injection Way
IS350 Engine Control
Injection Switching
INJ SWTICHING
Status
High Pressure Fuel
FP DISCHARGE 2
Pump Discharge Rate 2
Engine Speed of
ENG SPEED #1 Cylinder#1 of Injection
Stopped
New for
Engine Speed of
Ver.13.0
Stopped
Engine Speed of
IS250 ENG SPEED #3 Cylinder#3 of Injection
IS350 Stopped
Compression
Engine Speed of
Stopped
Engine Speed of
Stopped
Engine Speed of
Stopped

System: CAN EFI(continued)
New Support/
Updates
Avg. Eng Spd. All
IS250
Compression ENG SPEED ALL Cylinder of Injection
IS350
Stopped
IS250
New for
IS350 Sub O2S Impedance
USER DATA S O2S B1S2 Ver.13.0
YARIS B1S2
A/F Control
xA
System
IS250 Sub O2S Impedance
S O2S B2S2
IS350 B2S2
System: CAN EMPS
New Support/
Updates
SPD Meter vehicle velocity
ENGINE REV Engine revolution
MOTOR ACTUAL Motor actual current
COMMAND VALUE Tail Relay SW

Steering Wheel angle
STR ANGL VEL
velocity
THERMISTOR
Thermistor temperature
TEMP
ALL IG SUPPLY IG power supply New for
IS250/350
USER DATA Ver.13.0a
TRQ1 Torque sensor 1 output
TRQ1 ZERO VAL TRQ1 zero point value

STEERING
Steering Wheel Torque
TORQUE
MOTOR ROTATE Motor Rotation Angle
COMMAND VALUE Command value current

2 2

System: CAN EMPS
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description New Support/
Updates
PIG2 VOLTAGE PIG2 Voltage
Motor Power Supply
MOTOR VOLTAGE
Voltage
Motor terminal
MTR TERMINAL(U)
voltage(U)
Motor terminal
MTR TERMINAL(V)
voltage(V)
Motor terminal
MTR TERMINAL(W)
voltage(W)
IG ON/OFF number of
IG ON/OFF TIMES
times after fail detection
Record of continuous
MTR OVERHEAT overheat preventive
ALL control New for
IS250/350
USER DATA Record of low motor Ver.13.0a
MTR LOW POWER
power supply voltage
Record of engine
ENG REV INTER revolution signal
interruption
Record of steering angle
STR ANGL INTER
sens signal interruption
Record of vehicle speed
SPD SIG INVALID
signal invalid
BATTERY
Battery Voltage
VOLTAGE
Power Steering Assist
PS ASSIST SIG
Signal
Number of diagnosis
# CODES
code(#3)
System: CAN HV
New Support/
Updates
Engine coolant
COOLANT TEMP
temperature
ENGINE REV Engine revolution

PRIUS New for
RX400H Ver.13.0
PRIMARY VEHICLE SPD Vehicle SPD
HIGHLANDER (Modified Data
HV List Type.)
ENG RUN TIME Engine run time

System: CAN HV(continued)
New Support/
Updates
+B +B
Accelerator pedal
ACCEL POS #1
position #1
Accelerator pedal
ACCEL POS #2
position #2

PRIUS
RX400H
INTAKE AIR TEMP Intake air temperature
HIGHLANDER
HV
DTC Clear Warm Up
DTC CLEAR WARM
times
DTC CLEAR RUN DTC Clear Run Distance
DTC CLEAR MIN DTC Clear Min

New for
Ver.13.0
PRIMARY MIL ON RUN DIST MIL ON Run Distance
(Modified Data
MIL ON Engine Run List Type.)
MIL ON ENG TIME
Time
PRIUS
MIL status MIL status
RX400H
HIGHLANDER
CALC LOAD Calculate Load
HV
THROTTLE POS Throttle POS
Times of low
RX400H L-TEMP ST JUDGE temperature start-
judging
HIGHLANDER Low temperature-
HV L-TEMP ST TIME starting accumulation
time
PRIUS
MG2 REV Motor(MG2) Revolution
RX400H
HIGHLANDER
MG2 TORQ Motor(MG2) Torq
HV

New Support/
Updates
RX400H Rr MOTOR REV Rear Motor Revolution

HIGHLANDER
HV Rr MOTOR TORQ Rear Motor Torq
PRIUS
RX400H Motor(MG2) Torque
MG2 TRQ EXC VAL
HIGHLANDER execute value
HV
RX400H
Rear Motor Torque
HIGHLANDER R-MOTOR TRQ EXC
execute value
HV
Generator(MG1)
MG1 REV
Revolution
MG1 TORQ Generator(MG1) Torq
New for
Generator(MG1) Torque
PRIUS MG1 TRQ EXC VAL Ver.13.0
PRIMARY execute value
RX400H (Modified Data
REGEN EXEC List Type.)
HIGHLANDER Regenrative Brake Torq
TORQ
HV
REGEN EXEC
Regenrative Brake Torq
TORQ
REGEN RQST Request Regenerative

TORQ Brake Torq
REGEN RQST Request Regenerative

TORQ Brake Torq
Rear Regenrative Brake

Rr RGN EXE TORQ
Torq
Rear Regenrative Brake

Rr RGN EXE TORQ
RX400H Torq
HIGHLANDER Rear Request
Rr RGN RQ TORQ Regenerative Brake
HV Torq
Rear Request
Rr RGN RQ TORQ Regenerative Brake
Torq

New Support/
Updates
PRIUS Inverter temperature-

MG1 INVERT TEMP
RX400H (MG1)
HIGHLANDER Inverter temperature-

MG2 INVERT TEMP
HV (MG2)
RX400H
Rear Inverter
HIGHLANDER Rr INVERT TEMP
temperature
HV
PRIUS MOTOR2 TEMP Motor temperature No2

RX400H
HIGHLANDER
MOTOR1 TEMP Motor temperature No1
HV
RX400H Rr MOTOR TEMP Rear Motor temperature
HIGHLANDER
HV Rear torque distribution
Rr TORQ RATIO
ratio
New for
Ver.13.0
PRIMARY CONVERTER TEMP Converter temperature
(Modified Data
List Type.)
the difference degree of
ACCEL DEG
an accelerator
POWER RQST Request Power
PRIUS Target Engine

TARGET ENG SPD
Revolution
RX400H
HIGHLANDER
HV ENGINE SPD Engine SPD
VEHICLE SPD Vehicle SPD (Resolver)
MCYL CTRL Master Cylinder Control

POWER Torq
SOC Status Of Charge

New Support/
Updates
WOUT CTRL
Wout Control Power
POWER
WIN CTRL POWER Win control Power
Discharge request to adjust

DCHG RQST SOC
SOC
PWR RESOURCE VB Power Resource VB

PRIUS
RX400H
PWR RESOURCE IB Power Resource IB
HIGHLANDER
HV VL-Voltage before raising
VL
pressure
VH-Voltage after raising

VH
pressure
RAIS PRES RATIO Raising pressure ratio New for

Ver.13.0
PRIMARY
DRIVE CONDITION Drive Condition ID (Modified Data
List Type.)
M SHIFT SENSOR Shift sensor main
S SHIFT SENSOR Shift sensor sub
PRIUS
SM SHIFT SENSOR Shift sensor select main
SS SHIFT SENSOR Shift sensor select sub
Shift sensor shift

SHIFT POSITION
position
PRIUS
RX400H
HIGHLANDER
HV CRANK POS Crank position

New Support/
Updates
A/C CONSMPT Aircon consumption
PWR power
LOAD CONDITION Loading Condition
DRIVING PATTEN1 Driving pattern 1
Short circuit wave

SHORT WAVE HIGH
highest value
PRIUS New for

MG1 CTRL MODE MG1 control mode
RX400H Ver.13.0
PRIMARY
HIGHLANDER (Modified Data
HV MG1 CARRIR FREQ MG1 carrier frequency List Type.)
MG2 CTRL MODE MG2 control mode
ECU TYPE Type of ECU
The number of current

CURRENT DTC
code
The number of history

HISTORY DTC
code

Data List Parameter New Support/

Vehicle Parameter Name
Type Description Updates
CHECK MODE Check mode

PRIUS
RX400H
HIGHLANDER HV RMG CTRL MODE RMG control mode
SHIFT SW P Shift Sensor SW - P
SHIFT SW R Shift Sensor SW - R
SHIFT SW N Shift Sensor SW - N
SHIFT SW D Shift Sensor SW - D

RX400H
HIGHLANDER HV PRIMARY SHIFT SW B Shift Sensor SW - B
SHIFT SW FD Shift Sensor SW - FD New for

Ver.13.0
SHIFT SW RV Shift Sensor SW - RV
(Modified Data
List Type.)
SHIFT SW MJ Shift Sensor SW - MJ
DETAIL
INFORMATION 1
INFORMATION 1
DETAIL
INFORMATION 2
INFORMATION 2
DETAIL
INFORMATION 3
INFORMATION 3
DETAIL
INFORMATION 4
PRIUS INFORMATION 4
RX400H DETAIL
INFORMATION 5
INFORMATION 5
HIGHLANDER HV
MODEL CODE MODEL CODE
ENGINE CODE ENGINE CODE

VEHICLE
INFO ECU CODE ECU CODE
DESTINATION DESTINATION

System: CAN TDS
New
Support/Updates
Passive mode (Security
CUSTOMIZE PASSIVE MODE
system)
USER DATA
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ENTRY DELAY Entry Delay Time
ALARM TRIGGER Alarm Trigger
Luggage door lock/unlock
TRUNK KEY UNLK
switch
YARIS New for Ver.13.0
BACK DOOR LOCK Back door lock
ALL
BACK DOOR UNLK Back door unlock
USER DATA
HOOD COURTSY
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE Hood courtesy switch
SW
KEY UNLK WRN
Key unlock warning switch
SW
IG SW IG SW
System: D Seat
New
Support/Updates
ALL
IS250 Type of
IS350
USER DATA AT/MT New for Ver.13.0.
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE transmission.(AT/MT)
System: P Seat
New
Support/Updates
ALL
IS250 USER DATA Type of
AT/MT New for Ver.13.0.
IS350 DIAG&CUSTOMIZ transmission.(AT/MT)
E
System: Rain Sensor

Parameter New
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name
Description Support/Updates
IS250 USER DATA
KCC SIG KCC Signal New for Ver.13.0
IS350 ALL DATA

System: Occupant Detect
Parameter
Vehicle Data List Type Parameter Name New Support/Updates
Description
Filtered pressure
FILTERED PRESS
sensor output
Pressure sensor
RELATIVE PRESS
output
Filtered belt
FILTER TENSION
tension output
Seat position
SEAT POSITION sensor position
status
Empty threshold
Tundra ALL EMPTY THRESH value from the New for Ver.13.0
Tacoma USER DATA seat factory
Threshold value
for adult
ALLOW THRESH passenger or not
from the seat
factory
WEIGHT THRESH Weight threshold
Thermistor
THERMISTOR
temperature
TEMP
output

TABLE 2 – ACTIVE TEST NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES
System: Body No. 3
Vehicle Active Test Name Test Description New Support/Changes
REAR FOG LIGHT Rear fog light
R-SUNSHADE Rear Sunshade Operation
IS350/250 INTERIOR LIGHT Interior Light Operation New for Ver.13.0a
INTR LIGHT(DIM) Interior Light (Dim) Operation
EX FOOT LIGHT Exterior Foot Light Operation
System: CAN ECT
SOLENOID(S4) Activate the solenoid (S4)
IS350/250 SOLENOID(S2) Activate the solenoid (S2) New for Ver.13.0a
SOLENOID(SLU) Activate the solenoid (SLU)
SOLENOID(SR) Activate the solenoid (SR)
SOLENOID(SLT) Activate the solenoid (SLT)
System: CAN EFI
FUEL CUT ALL Control the all cylinders fuel cut
IS350/250 COMPRESS CHECK Check the cylinder compression New for Ver.13.0a
ALT VOL Control the voltage of alternator

System: CAN TDS

YARIS New for Ver.13.0

Last Updated: June 10, 2005
Contents:
• EVAP KEY OFF MONITOR FOR CAN EFI
• IMMOBILIZER CODE INITIAL REGISTRATION
• VIN WRITE FUNCTION FOR CAN EFI
• WIRELESS REGISTRATION FOR MAIN BODY ECU
• TABLE 1 – DATA LIST – NEW PARAMETERS / CHANGES
• TABLE 2 – ACTIVE TEST – NEW SUPPORT / CHANGES
Version 12.2a 1 of 32
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Production Version 12.2a Diagnostic Tester software includes full support for all 2005 model year vehicles.
This support includes OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, and NVH functions. In addition support is available for
the following 2006 model year vehicles:
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION

FULL
SUPPORT LS430 AVALON xA
LX470 CAMRY xB
COROLLA tC
HIACE (Mexico)
LANDCRUISER
MATRIX
SEQUOIA
PRELIMINARY
SUPPORT ES330 4RUNNER xB-2
GX470 HIGHLANDER
IS250/350 HILUX (Mexico)
RX330 PRIUS
SC430 TUNDRA
TACOMA
SIENNA
YARIS (Canada/Mexico)
KEY OFF MONITOR FOR CAN EFI
EVAP SYSTEM CHECK
Description:
This system check is used to identify malfunctioning EVAP System components or to validate repair of the
EVAP system. This check allows the technician to control the Vacuum Pump, Purge VSV and Vent Valve in
specific patterns while observing the Vapor Pressure Sensor value.
The EVAP System Check has two modes of operation:
1. Automatic: By operating the Automatic Mode of the EVAP System on the Diagnostic Tester, the
vehicle will run the EVAP monitor automatically. After completion of the EVAP Monitor a pending DTC
will be set if a failure is detected.
2. Manual: By operating the Manual Mode of the EVAP System on the Diagnostic Tester, the user has the
ability to control the EVAP Monitor step-by-step. The user must make a diagnostic decision based upon
the EVAP System’s reaction to each step of the test. No pending DTC will be set after completion of the
EVAP Monitor.
Screen Flow
SCREEN FLOW (Continued)
(Screen A)
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
(Screen A-1)
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
1
(Screen A-2)
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
(Screen A-3)
[ENTER] [EXIT]
2
(Screen B)
[EXIT]
[MANUAL
OPERATION]
[AUTOMATIC
OPERATION]
(Screen D)
[EXIT] or [NO]
[ENTER] or [YES]
3 2
3
(Screen Q)
[T0]: Count down from 10.
EVAP SYS CHECK (Screen E)
AUTOMATIC OPERATION [P1]-[P3]:Display the parameter of "PURGE VSV",

"VENT VALVE" and "VACUUM PUMP".
PURGE VSV.....................[P1]
VENT VALVE....................[P2] [*1]/[*2]:Display the parameter of "VAPOR PRESS PUMP"
VACUUM PUMP...............[P3] and enable to change the unit of "VAPOR PRESS PUMP" by
VAPOR PRESS PUMP : using the "UNIT CONVERSION" function.
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a The default is “mmHg-a”
Absolute.........[*1]mmHg-a
Time [T1] sec
[T1]: Count up from 0.
4
(Screen L)
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
5
(Screen Q)
[T0]: Count down from 10.
(Screen C)
EVAP SYS CHECK
1. Atmosphere Press Check
[*1]/[*2]:Display the parameter of "VAPOR PRESS PUMP"
PURGE VSV...........CLS/OFF and enable to change the unit of "VAPOR PRESS PUMP"
VENT VALVE....…...........OFF by using the "UNIT CONVERSION” function.
VACUUM PUMP..............OFF The default is “mmHg-a”\par
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Absolute.........[*1]mmHg-a [T1]: Count up from 0 by every step.
Time(Step/ VSV/PUMP):
[T3*]: Display the PURGE VSV activated total time.
[T4*]: Display the VACUUM PUMP activated total time.
Press [RIGHT] * : Maximum 15 min.
7
[EXIT]
[RIGHT]
8
8 SCREEN FLOW (Continued)
EVAP SYS CHECK

2. Reference Pressure Check
(Screen G)
PURGE VSV............CLS/OFF
VENTVALVE....…............OFF
VACUUM PUMP................ON
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
[T1]sec/[T3*] min/[T4*] min
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
[EXIT]
EVAP SYS CHECK

To avoid damage, PUMP was
stopped.
(Screen O)
VENT VSV.......................OFF
VACUUM PUMP..............OFF
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Press [RIGHT]
[RIGHT] Branch automatically

To MENU
[EXIT] Branch automatically
6
7
[RIGHT]
9
9
EVAP SYS CHECK (Screen H)

3. Leak check
PURGE VSV...........CLS/OFF
VENT VALVE....................ON
VACUUM PUMP...............ON
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
[EXIT]
EVAP SYS CHECK (Screen P)

To avoid damage,
PUMP was stopped.
PURGE VSV.........CLS/OFF
VENT VSV.........................ON
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Press [RIGHT]
[EXIT]
To MENU
[RIGHT] 6
[RIGHT] Branch automatically 7
10
10
EVAP SYS CHECK

4. PURGE VSV Check (Screen J)
PURGE VSV..…….....OPN/ON
VENT VALVE..………….....ON
VACUUM PUMP...…......... ON
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Press [RIGHT]
[EXIT]
6
7
(Screen T)
EVAP SYS CHECK
stopped.
PURGE VSV.............OPN/ON
VENT VSV....................….ON
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Press [RIGHT]
To MENU [EXIT] Branch automatically
[RIGHT] Branch automatically 6
[RIGHT] 7
11
11
EVAP SYS CHECK

5. Reference Pressure Check (Screen R)
VENTVALVE....…............OFF
VACUUM PUMP................ON
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
[EXIT]
EVAP SYS CHECK (Screen S)

stopped.
VENT VSV.......................OFF
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Press [RIGHT]
[EXIT] Branch automatically

To MENU
6
[RIGHT] Branch automatically
[RIGHT]
7
12
12
EVAP SYS CHECK

6. Comp / Vac Release (Screen K)
PURGE VSV......…..CLS/OFF
VENT VALVE.…………...OFF
VAPOR PRESS PUMP :
Gauge...............[*2]mmHg-a
Press [RIGHT]
[RIGHT]
[EXIT]
6
6 7
(Screen M) ERROR (Screen N)

The total time exceeded
15 min. To prevent
damage to the system,
the scantool stopped the
EVAP SYS CHECK.
Refer to Repair Manual
for more information.
Press [ENTER]
[ENTER] [ENTER]
IMMOBILIZER CODE INITIAL REGISTRATION
Description:
This function is used to enable the automatic registration of new Immobilizer key codes when:
• Immobilizer ECU has been replaced
• Immobilizer Keys are not registered
• Immobilizer ECU is in “Factory Registration Mode”
Screen Flow
Screen Flow (Continued)
To the process of
‘IMMOB CODE REG’.
This function enables

automatic registration
of new keys when the ECU
is replaced.
Press [ENTER] or [EXIT]
[EXIT]
[ENTER] To Key Code Menu
Please insert a new

MASTER KEY
and Press ENTER
[EXIT]
[ENTER] To Key Code Menu
1
*NOW REGISTERING*
3
Please wait
for [XX] sec
Registration of the inserted COMPLETED

key was successful.
The number of keys doesn't Registration of the
change if the key was Inserted key was
already registered. successful.
The maximum number
Number of registered keys of keys have been
MASTER:[XX] registered.
SUB:[XX] This function is finished.
Press [ENTER]
[ENTER] [ENTER]
If you want to register To Key Code Menu

other keys,
please press ENTER.
If you want to finish
this function,
please press EXIT.
[EXIT]
2
[ENTER]
This automatic registration

mode will be terminated.
When terminated, this
mode can not be re-entered.
Do you want to terminate
now?
Press [YES] or [NO]
[YES] [NO]
To Key Code Menu

Please insert a new key
and Press ENTER
Press [ENTER]
[ENTER]
VIN Write Function for CAN_EFI
Description:
The VIN Write function is used when replacing an ECM (PCM) on 2005 model year or later vehicles.
New ECMs (PCMs) are shipped without the VIN and therefore as part of the ECM (PCM)
replacement procedure the VIN must be written to the replacement ECM (PCM) using the VIN Write
Utility available on the scantool.
The VIN Write Utility has been modified to include procedures for Hybrid vehicles.
Note: Failure to write the VIN on replacement ECMs (PCMs) may result in a MIL “ON” condition and
set DTC P0630
Screen Flow
Other Vehicles: Hybrid Vehicles:
Screen Flow (continued)
(Screen I)
[ENTER]
(Screen A) (Screen B)
NOTICE COMMUNICATION ERROR

This function overwrites
the following VIN with a
new VIN.
Turn IG OFF, then ON.
*************************
[ VIN ]
*************************
Do you wish to continue?
[YES] to CONTINUE
[NO] to EXIT PRESS [EXIT]
[YES] [NO] [EXIT]
(Screen C)
To MENU
CONFIRMATION
Display the VIN
(Vehicle Identification Number).
Engine is stopped.
PRESS [ENTER]
Version 12.2a [ENTER] 21 of 32

1
1
(Screen J)
[ENTER] 2
(Screen D)
[ENTER]
INPUT ERROR
(Screen E) Your inputted VIN is (Screen F)
NOW WRITING incorrect.

Please input the VIN
again.
[EXIT] to RETURN
Automatically [EXIT]
3 2
3
WRITING COMPLETED (Screen G) WRITING FAILED (Screen H)
The following VIN has

been written correctly. Turn IG OFF, then ON.
*************************
VIN Please try again.
*************************
The DTCs has been erased
correctly.
[EXIT] [EXIT]
To MENU
WIRELESS REGISTRATION FOR MAIN BODY ECU
Description: This function is used to register the recognition codes for wireless door lock
transmitters. Wireless Registration consists of two functions Add Mode and Rewrite Mode.
Add Mode: Ads newly received codes while preserving any previously registered codes. This mode
is used when adding a new transmitter. If the number of codes exceeds 4, the oldest code is erased
first.
Rewrite Mode: Erases all previously registered codes and registers only the newly received codes.
This mode is used whenever a transmitter or the Body ECU is replaced.
Screen Flow
1: “ADD MODE” is selected. “2: REWRITE MODE” is selected.
[NO] [NO]
To MENU To MENU
[YES] [YES]
CODE REGISTRATION
<OPERATION>
To register a new code,

perform the operation within
30 seconds, after beginning.
Press [ENTER] to start
registration.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
[ENTER]
CODE REGISTRATION
* NOW REGISTRING *
-Hold both UNLOCK and

LOCK buttons for 1 second.
-Within 3 seconds, press
UNLOCK button for 1
second.
CODE REGISTRATION
Remaining Time: XX sec
CODE REGISTRATION
[EXIT] to interrupt WAS INTERRUPTED.
[EXIT]
PRESS [ENTER]
To MENU
Receiver is full of
Register another code.
CODE REGISTRATION CODE REGISTRATION
RECOGNITION CODE IS RECOGNITION CODE IS

REGISTERED REGISTERED
CORRECTLY CORRECTLY
DO YOU WISH TO
REGISTER ANOTHER RECEIVER IS FULL OF
CODE? [##] RECOGNITION
CODES
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
PRESS [ENTER]
[NO]
[YES]
TABLE 1 – DATA LIST - NEW PARAMETERS/CHANGES
System: CAN_Air Conditioner
AMBI TEMP SENS Ambient Temperature Sensor
COOLANT TEMP Engine coolant temperature
AMBI TEMP Adjusted Ambient Temperature

ALL
YARIS New for Ver.12.2.
USER DATA EVAP FIN TEMP Evaporator Fin Thermistor
REG PRESS SENS Regulator Pressure Sensor
REG CTRL CURRNT Regulator Control Current
#CODES The Number of DTCs
System: Main Body

UNLK/KEY TWICE Unlock Key Twice
LIGHTING TIME Lighting time
I/L ON/ACC OFF I/L when ACC OFF
USER DATA I/L ON/UNLOCK I/L ON W/Door Key Unlock

DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
WIRELESS OPER Wireless Control
HAZARD ANS BACK Hazard Answer Back
AUTO LOCK DELAY Auto Lock Time
UNLOCK /2OPER Unlock 2 Operation

YARIS New for Ver.12.2a
ALARM FUNCTION Panic Function
PARKING BRAKE SW Parking Brake Switch
D DOR CTY SW Driver Door Courtesy Switch
D LOCK POS SW Driver Door Lock Position Switch

ALL
USER DATA D/L SW-LOCK Door Lock Switch-Lock
D/L SW-UNLOCK Door Lock Switch-Unlock
DOR KEY SW-LOCK Door Key Switch-Lock
DOR KEY SW-ULCK Door Key Switch-Unlock
D DOR KEY SW-UL Drivers Door Key Switch-Unlock
TABLE 1-DATA LIST- NEW PARAMETERS/CHANGES (continued)
System: Main Body
P DOR CTY SW Passenger Door Courtesy Switch
P LOCK POS SW Passenger Door Lock Position Switch
RR DOR CTY SW Rear Right Door Courtesy Switch
RL DOR CTY SW Rear Left Door Courtesy Switch
ALL BK DOR CTY SW Back Door Courtesy Switch

USER DATA
BK LOCK POS SW Back Door Lock Position Switch
ACC SW Accessory Switch
KEY UNLK WRN SW Key Unlock Warning Switch
COM D-DOOR MTR Communication Drivers Door Motor
System: TDS

CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ENTRY DELAY Entry Delay Time
ALARM TRIGGER Alarm Trigger
TRUNK KEY UNLK Luggage door lock/unlock switch

BACK DOOR LOCK Back door lock
ALL
USER DATA
BACK DOOR UNLK Back door unlock
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
HOOD COURTSY SW Hood courtesy switch
KEY UNLK WRN SW Key unlock warning switch
System: Meter
ODO/TRIP SW ODO/TRIP Change Switch
TRIP RESET SW Trip Reset Switch
TAIL CANCEL SW Tail Cancel Switch
TAIL RELAY SW Tail Relay Switch
P-BELT BUCKL SW P-Seatbelt Buckle Switch
TIMER SW METER Timer SW on Combination Meter
SPEED METER Vehicle Speed Meter
TACHO METER Engine Rpm
COOLANT TEMP Coolant Temperature
FUEL GAUGE (A/D) Fuel Input (A/D)
OIL MAINTENANCE Integrated value for Oil Maintenance
ALL RHEOSTAT (A/D) Rheostat value (A/D)

USER DATA
AMBI TEMP (A/D) Ambient Temperature (A/D)
ECM/MTR COM DTC Communication ECM/Meter DTC
ODO (HISTORY 1) ODO (History 1)
ABS/MTR COM DTC Communication ABS/Meter DTC
ODO (HISTORY 1) Odometer (History 1)
KEY REMND SOUND Key Remind Sound
SEAT-BELT WARN Seat-belt Warning Buzzer
TABLE 2-ACTIVE TEST- NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES
System: CAN_Air Conditioner
HEATER LEVEL Activate the Level of Electric Heater

Yaris New for Ver.12.2.
A/C MAG CLUTCH Activate the Relay Of Magnetic Clutch
System: Main Body
DOOR LOCK Door Lock
D DOOR UNLOCK Drivers Door Unlock
ILLUMI OUTPUT Illuminated Entry System
IG OFF P/W Ignition OFF Power Window Control Permission Output

HAZARD Hazard
VEHICLE HORN Vehicle Horn
TAIL LIGHT Taillight Relay
HEAD LIGHT Headlight Relay
System: Meter
SPEED METER Speedometer Operation
TACHOMETER Tachometer Operation
FUEL GAUGE Fuel Meter Operation
COOLANT TEMP Water Temperature Meter Operation
A/T INDEC（1） A/T Indicator Operation 1
YARIS METER DISPLAY1 Meter Display 1 New for Ver.12.2a
METER DISPLAY2 Meter Display 2
SRS WARN Airbag Indicator Lamp
D-BELT REMIND D-seat Belt Indicator Lamp
P-BELT REMIND P-seat Belt Indicator Lamp
DOORS ALL OPEN Doors All Open Indicator Lamp
DISCHARGE WARN Charge Indicator Lamp
TABLE 2-ACTIVE TEST- NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES (continued)
System: Meter (continued)
ABS WARN ABS Indicator Lamp
SLIP INDIC Slip Indicator Lamp
VSC WARN VSC Indicator Lamp
BRAKE WARN Brake Indicator Lamp
OIL LEVEL WARN Oil Level Indicator Lamp
GLOW INDIC GLOW Indicator
COOLANT HOT Coolant Hot Indicator Lamp
COOLANT COOL Coolant Cool Indicator Lamp

YARIS
New for Ver.12.2a
EPS INDIC EPS Indicator
KEY KEY Indicator

OIL
Oil Maintenance Indicator
MAINTENANCE
OVER SPD INDIC Over Speed Indicator
ECO ECO Indicator
LITHIUM CHARGE Lithium Charge Indicator
MMT M MODE MMT M Mode Indicator
MMT E MODE MMT E Mode Indicator
System: TDS
Last Updated: February 17, 2005
Part 1: NEW EXCLUSIVE FUNCTIONS
VEHICLE COVERAGE ...................................................................................................................................... 2

ABS HISTORY FOR CAN ABS ECU ................................................................................................................ 3
AIR BLEEDING FOR CAN ABS ECU.............................................................................................................. 4
AIR BLEEDING 2 FOR CAN ABS ECU......................................................................................................... 13
ECU COMMUNICATION ID REGISRATION FOR SMART ACCESS (SMART KEY)........................ 16
ECB UTILITY FOR CAN ABS ECU ............................................................................................................... 18
EVAP SYSTEM CHECK FOR CAN EFI ECU .............................................................................................. 22
INITIALIZATION FOR CAN HV ECU.......................................................................................................... 36
INSPECTION MODE FOR CAN ABS ECU................................................................................................... 38
RECORDS CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRIC MOTOR POWER STEERING (EMPS) ............................ 39
RESET MEMORY FOR CAN ABS ECU ........................................................................................................ 39
SERVOMOTOR INITIALIZATION FOR AIR CONDITIONING ECU.................................................... 42
SIGNAL CHECK FOR CAN ABS ECU .......................................................................................................... 43
SIGNAL CHECK FOR CAN 4WD ECU ......................................................................................................... 44
SMART CODE ERASURE FOR SMART ACCESS (SMART KEY) .......................................................... 45
SMART CODE REGISTRATION FOR SMART ACCESS (SMART KEY) .............................................. 46
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUST FOR VARIABLE GEAR RATIO STEERING ......................... 50
STEERING INITIALIZATION FOR CLEARANCE SONAR ..................................................................... 54
TEST MODE FOR CAN ABS ECU.................................................................................................................. 55
TORQUE SENSOR ADJUST 2 FOR ELECTRONIC MOTOR POWER STEERING ............................. 56
PRELIMINARY
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Evaluation Version 12.1a Diagnostic Tester software includes full support for all 2005 model year vehicles.
LEXUS TOYOTA
GS300 HIGHLANDER HV (Preliminary)
GS430 PRIUS (Preliminary)
RX400H (Preliminary) SOLARA (Preliminary)
PRELIMINARY
ABS HISTORY FOR CAN ABS ECU
Description:
This function is used to analyze the running state by checking the past records for Diagnostic trouble codes of
the ABS, VSC, and TRAC system controls.
SCREEN FLOW
PRELIMINARY
AIR BLEEDING FOR CAN ABS ECU
Description:
This function is used to bleed the air from the hydraulic portion of the brake system including the ABS Actuator
and Master Cylinder or Stroke Simulator. This function is also available for the ECB vehicle.
SCREEN FLOW
When “work 1” When “work 2” When “work 3”

1 7 12
PRELIMINARY
1
SCREEN FLOW (CONTINUED)
select 1 select 2 select 3
3 4 5
PRELIMINARY
2
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
4 5
PRELIMINARY
7
PRELIMINARY
8
8
9
repeat
10
PRELIMINARY
11
11
repeat
10
PRELIMINARY
12
13
repeat
13
PRELIMINARY
AIR BLEEDING 2 FOR CAN ABS ECU
Description:
This function is used to bleed the air from the hydraulic portion of the brake system including the ABS Actuator
and Master Cylinder or Stroke Simulator. This function is also available for the VSC equipped vehicle.
SCREEN FLOW
PRELIMINARY 1
1
4
[NO]
[YES]
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
ECU COMMUNICATION ID REGISRATION FOR SMART ACCESS (SMART KEY)
Description:
This function is used to register the communication ID between the ID Code Box ECU and the
Smart Access ECU and is used to register the remote engine starter.
SCREEN FLOW
<INFOMATION>
Welcome to the ECU

Communication ID
Registration wizard,
the easy way to
register a
communication ID in
the ECU
PRESS [ENTER] or [EXIT]
<CONDITION>
-Turn OFF any cell

phone near the
driver’s seat.
PRESS [ENTER] OR [EXIT]
<PARTS SELECTION>
1. ID Code Box and
Steering Lock
Select registration
destination.
1. ID Code Box and 2. Remote Engine

Steering Lock Starter
New Features Document 1 2
PRELIMINARY
*NOW PREPARING*
<CONFIRMATION>
-Touch the IG SW
with a registered
key.
-Press [ENTER], the
registration has
complete.
Hint: When the
registration is
complete, the buzzer
will sound.
Remaining Time XX sec
PRELIMINARY
ECB UTILITY FOR CAN ABS ECU
Description:
This function contains the following service utilities for ECB vehicle.
(1) ECB Invalid
This function is used to prohibit the electronically controlled brake (ECB).
(2) Zero Down

This function is used to lower the internal pressure of the accumulator.

This function is used to calibrate the linear solenoid valve offset.
SCREEN FLOW
When “function 1” When “function 2” When “function 3”

2 3 4
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
1
PRELIMINARY
EVAP SYSTEM CHECK FOR CAN EFI ECU
(EVAP KEY-OFF MONITOR SYSTEM – CLOSED TANK -)
Description:
This function is used to identify the component(s) that may cause a malfunction relating to EVAP KEY-OFF
MONITOR SYSTEM (Closed Tank), or to validate the repair of that system.
This function is used to draw or release a vacuum pressure in the EVAP KEY-OFF MONITOR SYSTEM
(Closed Tank), by specified patterns while observing the vapor pressure.
SCREEN FLOW
NOTICE
This test uses the PURGE

VSV, VENT VALVE, VACUUM
PUMP and FVCV to draw and
release vacuum in the system.
System operation can be
(Screen A)
confirmed by observing Vapor
Pressure during each step.
Press [ENTER]
To prevent damage to the

system, the scan tool will
automatically stop the
VACUUM PUMP when the
pressure drops to -39.8mmHg
(-5.3kPa).Refer to Service
Manual for more information.
(Screen B)
Do not operate Vent Valve and
Vacuum Pump continually for
more than 15 minutes at a time.
Press [ENTER]
1
PRELIMINARY
NOTICE
(Screen C)
During this test, Press [RIGHT]

to move to next step.
Press [ENTER]
CHECK
Vehicle in Park. (Screen D)

Engine NOT running.
Fuel Temperature below 95F.
Fuel level less than 9/10.
Press [ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
EVAP SYS CHECK

(Screen E)
Select the desired operation.
1. A1.AUTOMATIOPERATION
1. AUTOMATIC OPERATION
2. MANUAL OPERATION
Press [ENTER]
select
2. MANUAL
OPERATION
select 4
1. AUTOMATIC
OPERATION
PRELIMINARY
EVAP SYS CHECK (Screen F)

AUTOMATIC OPERATION
Pressing ENTER will begin the

EVAP SYS CHECK.
EVAP SYS CHECK (Screen G)

AUTOMATIC OPERATION
Initiating the test

Please wait for 10 seconds.
Time [T0]sec [T0] : count up from 0.
Automatically
PRELIMINARY
5
(Screen H)
EVAP SYS CHECK
AUTOMATIC OPERATION Display the parameter of "PURGE VSV",
"VENT VALVE", "VACUUM PUMP", “FVCV” and “TANK
PURGE VSV………………….[P1] PRESS”.
VENT VALVE…………………[P2]
VACUUM PUMP……………...[P3] [*1]/[*2] : Display the parameter of "VAPOR PRESS"
FVCV.....................…………...[P4] and enable to change the unit of "VAPOR PRESS"
TANK PRESS……..[P5]mmHg-g by using the "UNIT CONVERSION" function.
VAPOR PRESS…….[*2]mmHg-g The default is “mmHg-a”.
VAPOR PRESS……[*1]mmHg-a
Time [T1] sec.
[T1]: Count up from 0.
Automatically
6
EVAP SYS CHECK (Screen I)
The EVAP SYS CHECK was

completed.
Press [ENTER] to check the

pending codes.
Press [ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
EVAP SYS CHECK (Screen J)

MANUAL OPERATION
Initiating the test.

Please wait for 10 seconds.
Time [T0]sec [T0] : count up from 0.
Automatically
(Screen K)
EVAP SYS CHECK [P5] : Display the parameter of “TANK PRESS”.
VENT VALVE………………...OFF [*1]/[*2]:Display the parameter of "VAPOR PRESS"
VACUUM PUMP……………..OFF and enable to change the unit of "VAPOR PRESS"
FVCV.....................…………..OFF by using the "UNIT CONVERSION" function.
TANK PRESS……….[P5]mmHg-g The default is “mmHg-a”.
[T1]: Count up from 0 by every step.
[T3*]: Display the PURGE VSV activated total time.
[T4*]: Display the VACUUM PUMP activated total time.
Press [RIGHT] * : Maximum 15 min.
(See ‘Note7’ in Page23-36)
8
PRELIMINARY
(Screen L-1)
EVAP SYS CHECK
VENT VALVE………………...OFF
VACUUM PUMP……………..ON
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
(Screen L-2)
EVAP SYS CHECK
stopped.
VENT VALVE………………...OFF
VACUUM PUMP……………..OFF
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT] Branch automatically
6
7
Automatically
PRELIMINARY 9
(Screen M-1)
EVAP SYS CHECK
3. Can Leak Check
VENT VALVE………………...ON
VACUUM PUMP……………..ON
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
(Screen M-2)
EVAP SYS CHECK
stopped.
VENT VALVE………………...ON
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
[T1]sec/[T3*] min/[T4*]min Branch automatically
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
Automatically
PRELIMINARY 10
10
(Screen N-1)
EVAP SYS CHECK
4. Purge VSV Check
PURGE VSV……………OPN/ON
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT]
6
(Screen N-2)
EVAP SYS CHECK
stopped.
PURGE VSV……………OPN/ON
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Automatically
7
PRELIMINARY 11
11
(Screen O-1)
EVAP SYS CHECK
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
(Screen O-2)
EVAP SYS CHECK
stopped.
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
Automatically
PRELIMINARY 12
12
(Screen P)
EVAP SYS CHECK
6. Resetting
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT]
6
13
PRELIMINARY
13
(Screen Q-1)
EVAP SYS CHECK
7. Tank Leak Check
FVCV.....................…………...ON
Press [RIGHT]
6
(Screen Q-2)
EVAP SYS CHECK
stopped.
FVCV.....................…………...ON
6
Automatically
7
PRELIMINARY 14
14
(Screen R-1)
EVAP SYS CHECK
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT]
6
7
(Screen R-2)
EVAP SYS CHECK
stopped.
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
6
7
Automatically
PRELIMINARY 15
15
(Screen S)
EVAP SYS CHECK
FVCV.....................…………..OFF
Press [RIGHT]
6 7
(Screen T) (Screen U)
ERROR ERROR
Scantool could not activate the The total time exceeded 15

PURGE VSV, VENT VALVE, min. To prevent damage to the
VACUUM PUMP or FVCV. system, the scantool stopped
Please check vehicle condition the EVAP SYS CHECK. Refer
and try again. to Repair Manual for more
information.
Press [ENTER]
Press [ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
INITIALIZATION FOR CAN HV ECU
Description:
When replacing the Battery Current Sensor the HV ECU needs to be initialized. The HV ECU can be initialized
by following the procedures below.
SCREEN FLOW
NOTICE
This function is to be used

when you change
the Battery Current Sensor.
PRESS [ENTER]
PLEASE CONFIRM
Ignition is ON.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
FAILED
Initialization is complete. Initialization has failed.

Turn IG ON and try again.
PRELIMINARY
INSPECTION MODE FOR CAN ABS ECU
Description:
When the wheel speed of the front wheels exceeds the wheel speed of the rear wheels, the wheel speed of the
front wheels is restrained by the VSC and TRAC control systems. This function is used to prohibit VSC and
TRAC control operation.
NOTE: Entering Inspection Mode on Hybrid Vehicles Causes the engine to operate continuously.
SCREEN FLOW
PRELIMINARY
RECORDS CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRIC MOTOR POWER STEERING (EMPS)
Description:
SCREEN FLOW
RECORDS CLEARANCE
CONFIRM:
-Vehicle stopped.
-Ignition is ON.
PRESS [ENTER]
RECORDS CLEARANCE
<NOTICE>
These records can be cleared.
[Label of param.1]---[parameter.1]
Clear the records?
PRESS [YES] or [NO]
RECORDS CLEARANCE
* NOW PROCESSING *
1
PRELIMINARY
RECORDS CLEARANCE (Screen D) RECORDS CLEARANCE (Screen E)
COMPLETED FAILED
Please try again.
PRELIMINARY
RESET MEMORY FOR CAN ABS ECU
Description:
Some models now require an ABS ECU Memory Reset after replacing components of the ABS/VSC system.
Perform the following procedure to reset the ABS ECU learned memory when directed by the Repair Manual
instructions found on TIS.
SCREEN FLOW
PRELIMINARY
SERVOMOTOR INITIALIZATION FOR AIR CONDITIONING ECU
Description:
The Servomotor Initialization function is used to initialize the zero point of the Air Conditioning Servomotors.
This function is automatic when the ignition is first turned on after battery has been disconnected. To initialize
servomotors manually use the procedure below.
SCREEN FLOW
SERVOMOTOR INIT
This function is
used to initialize
the zero point
of the pulse
for all servomotors.
Press [ENTER]
CONDITION
1.IG is ON.
2.The air conditioning
is turned off.
(Press the “OFF” switch)
Press [ENTER] to
start SERVOMOTOR
INITIALIZATION.
branch automatically
SERVOMOTOR INIT SERVOMOTOR INIT
Now initializing FAILED
When the DEF indicator Check the initial

lamp Stops blinking, condition.
the initialization
is complete.
Press [ENTER] to
Press [ENTER] exit this function.
after completion.
PRELIMINARY
SIGNAL CHECK FOR CAN ABS ECU
Description:
The following procedure checks the ABS/VSC sensors signal output. This procedure is used when components
of the ABS/VSC system have been replaced, and when verifying correct system and/or component operation.
SCREEN FLOW
PRELIMINARY
SIGNAL CHECK FOR CAN 4WD ECU
Description:
Perform the following procedure to check the sensor signal of the 4WD system when directed by the Repair
Manual instructions found on TIS.
SCREEN FLOW
SIGNAL CHECK
ECU: 4WD
Number of DTCs:4 ↓
C1298 Linear
Solenoid
[EXIT] to Continue
PRELIMINARY
SMART CODE ERASURE FOR SMART ACCESS (SMART KEY)
Description:
This function is used to erase all smart codes, except code of the registered key that is used
during erasure function.
SCREEN FLOW
This function will

erase all smart
and immobilizer
codes except those
which are used for
executing this
function

*NOW ERASING*
*NOW PREPARING*
<RESULT>
Smart and
immobilizer codes
are successfully
erased.
PRESS [ENTER]
<CONFIRMATION>
Touch the IG SW with
a registered key.
<CAUTION>
Make sure the
emblem side is
facing the SW.
PRELIMINARY
SMART CODE REGISTRATION FOR SMART ACCESS (SMART KEY)
Description:
Perform the following procedure to register smart and immobilizer codes together when directed by the Repair
Manual instructions found on TIS.
SCREEN FLOW
<INFOMATION>
This function
enables to register
smart and
immobilizer code
together.
<CONFIRMATION>
-Turn off any cell
phone near the
driver’s seat.
-Follow the
instructions
displayed on the
screen.
Press [ENTER] to
display operation steps.
PRESS [ENTER] OR [EXIT]
-ID Code Box ECU -Smart Access ECU is new.

and Smart Access -Smart codes are registered.
ECU is new.
<OPERATION STEPS> <OPERATION STEPS>

-Touch the IG SW -Touch the IG SW
with the key to be with a registered key.
registered. -Touch IG SW with
-Set the key on the the key to be
passenger’s seat. registered.
-Press [ENTER] to -Set the key on the
the register the passenger’s seat.
code. -Press [ENTER] to
register the code.
PRESS [ENTER] OR [EXIT] PRESS [ENTER] OR [EXIT]
PRELIMINARY 1 2
<CHECK 1>

a to be registered.
<CAUTION>
Make sure the
emblem side is
facing the SW.
<CHECK 2>
Set the key on the

passenger seat.

Touch the IG SW
with a key
Ensure all steps are

complete.
If you want to
prepare another key,
touch the IG SW
with a key.
-Press [ENTER] to <RESULT>
register the codes
you have checked.
Smart and
Remaining Time XX sec immobilizer code
PRESS [ENTER] registration is
complete.
Do you want to [YES]
register
another code?
PRESS [YES]OR[NO]
Version 12.1a
3
47 of 62
PRELIMINARY
-Smart codes are registered. -Smart Access ECU is new.

3
<INFOMATION> <CAUTION>
Make sure to prepare
Current number of all keys registered
the registered codes. in the replaced ECU.
Confirm all of
Registered codes: [X] them one by one
before you register
Press [ENTER] to them in the new ECU.
start registration.
PRESS [ENTER] or [EXIT] PRESS [ENTER] or [EXIT]
<CONFIRMATION>
a registered key.
<CAUTION>
Make sure the
emblem side is
facing the SW.
Number of keys
to be confirmed.
[X]
PRELIMINARY
*NOW REGISTERING*
Please wait.
<RESULT>
Communication ID
registration for
wireless engine
starter is complete.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUST FOR VARIABLE GEAR RATIO STEERING
Description:
This procedure is used to center the Steering wheel position if VGRS system Actuator or ECU have been
replaced. This procedure unlocks the VGRS actuator in order to center the steering wheel and Steering Angle
Sensor.
SCREEN FLOW
NOTICE
When executing STEERING

ANGLE ADJUST, Only there can
be no DTCs other than C1591 and
C15A9.
PRESS[ENTER]or[EXIT]
NOTICE
Confirm the vehicle on a level

and flat surface.
PRESS[ENTER]or[EXIT]
C
PRELIMINARY
STEERING ANGLE ADJ

ECU: VGRS
When pressing [YES],the
actuator lock will be
disengaged.
Do you wish to start

adjustment ?
PRESS [YES] or [NO]
STEERING ANGLE ADJ

ECU: VGRS
Please center the steering wheel.
When the steering wheel is

centered press [ENTER] to
proceed.
NOTICE
-Hold steering wheel centered.
-Turn IG SW OFF
-Wait 3 seconds
-Turn IG SW ON
PRESS [ENTER]
Version 12.1a 3 51 of 62
PRELIMINARY
NOTICE
1.Turn the steering wheel
approx. 5 degrees to the
right and left until tires
move with steering wheel.
2.Center the steering wheel.
PRESS [ENTER]
NOTICE
CONFIRM:
-Key ON, Engine OFF.
-Steering wheel is centered.
PRESS[ENTER]
ACTUATOR ANGLE
ADJUSTMENT
ECU: VGRS
* NOW PROCESSING *
TIME REMAINING:
[TIME] SEC.
5
(Auto)
PRELIMINARY
4 5
STEERING ANGLE ADJ STEERING ANGLE ADJ

ECU: VGRS
FAILED
COMPLETED
Check DTCs and diagnose
Confirm VGRS using repair manual.
Warning Lamp is OFF.
.
PRELIMINARY
STEERING INITIALIZATION FOR CLEARANCE SONAR
Description:
This function is used to set a midpoint of the steering angle and maximum steering angle positions for the
Clearance Sonar system. This procedure should be preformed after the Clearance Warning ECU is replaced,
steering midpoint or wheel alignment is set, battery is disconnected or the steering sensor is removed or
replaced.
SCREEN FLOW
STEERING INITIALIZE STEERING INITIALIZE
This function is used *NOW INITIALIZING*

to set a midpoint of
the steering angle Turn the steering
and maximum steering all the way to the left
angle positions for and then all the way
the Clearance Sonar to the right.
system.
REMAINING TIME
Press [ENTER] [TIME] sec.
CONDITIONS STEERING INITIALIZE
-Clearance Sonar Main

SW is ON.
-The vehicle is parked. COMPLETED
-IG is ON.
-The steering is in
the straight-ahead
position.
Press [ENTER] to
Press [ENTER] exit this function.
NOTES
-In the next step,

turn the steering
to the extreme left
and then to the
extreme right
within 30 seconds.
-Please begin after
the beep is heard.
Press [ENTER] to
PRELIMINARY
TEST MODE FOR CAN ABS ECU
Description:
When having replaced the ABS & TRAC actuator assembly and/or Yaw rate and G sensor, this function is used to
perform the zero point calibration of G & Yaw rate sensor.
SCREEN FLOW
PRELIMINARY
TORQUE SENSOR ADJUST 2 FOR ELECTRONIC MOTOR POWER STEERING
Description:
This function is used when Electric Motor Power Steering components are replaced such as the Power Steering
ECU or Power Steering Link Assembly, and when steering effort from left to right differs. This procedure sets
the center point of the steering wheel.
SCREEN FLOW
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen A)

This function is used
for the following
conditions.
-"Gear ASSY" or "EMPS
ECU" was exchanged.
-Difference of
steering control
effort from left to
right exists.
PRESS [ENTER]
CAUTION (Screen B)
Check the following
initial conditions.
-No DTCs except
C1515/C1525/C1581
were detected.
-Power Switch is ON,
READY or Engine
idling.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen C)
* NOW PROCESSING *
Receive Error Message

(Auto) C
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
Turn Power Switch

OFF and ON. (Screen D)
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
D
[ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen E)

-Check PS warning
light is ON.
-Center the
steering wheel.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
D
[ENTER]
C
(Auto)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
-Turn the steering (Screen F)

wheel to the left
greater than
45 degrees.
-Turn the steering F
back to the center.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
D
[ENTER]
E
PRELIMINARY
(Screen G)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
-Turn the steering

wheel to the right
greater than
45 degrees.
-Turn the steering
back to the center.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
D
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen I)

[ENTER] FAILED
Adjust Failed (PID$72≠$01)
(Auto) Please retry the handle
operation to left and right.
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen H)

PRESS [ENTER]
* NOW PROCESSING *
TIME REMAINING: [Time] is Count down

from 40 sec. F
[TIME] SEC.
PRELIMINARY
G SCREEN FLOW (CONTINUED)
detected other
DTC
H
(Auto) DTC detected DTC detected DTC detected
"C1515" only "C1525"or"C1526" "C1581"
(Screen J) (Screen K) (Screen L)

TRQ SENSOR ADJUST TRQ SENSOR ADJUST TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
CAUTION FAILED FAILED
-Center the steering DTC C1525 or C1526 DTC C1581 was

wheel. was detected. detected.
-Remove hands from Please refer to Please confirm that
the steering wheel. the service manual the THS ECU and BODY
-The steering wheel for the diagnosis ECU are connected.
will vibrate. procedure.
vibration.
PRESS [ENTER]
[EXIT]
[ENTER] [ENTER]
D
[ENTER] I D
(Auto) C
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen M)

Press [ENTER]
after the steering
vibration has
stopped.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
(Screen N)
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST
* NOW PROCESSING *
TIME REMAINING:
[TIME] SEC. from 4 sec.

C
(Auto)
DTC detected “C1516”

DTC not detected
(Screen O) (Screen P)

FAILED H
DTC C1516 was
detected.
COMPLETE Please refer to
the service manual
for the diagnosis
procedure.
PRELIMINARY
H C
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen Q) TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen S)

FAILED FAILED

service manual for Please refer to
the DTC that was The service manual
detected. for the diagnosis
procedure.
[ENTER]
I
D
TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen R)
FAILED
Clear the DTC and

please try again. TRQ SENSOR ADJUST (Screen T)
EXIT
Turn Power Switch

PRESS [ENTER]
OFF and ON.
PRESS [ENTER]
PRELIMINARY
Last Updated: February 16, 2005
Part 2: Data List and Active Tests
VEHICLE COVERAGE .........................................................................................................................2
TABLE 1-DATA LIST- NEW PARAMETERS/CHANGES....................................................................3

ABS/VSC...............................................................................................................................................................................................3
Air Conditioner ....................................................................................................................................................................................9
Body.......................................................................................................................................................................................................9
Body No. 3 .............................................................................................................................................................................................9
Body No. 4 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................10
Body No. 5 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................10
Clearance Sonar .................................................................................................................................................................................11
D-Seat Switch......................................................................................................................................................................................12
ECT .....................................................................................................................................................................................................12
EMPS...................................................................................................................................................................................................13
EFI .......................................................................................................................................................................................................13
HV (CAN) ...........................................................................................................................................................................................15
Master Switch .....................................................................................................................................................................................20
Meter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................20
Power Source Control ........................................................................................................................................................................20
Smart Access.......................................................................................................................................................................................21
Smart Key ...........................................................................................................................................................................................23
VGRS...................................................................................................................................................................................................25
4WD.....................................................................................................................................................................................................25
TABLE 2-ACTIVE TEST-NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES ......................................................................26

ABS/VSC.............................................................................................................................................................................................26
Air Conditioner ..................................................................................................................................................................................27
Body No. 3 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................28
Body No. 4 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................28
Body No. 5 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................29
Door .....................................................................................................................................................................................................29
EFI .......................................................................................................................................................................................................29
HV (CAN) ...........................................................................................................................................................................................30
Meter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................30
Smart Access.......................................................................................................................................................................................32
4WD.....................................................................................................................................................................................................32
PRELIMINARY
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Evaluation Version 12.1a Diagnostic Tester software includes full support for all 2005 model year vehicles.
LEXUS TOYOTA
GS300 HIGHLANDER HV (Preliminary
GS430 PRIUS (Preliminary)
RX400H (Preliminary) SOLARA (Preliminary)
PRELIMINARY
TABLE 1-DATA LIST- NEW PARAMETERS/CHANGES
System: ABS/VSC
TROUBLE CODE Freeze Frame DTC

Master Cylinder Pressure
MAS CYL PRESS 1
Sensor 1
MAS CYL PRESS 2
Sensor 2
PEDAL STROKE Stroke Sensor
PEDAL STROKE 2 Stroke Sensor 2
ACC PRESS SENS Accumulator Pressure Sensor
DECELERAT SEN 2 Deceleration Sensor 2
ACCELERATOR % Accelerator Opening Angle %

ALL and/or
RX400H YAW RATE SENS 1 Yaw Rate Sensor 1 New for Ver.12.1.
USER DATA
STEERING SEN Steering Angle Sensor

FR Wheel Cylinder Pressure
FR W/C SENS
Sensor
FL Wheel Cylinder Pressure
FL W/C SENS
Sensor
RR Wheel Cylinder Pressure
RR W/C SENS
Sensor
RL Wheel Cylinder Pressure
RL W/C SENS
Sensor
Shift Lever Position
LEVER POSITION
Information
Reservoir Level Warning
RESERVOIR SW
Switch
IDLE SW Main Idle Switch
STOP LAMP SW Stop Lamp Switch
PARKNG BRAKE SW Parking Brake Switch
ABS WARN LAMP ABS Warning Lamp
PRELIMINARY
System: ABS/VSC (continued)
BRAKE WARN LAMP Brake Warning Lamp
SLIP INDI LAMP Slip Indicator Lamp
BUZZER Buzzer
VSC WARN LAMP VSC Warning Lamp
ECB WARN LAMP ECB Warning Lamp
ECB MTR RELAY ECB Motor Relay
ECB MTR RELAY 2 ECB Motor Relay 2
ECB RELAY ECB Main Relay
ECB RELAY 2 ECB Main Relay 2

Voltage of Master Cylinder
VOLT M/C SEN
Pressure Sensor
Voltage of Master Cylinder
VOLT M/C SEN 2
Pressure Sensor 2
VOLT STROK SEN Voltage of Stroke Sensor
VOLT STROK SEN2 Voltage of Stroke Sensor 2

ALL and/or
RX400H FR WHEEL ACCEL FR Wheel Acceleration New for Ver.12.1
USER DATA
FL WHEEL ACCEL FL Wheel Acceleration
RR WHEEL ACCEL RR Wheel Acceleration
RL WHEEL ACCEL RL Wheel Acceleration

ZERO DECELERAT
Sensor
ZERO DECELERAT2
Sensor 2
Zero Point of Yaw Rate
ZERO YAW RATE
Sensor
Zero Point of Steering Angle
ZERO STEERING
Sensor
LATERAL G Lateral G
FORWARD&REA G Forward and Rearward G
YAW RATE VALUE Yaw Rate Value
STEERING ANGLE Steering Angle Value

FR Regenerative Request
FR RQST TORQ
Torque
FR Regenerative Operation
FR OPERATE TORQ
Torque
PRELIMINARY
RR Regenerative Request
RR RQST TORQ
Torque
RR Regenerative Operation
RR OPERATE TORQ
Torque
REGEN COOP Regenerative Cooperation
TRAC STATUS TRAC Control Status
TRAC BRK STATUS TRAC Brake Control Status
FR VSC STATUS FR Wheel VSC Control Status
FL VSC STATUS FL Wheel VSC Control Status

RR Wheel VSC Control
RR VSC STATUS
Status
RL VSC STATUS RL Wheel VSC Control Status
FR ABS STATUS FR Wheel ABS Control Status
FL ABS STATUS FL Wheel ABS Control Status

RR Wheel ABS Control
RR ABS STATUS
Status
ALL and /or RL ABS STATUS RL Wheel ABS Control Status

RX400H New for Ver.12.1
USER DATA
FORWARD&REA G Forward and Rearward G
PEDAL STROKE Stroke Sensor

MAS CYL PRESS 1
Sensor 1
M/C PRESS GRADE
Sensor Grade
YAW RATE Yaw Rate Sensor
LATERAL G Lateral G
STEERING SEN Steering Angle Sensor
ACCELERATOR % Accelerator Opening Angle %
PRELIMINARY
FR W/C SENS
Sensor
FL Wheel Cylinder Pressure
FL W/C SENS
Sensor
RR W/C SENS
Sensor
RL W/C SENS
Sensor
ACC PRESS SENS Accumulator Pressure Sensor
MAS CYL PRESS 2
Sensor 2
PEDAL STROKE 2 Stroke Sensor 2
MTR VOLTAGE Motor Relay Voltage Value
SLAFR CUR SLAFR Solenoid Current
SLAFL CUR SLAFL Solenoid Current
SLARR CUR SLARR Solenoid Current
SLARL CUR SLARL Solenoid Current
SLRFR CUR SLRFR Solenoid Current

ALL and /or
RX400H SLRFL CUR SLRFL Solenoid Current New for Ver.12.1
USER DATA
SLRRR CUR SLRRR Solenoid Current
SLRRL CUR SLRRL Solenoid Current
FR TARGET OIL FR Wheel Target Oil Pressure
FL TARGET OIL FL Wheel Target Oil Pressure
RR TARGET OIL RR Wheel Target Oil Pressure
RL TARGET OIL RL Wheel Target Oil Pressure

Detailed Code for Freeze
DETAILED CODE
Frame DTC
IG1 VOLTAGE IG1 Voltage Value
IG2 VOLTAGE IG2 Voltage Value
BS1 VOLTAGE BS1 Voltage Value
BS2 VOLTAGE BS2 Voltage Value
VM1 VOLTAGE VM1 Voltage Value
VM2 VOLTAGE VM2 Voltage Value
PRELIMINARY
+B1 VOLTAGE +B1 Voltage Value
+B2 VOLTAGE +B2 Voltage Value

Elapsed Time after Ignition
ELAPSED TIME
Switch ON
CAPA MODE Capacitor Mode
SCSS ECB Solenoid (SCSS)
SMC2 ECB Solenoid (SMC2)

Shift Lever Position
LEVER POSITION
Information
ALL and/or
RX400H BUZZER Buzzer New for Ver.12.1
USER DATA
Reservoir Level Warning
RESERVOIR SW
Switch
OPERATED SYSTEM Operated System
PARKNG BRAKE SW Parking Brake Switch
#IG ON Number of IG ON
Elapsed Time after Freeze
FREEZE TIME
Trigger
Zero Point of Yaw Rate
ZERO YAW RATE 2
Sensor 2
SLAFR CUR SLAFR Solenoid Current
SLAFL CUR SLAFL Solenoid Current
SLARR CUR SLARR Solenoid Current
SLARL CUR SLARL Solenoid Current
SLRFR CUR SLRFR Solenoid Current
PRELIMINARY
SLRFL CUR SLRFL Solenoid Current

SLRRR CUR SLRRR Solenoid Current
SLRRL CUR SLRRL Solenoid Current
FR SPD OPN FR Speed Sensor Open
FL SPD OPN FL Speed Sensor Open
RR SPD OPN RR Speed Sensor Open
RL SPD OPN RL Speed Sensor Open
YAW RATE OPN Yaw Rate Sensor Open
DECELERAT OPN Deceleration Sensor Open
STEERING OPN Steering Angle Sensor Open

M/C OPN
Sensor Open
M/C2 OPN
Sensor2 Open
RX400H STROKE OPN Stroke Sensor Open
FR W/C OPN
ALL and/or Sensor Open
FL Wheel Cylinder Pressure New for Ver.12.1
USER DATA FL W/C OPN
Sensor Open
RR W/C OPN
Sensor Open
RL W/C OPN
Sensor Open
Accumulator Pressure Sensor
ACC OPN
Open
HV COM OPN HV Communication Open
SCSS ECB Solenoid (SCSS)
#DTC Number of DTC
FR WHEEL DIR FR Wheel Direction
FL WHEEL DIR FL Wheel Direction

GS300/430
RR WHEEL DIR RR Wheel Direction
RL WHEEL DIR RL Wheel Direction
PRELIMINARY
The aim pulse of servomotor
for air mix damper for driver
AIR MIX PULSE-D
side.

ALL and/or for air mix damper for
GS430 AIR MIX PULSE-P
USER DATA passenger side.
&AVALON
and/or New for Ver.12.1.
DIAG& The aim pulse of servomotor
CUSTOMIZE AIR OUT PULSE-D for air outlet damper for driver
side.
A/I DAMP PLS
for air inlet damper.
GS430 A/B DAMP PLS
for cool air bypass.
System: Body
USER DATA
WARN BY SIREN Warning by self power siren
and/or
New for Ver.12.1a
DIAG&
FOOT LIGHTS Foot Lights Set Up
CUSTOMIZE
GS300/430 ALL and/or
SNOW MODE SW Snow mode SW Updates for Ver.12.1a
USER DATA
and/or
DIAG& ILLUMI SW Illumination SW New for Ver.12.1a
CUSTOMIZE
System: Body No. 3
FRONT WIPER SW Front Wiper Switch
SEAT LIGHT CTRL Seat Light Control

ALL and/or
USER DATA
GS300/430 and/or STEERING LIGHT Steering Light Control New for Ver.12.1a
DIAG&
CUSTOMIZE
SHIFT LIGHT CTL Shift Light Control
LUGG COURTSY SW Luggage courtesy switch
PRELIMINARY
System: Body No. 3 (continued)
CLOSE POS SW CLOSE POSITION SW
OPEN POS SW OPEN POSITION SW

ALL and/or
USER DATA
GS300/430 and/or LUGG PUSH SW Luggage push switch New for Ver.12.1a
DIAG&
CUSTOMIZE
IG SW IG sw
LUGG OPEN SW Lid Open SW
System: Body No. 4
R OUTPUT TIME Reverse output response time
ALL and/or
USER DATA
GS300/430 and/or STOP LIGHT SW Stop light switch New for Ver.12.1a
DIAG&
CUSTOMIZE
LICENSE LGT Tr. License light Tr
System: Body No. 5
ALT L SIGNAL Alt L Signal
AVALON ALL and/or OIL LEVEL SENS Oil Level Sensor

USER DATA
and/or New for Ver.12.1a
DIAG&
CUSTOMIZE FRONT WIPER SW Front Wiper Switch
AVALON
HOOD CURTESY SW Hood courtesy Switch
GS300/430
PRELIMINARY
System: Body No. 5 (continued)
OIL PRESS SW Oil Pressure Switch

ALL and/or
USER DATA SPEED MODE Speed mode
AVALON and/or New for Ver.12.1a
DIAG& AUTO WIPER Auto wiper
CUSTOMIZE
REWIPE CONTROL Rewipe control
Steering angle midpoint initial
INITIAL SETTING
setting
Setting angle midpoint current
CURRENT SETTING
setting
ECU TYPE Type of Clearance Sonar ECU
SOUND VOLUME Sound volume
DISPLAY MODE Display mode

Front left sensor detected area
FL AREA COLOR
color
ALL and/or
Front left center sensor detected
USER DATA FLC AREA COLOR
area color
GS300/430 and/or New for Ver.12.1a
DIAG& Front right center sensor
FRC AREA COLOR
CUSTOMIZE detected area color
Front right sensor detected area
FR AREA COLOR
color
Rear left sensor detected area
RL AREA COLOR
color
Rear left center sensor detected
RLC AREA COLOR
area color
Rear right center sensor
RRC AREA COLOR
detected area color
Rear right sensor detected area
RR AREA COLOR
color
SONAR MODE Sonar mode
PRELIMINARY
System: D-Seat Switch
SONAR MAIN SW Intuitive parking assist switch.

ODO TRIP change switch.
ODO/TRIP SW
TRIP RESET SW Trip reset switch.
R-SHADE F SW Rear electric sunshade switch.
TRNK OPN SW Trunk lid opener switch.
FUEL LID OPN SW Fuel filler door opener switch.
AFS OFF SW AFS system cancel switch.
The light-up switch of

RHEOSTAT UP SW
instrument panel light control.
The light-down switch of
RHEOSTAT DWN SW
instrument panel light control.
ALL and/or
GS300/430 New for Ver.12.1.
USER DATA The switch with which the
intensity of instrument panel
TAIL CANCEL SW
light does not decrease when a
headlight switch is ON.
The mode change switch of
ECD AUTO SW
Light sensitive operation meter.
MIRR SEL SW R Right mirror select switch.
MIRR SEL SW L Left mirror select switch.

The switch of move to right-
MIRR POS SW R
side.
MIRR POS SW L The switch of move to left-side.
MIRR POS SW UP The switch of move to up-side.

The switch of move to down-
MIRR POS SW DWN
side.
MIRR FOLD SW The switch of Mirror folding.
System: ECT
NEUTRAL Shift switch status (N range)

USER DATA
GS300/430 New for Ver.12.1a
Primary
PARKING Shift switch status (P range)
PRELIMINARY
System: EMPS
BATTERY VOLTAGE Battery Voltage
DRDD VOLTAGE DRDD Voltage
HV BAT VOLTAGE HV Battery Voltage

RX400H
ALL and/or
Highlander POWER OK SIG Power Source OK Signal New for Ver.12.1a
USER DATA
HV
BREAK GATE REQ Break Gate Request Signal
DC-DC Converter Warning
DC-DC WARNING
Signal
PS ASSIST SIG Power Steering Assist Signal
System: EFI
RX400H
USER DATA
Highlander VAPOR PRES TANK Vapor Pressure Tank
EVAP
HV
AVALON AICV VSV AICV VSV
FUEL FILLER OPN Fuel Filler Opener

RX400H
Highlander
HV
FVCV Fuel Vapor-containment Valve New for Ver.12.1a
USER DATA
PRIMARY
GS300 A/C MAG CLUTCH A/C magnetic clutch relay
FUEL LID Fuel lid

RX400H
Highlander
HV
FUEL LID SW Fuel lid switch
PRELIMINARY
System: EFI
VVT exhaust hold duty ratio

VVT EX HOLD B1
learning value (bank1)
VVT exhaust change angle
VVT EX CHG ANG1
(bank1)
VVT exhaust OCV duty
VVT EX OCV D B1
GS300 USER DATA (bank1)
AVALON PRIMARY VVT exhaust hold duty ratio
VVT EX HOLD B2
learning value (bank2)
VVT exhaust change angle
VVT EX CHG ANG2
(bank2)
VVT exhaust OCV duty
VVT EX OCV D B2
(bank2)
INJ TIMMING D4 Injection timing (D4)
SCV STATUS D4 SCV status (D4)

New for Ver.12.1a
USER DATA SCV ANGLE D4 SCV angle (D4)
PRIMARY
ENGINE
GS300 CONTROL SCV ANG SENS D4 SCV angle Sensor (D4)
FUEL PUMP D4 Fuel pump duty (D4)
COMBUSTION D4 Combustion status (D4)
USER DATA
INJ TIME D4 Injection time (D4)
PRIMARY
NEUTRAL Shift switch status (N range)
USER DATA
AVALON PARKING Shift switch status (P range)
A/T
SPD(NC) SPD (NC)
PRELIMINARY
System: EFI (continued)
USER DATA
GS300 FUEL PRESS Fuel Pressure New for Ver.12.1a
PRIMARY
Old : Old :
LS430 VAPOR PRESSURE Vapor Pressure
PRIUS New : New :
USER DATA VAPOR PRES TANK Vapor Pressure Tank
EVAP Old : Old :
GS300/430
VAPOR PRESSURE Vapor Pressure
AVALON
New : New :
TUNDRA
VAPOR PRES PUMP Vapor Pressure Pump
Update for Ver.12.1a
Old : Old :
TACOMA AIR PUMP PRES Air Pump Pressure
TUNDRA New : New :
AIR PMP PRS(A) Air pump pressure (absolute)
USER DATA
Old : Old :
GS300/430 PURGE FLOW Purge Flow
AVALON New : New :
EVAP PURGE FLOW Evap Purge Flow
System: HV (CAN)
SHIFT SW P Shift Sensor SW - P
SHIFT SW R Shift Sensor SW - R
SHIFT SW N Shift Sensor SW - N
SHIFT SW D Shift Sensor SW - D
SHIFT SW B Shift Sensor SW - B
SHIFT SW FD Shift Sensor SW - FD

RX400H ALL and/or SHIFT SW RV Shift Sensor SW - RV New for Ver.12.1a
Highlander HV USER DATA
SHIFT SW MJ Shift Sensor SW - MJ
REGEN EXEC TORQ Regenrative Brake Torq

Request Regenerative Brake
REGEN RQST TORQ
Torq
MCYL CTRL POWOR Master Cylinder Control Torq
Times of low temperature start-

L-TEMP ST JUDGE
judging
Low temperature-starting
L-TEMP ST TIME
accumulation time
PRELIMINARY
System: HV (CAN) (continued)
Rr MOTOR REV Rear Motor Revolution
Rr MOTOR TORQ Rear Motor Torq
Rr INVERT TEMP Rear Inverter temperature
Rr MOTOR TEMP Rear Motor temperature
Rr TORQ RATIO Rear torque distribution ratio

ALL and/or
USER DATA Rear Motor Torque execute
R-MOTOR TRQ EXC
value
RMG CTRL MODE RMG control mode
Rr RGN EXE TORQ Rear Regenrative Brake Torq

Rear Request Regenerative
Rr RGN RQ TORQ
Brake Torq
RX400H
New for Ver.12.1a
Highlander HV MG1 GATE MG1 gate status
SMR/GATE CNV GATE Converter gate status

STATUS
USER DATA A/C GATE Aircon gate status
SHUTDOWN Rr Shutdown (Rear)

INFORMATON
1
INFORMATON
2
INFORMATON
Rr MOTOR REV Rear Motor Revolution
3
INFORMATON
4
INFORMATON
5
PRELIMINARY
Rr MOTOR TORQ Rear Motor Torq
Rr INVERT TEMP Rear Inverter temperature

INFORMATON
1 Rr MOTOR TEMP Rear Motor temperature
INFORMATON
2 Rear Inverter temperature
Rr INVRT TMP IG
INFORMATON after IG-ON
3 Rear Motor temperature
Rr MOTOR TMP IG
INFORMATON after IG-ON
4
Rear Inverter temperature
INFORMATON RrINVRT TMP MAX
RX400H 5 MAX
Highlander HV
RrMOTOR TMP MAX Rear Motor temperature MAX
HV COOLANT TEMP HV Coolant Temperature
Rr MOT TEMP LATEST TRIP New for Ver.12.1a

The latest times of trip
HI
Rr INV TEMP The times of operation 1
HI BEF LATST OPER
before the latest time
The times of trip 1 before
BEF LATST TRIP
the latest time
SHIFT W/O LATEST TRIP The latest times of trip

PRIUS(05MY)
BRK
RX400H
SHIFT R/D IG The times of operation 1 before
Highlander HV BEF LATST OPER
ON
the latest time

BEF LATST TRIP
latest time
RX400H USER DATA

BATTERY SOC Battery State of Charge
Highlander HV HV BATTERY
PRELIMINARY
IB BATTERY Current value of Battery Pack

RX400H USER DATA
New for Ver.12.1a
Highlander HV HV BATTERY V13 BATT BLOCK Battery Block Voltage -V13
VMF FAN VOLT1 VMF fan motor voltage1
AUX.BAT V Auxiliary battery voltage

Charge control value which sent
WIN
to HV-ECU from battery-ECU
Discharge control value which
WOUT sent to HV-ECU from battery-
ECU
DELTA SOC Delta SOC
Cooling fan stop control request
SBLW RQST
(Standby Blower )
COOLING FAN1 COOLING FAN MODE1
ECU CTRL MODE ECU Control mode
BATT TEMP1 Temperature of battery TB1
PRELIMINARY
NUM OF BATT The number of Battery Block

Accumulated time of Battery
BLOW TIME
LOW
Accumulated time of DC
DCIH TIME
RX400H USER DATA Inhibit New for Ver.12.1a
Highlander HV HV BATTERY Accumulated time of Battery
BHI TIME
too High
Accumulated time of Hot
HTMP TIME
Temperature
Battery Block Minimum
BAT BLOCK MIN V
Voltage
MIN BAT BLOCK# Minimum Battery Block No
BAT BLOCK MAX V Battery Block Max Voltage
MAX BAT BLOCK# Max Battery Block No
PRELIMINARY

RX400H USER DATA
11 INTNL RESIST Internal resistance R11 New for Ver.12.1a
Highlander HV HV BATTERY
DIAG&
GS300/430 UP/SMART P/W Up w/ smart New for Ver.12.1.
CUSTOMIZE
System: Meter
ECD SUNLIGHT ECD Sunlight Sensor

ALL and/or
USER DATA
ECD PERMEATION ECD Permeation Level
System: Power Source Control
N SW/ C SW Neutral SW/ Clutch SW

GS300/430 ALL and/or
New for Ver.12.1a
AVALON USER DATA starter requesting signal
ST REQUEST SIG
monitor
PRELIMINARY
System: Smart Access
D TOUCH SENSOR D-door touch sensor
P TOUCH SENSOR P-door touch sensor
DR TOUCH SENSOR DR-door touch sensor
PR TOUCH SENSOR PR-door touch sensor
ACC SW ACC sw
SMART ignition available
IGNITION AREA
area(05MY)
Wait time to permit opening
PARK WAIT TIME
door after locking
Trunk open mode with when
TRUNK OPEN MODE
vehicle is locked(05MY)
Warn when the key battery
KEY LO-BATT WRN
becomes weak
UNMATCH V-ID unmatched vehicle-ID
ALL and/or unmatched response code or
USER DATA UNMATCH FORMAT
format New for Ver.12.1a
GS300/430 and/or
DIAG& LOW BATTERY key low battery
CUSTOMIZE
WRONG CODE ID code difference(Response)
WRONG C CODE C code difference

power save counter - 10
P/S 10-MIN
minutes
P/S 5-DAY power save counter - 5 days
P/S 14-DAY power save counter - 14days
WRONG ID CODE ID code difference
WRONG ROL CODE Different Rolling Code

SMART door unlock
DOOR UNLOCK MOD
mode(05MY)
Smart function cancel
FUNCTION CANCEL
sw(05MY)
PERMIT(START) PERMIT(START)
IMMOBILISER IMMOBILIZER
SUB KEY Sub key
BCC BCC malfunction
PRELIMINARY
System: Smart Access (continued)
FRAME Frame error
RESPONSE Response
Wireless starter communication
WIRLES COM ID
ID
SLCK SLEEP COND Steeringlock Sleep Condition
SLCK START COND Steeringlock Start Condition
STEERING LOCK Steering Lock
STEERING UNLOCK Steering Unlock

ALL and/or
USER DATA PWR SUPPLY SHRT Power Supply Short
DIAG& MTR DRIVER SHRT Motor Driver Short
CUSTOMIZE
LCK BAR STUCK Lock Bar Stuck Error
PUSH START ERR Push Start Error
IG2 IG2 Status
IG(LIN) IG(Lin)
IDBX SLEEP COND IDBOX Sleep Condition
IDBX START COND IDBOX Start Condition
PRELIMINARY
System: Smart Access (continued)
UNLC RQ RECEIVE Unlock Request Receive

ALL and/or
USER DATA EFI COM EFI Communication
DIAG& START RQST-PAST Engine Start Request(PAST)
CUSTOMIZE
L CODE CHK-PAST L Code Check(Past)
System: Smart Key
DR TOUCH SENSOR DR-door touch sensor
ALL and/or PR TOUCH SENSOR PR-door touch sensor

USER DATA DR TRIGGER SW DR-door trigger switch
and/or
DIAG& PR TRIGGER SW PR-door trigger switch
CUSTOMIZE
TR/B-DOOR UNLK Trunk/Bach-door unlock switch
ACC SW ACC sw
USER DATA SMART ignition available
IGNITION AREA
and/or area(05MY)
DIAG& Trunk open mode with when
TRUNK OPEN MODE
CUSTOMIZE vehicle is locked(05MY)
WRONG CODE ID code difference(Response)
WRONG C CODE C code difference

GS300/430 WRONG ID CODE ID code difference New for Ver.12.1a
WRONG ROL CODE Different Rolling Code

SMART door unlock
DOOR UNLOCK MOD
mode(05MY)
ALL and/or Smart function cancel
USER DATA FUNCTION CANCEL
sw(05MY)
and/or
DIAG& PERMIT(START) PERMIT(START)
CUSTOMIZE
IMMOBILISER IMMOBILIZER
SUB KEY Sub key
BCC BCC malfunction
PRELIMINARY
System: Smart Key (continued)
FRAME Frame error
RESPONSE Response
Wireless starter communication
WIRLES COM ID
ID
SLCK SLEEP COND Steeringlock Sleep Condition
SLCK START COND Steeringlock Start Condition
STEERING LOCK Steering Lock
STEERING UNLOCK Steering Unlock
PWR SUPPLY SHRT Power Supply Short
PWR SUPPLY OPEN Power Supply Open
MTR DRIVER SHRT Motor Driver Short

ALL and/or
USER DATA LCK BAR STUCK Lock Bar Stuck Error
DIAG& PUSH START ERR Push Start Error
CUSTOMIZE
IG2 IG2 Status
IG(LIN) IG(Lin)
IDBX SLEEP COND IDBOX Sleep Condition
IDBX START COND IDBOX Start Condition

UNLC RQ RECEIVE Unlock Request Revieve

EFI COM EFI Communication
START RQST-PAST Engine Start Request(PAST)
L CODE CHK-PAST L Code Check(Past)
PRELIMINARY
System: VGRS
New
Support/Updates
ELEC ANGLE POS Electric Angle Position
RES OFFSET(SIN) Resolver Offset(SIN)
RES OFFSET(COS) Resolver Offset(COS)
MG2 CURRENT U Motor Current U
MG2 CURRENT V Motor Current V
MG2 CURRENT W Motor Current W
MOTOR VOLTAGE Motor Power Supply Voltage

ALL and/or
GS430 STEERING POS1 Steering position1(Parallel) New for Ver.12.1a
USER DATA
STEERING POS2 Steering position2(Serial)
ACTUATOR POS Actuator Position
STR ANGL VEL Steering Wheel Angle Velocity
ACT TARGET ANG1 Actuator Target Angle1
ACT REV SPD Actuator Revolution Speed
ACT DEV ANGLE Actuator Deviation Angle
MODE STATE Mode State
System: 4WD

ALL and/or
USER DATA SLIP INDI LAMP Slip Indicator Lamp
4WD WARN LAMP 4WD Warning Lamp
STEERING ANGLE Steering Angle Value
SLC CUR SLC Solenoid Current
#DTC Number of DTC
PRELIMINARY
TABLE 2-ACTIVE TEST-NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES
System: ABS/VSC
Active Test Name
Vehicle Test Description New Support/Updates
(Select Menu Item Name)
STP LAMP RELAY Stop Lamp Relay
BRAKE WARN LAMP Brake Warning Lamp
SLIP INDI LAMP Slip Indicator Lamp
VSC WARN LAMP VSC Warning Lamp
ABS WARN LAMP ABS Warning Lamp
BUZZER Buzzer
SLRRL CLOSE ECB Solenoid (SLRRL) Valve Close
SLARL CLOSE ECB Solenoid (SLARL) Valve Close
SLRRR CLOSE ECB Solenoid (SLRRR) Valve Close
SLARR CLOSE ECB Solenoid (SLARR) Valve Close
SLRFL CLOSE ECB Solenoid (SLRFL) Valve Close
SLAFL CLOSE ECB Solenoid (SLAFL) Valve Close
RX400H SLRFR CLOSE ECB Solenoid (SLRFR) Valve Close New for Ver.12.1.
SLAFR CLOSE ECB Solenoid (SLAFR) Valve Close
ZERO DOWN Accumulator Zero Down Activation

Stroke Simulator Cut Valve Pattern
SCSS PATTERN
Activation
ECB INVALID ECB Control Invalid

Actuator Air Bleeding Pattern
ACT PATTERN
Activation
Power Supply Air Bleeding Pattern
POWER SUPPLY2
Activation2
Power Supply Air Bleeding Pattern
POWER SUPPLY1
Activation1
ECB WARN LAMP ECB Warning Lamp
PRELIMINARY
TABLE 2-ACTIVE TEST-NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES (continued)
Active Test Name
RL Wheel Air Bleeding Pattern
RL AIR BLEEDING
Activation
RR Wheel Air Bleeding Pattern
RR AIR BLEEDING
Activation

RX400H
PUMP PATTERN Pump Check Pattern Activation
Drain System Air Bleeding Pattern

DRAIN PATTERN
Activation
SOL RELAY Solenoid Relay
SRLR ABS Solenoid (SRLR)

New for Ver.12.1.
SRLH ABS Solenoid (SRLH)
SRRR ABS Solenoid (SRRR)
SRRH ABS Solenoid (SRRH)

GS300/430
SFLR ABS Solenoid (SFLR)
SFLH ABS Solenoid (SFLH)
SFRR ABS Solenoid (SFRR)
SFRH ABS Solenoid (SFRH)
SMR VSC/TRC Solenoid (SMR)
VSC/TRC Solenoid (SMF(BA-

SMF
SOL))
Active Test Name

HEATER1 Activate the warm for air conditioner.

GS430 New for Ver.12.1.
HEATER2 Activate the warm for air conditioner.
PRELIMINARY
System: Air Conditioner (continued)
Active Test Name

Activate the pulse of servomotor for air
AIR MIX PULSE-D
mix damper of driver side.
AIR MIX PULSE-P
GS430 mix damper of passenger side.
&AVALON Activate the pulse of servomotor for air
AIR OUT PULSE-D New for Ver.12.1.
outlet mode damper of driver side.
A/I DAMP PLS
inlet damper linearly.
Activate the pulse of servomotor for
GS430 A/B DAMP PLS
cool air bypass.
System: Body No. 3

Active Test Name
ALTER L OUTPUT Alternator L Signal Output
INT PANEL RLY Interior Panel Relay
TURN LAMP RH Turn Lamp RH
TURN LAMP LH Turn Lamp LH
SEAT LIGHT CTRL Seat Light Operation

STEERING LIGHT Steering Light Operation
SHIFT LIGHT CTL Shift Light Operation
LUGG LIGHT Luggage light control
FUEL LID OPEN FUEL lid open
TRUNK LID OPEN Trunk lid open
System: Body No. 4

Active Test Name
GS300/430 REVERSE SIG CTL Reverse signal control New for Ver.12.1a
PRELIMINARY
System: Body No. 5
Active Test Name
Cornering light RH
CORNER LIGHT RH
operation
GS300/430
Cornering light LH
CORNER LIGHT LH
operation
HEAD LIGHT(LO) Light HEAD (Low)
WIPER MOT(HI) Wiper motor HI

New for Ver.12.1.
WIPER MOT(LO) Wiper motor LO
AVALON
Rr DEF Rear defogger
SECURITY HORN Security Horn

Wireless buzzer
BUZZ CONT SOUND
(continuous sound)
System: Door
Active Test Name (Select
Menu Item Name)
Turn the curtesy lamp
CURTESY LAMP
ON/OFF.
Turn the manual switch of
GS300/430 P MANUAL SW LED New for Ver.12.1.
passenger seat ON/OFF.
Turn the ashtray light
ASHTRAY LIGHT
ON/OFF.
System: EFI
Active Test Name
AVALON ACM INHIBIT Control the ACM inhibit
Control the A/C magnet
A/C MAG CLUTCH
clutch
Control the injection timing
INJ TIMING #6
#6
New for Ver.12.1.
GS300 INJ TIMING #5
#5
INJ TIMING #4
#4
INJ TIMING #3
#3
PRELIMINARY
Active Test Name
INJ TIMING #2 Control the injection timing #2
INJ TIMING #1 Control the injection timing #1

GS300
SCV DUTY RATIO Control the SCV Duty Ratio
TARGET FUEL PRS Control the target fuel pressure

Control the VVT exhaust linear
VVT EX B1 New for Ver.12.1a
GS300 (bank1)
AVALON Control the VVT exhaust linear
VVT EX B2
(bank2)
FUEL FILLER OPN Fuel Filler Opener
RX400H
Highlander HV
FVCV Fuel Vapor-containment Valve
AVALON AICV VSV Activate the VSV for AICS
System: HV (CAN)
Active Test Name
TC/TE1 Connect the TC and TE1
RX400H Inspection mode -4WD
INSPECTION MOD3 New for Ver.12.1a
Highlander HV inspection
Inspection mode -4WD
INSPECTION MOD4
chassis-dynamo
System: Meter
Active Test Name
Indicator of Clearance Sonar
READY BUZZER
LCD
WATER PUMP Indicator of TEMS Sports
RX400H
Highlander HV
COOLING FAN SPEED Indicator of EPS
BATTERY CHECK Indicator of ECB

New for Ver.12.1a
Indicator of Clearance Sonar
CLEARANSE SONAR
LCD
GS300/430
TEMS（S） INDIC Indicator of TEMS Sports
RX400H EPS INDIC Indicator of EPS

Highlander HV
GS300/430 ECB INDIC Indicator of ECB
PRELIMINARY
System: Meter (continued)
Active Test Name
READY(HV) Indicator of Ready (HV)
RX400H
Highlander HV
MAIN BATT(HV) Indicator of Main Battery(HV)
POWER METER Power Meter Operation
READY(HV) Indicator of Ready (HV)
MAIN BATT(HV) Indicator of Main Battery(HV)

GS300/430
POWER METER Power Meter Operation
LANE DEVIATION Indicator of Lane Deviation
PRECRASH INDIC Indicator of Precrash
DABS INDIC Indicator of DABS
ECD ON INDIC Indicator of ECD
LANE DEVIATION Indicator of Lane Deviation
ECD ON INDIC Indicator of ECD New for Ver.12.1a
PRECRASH INDIC Indicator of Precrash
DABS INDIC Indicator of DABS

RX400H A/T INDEC（2） A/T Indicator Operation 2
Highlander HV
GS300/430 ECB INDIC Indicator of ECB
MST WARN INDIC Indicator of Master Warning
MULTI-DISP Multi-Display
MST WARN INDIC Indicator of Master Warning
MULTI-DISP Multi-Display
PRELIMINARY
System: Smart Access
Active Test Name
P SELECT SIG P-seat select
DR SELECT SIG DR-seat select
PR SELECT SIG DR-seat select

Inside luggage tuner power
IN LUG TUNER
supply ON
Overhead tuner power supply
OVERHEAD TUNER
ON (RCO output ON)
D TRANSMITTER D-seat outside communicator
P TRANSMITTER P-seat outside communicator

DR TRANSMITTER DR-seat outside communicator
PR TRANSMITTER PR-seat outside communicator
FR TRANSMITTER Fr-seat inside communicator
RR TRANSMITTER Rr-seat inside communicator

Inside trunk/ Inside backdoor
IN_BDR TRNSMTTR
communicator
Outside trunk/ outside
BDOOR TRNSMTTR
backdoor communicator
D SELECT SIG D-seat select
System: 4WD
Active Test Name
4WD Warning Lamp 4WD WARN LAMP
Slip Indicator Lamp SLIP INDI LAMP
PRELIMINARY
HOME

Last Updated: December 22, 2004
Contents:
• AIR INJECTION (AI) SYSTEM CHECK
• ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED BRAKE SYSTEM (ECB) UTILITY
• EVAP KEY OFF MONITOR SYSTEM
• TEST MODE FOR TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM (TPWS)
HOME
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Production Version 12.0a Diagnostic Tester software includes full support for all 2004 model year vehicles.
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
ES330 4RUNNER V6 xA
GS300 4RUNNER V8 xB
GS430 CAMRY tC
GX470 CELICA
IS300 COROLLA
LS430 ECHO
LX470 HIGHLANDER
RX330 LANDCRUISER
SC430 MATRIX
MR2
PRIUS
RAV4
SEQUOIA
SIENNA
SOLARA
TACOMA
TUNDRA
HOME
AIR INJECTION SYSTEM CHECK
Description:
This system check is used to identify malfunctioning Air Injection System components or to validate repair of
the system. This check allows the technician to control the Air Pump (AP) and Air Switching Valve(s) (ASV) in
specific patterns while observing the Air Pressure Sensor value. This test is applicable to 2UZ-FE equipped
2005 4Runner, Sequoia, Tundra, and GX 470 as well as the 2TR-FE equipped 2005 Tacoma.
The Air Injection System Check has two modes of operation:
1. Automatic: By selecting the Automatic operation, the Diagnostic Tester will automatically run the Air
Injection monitor. After completion of the System Check a pending DTC will be set if a failure is
detected.
2. Manual: By selecting the Manual operation, the user has the ability to control the status of the Air Pump
and ASV(s). The user must make a diagnostic decision based upon the Air Injection System’s reaction
to each operation. Pending DTCs will not set after completion of each Manual operation.
• There are 8 separate Manual operations for 2UZ-FE equipped vehicles and 3 Manual
operations for 2TR-FE equipped vehicles.
NOTE: See the Repair Manual and New Car Features for more information.
SAMPLE SCREEN FLOW ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
HOME
SCREEN FLOW
HOME
AUTOMATIC SCREEN FLOW (2TR-FE/2UZ-FE)
HOME
MANUAL SCREEN FLOW (2TR-FE)
After resting, the scantool

Version 12.0a automatically proceeds to 6 of 40
New Features Document the AIR INJ CHECK menu
HOME
MANUAL SCREEN FLOW (2TR-FE): Continued

HOME
MANUAL SCREEN FLOW (2TR-FE): Continued

HOME
MANUAL SCREEN FLOW (2UZ-FE)

HOME
MANUAL SCREEN FLOW (2UZ-FE): Continued

HOME

HOME

HOME

HOME

HOME

HOME

Version 12.0a
automatically proceeds to
16 of 40
HOME
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED BRAKE SYSTEM (ECB) UTILITY
Description:
This function contains the following service utilities for ECB vehicles. (2004 & 2005 Prius)
(1) ECB Invalid

This function is used to prohibit the ECB system prior to:
• Bleeding brakes
• On-vehicle inspection/replacement of master cylinder sub-assembly
• On-vehicle inspection of brake stroke simulator cylinder sub-assembly
• On-vehicle inspection and replacement of the brake actuator assembly
(2) Zero Down

This function is used to lower the internal pressure of the accumulator prior to the replacement of the
brake actuator assembly.

This function is used to calibrate the linear valve offset when any of the following components are
replaced:
• Skid Control ECU
• Brake actuator
• Brake pedal stroke sensor
NOTE: See the Brake section in the Repair Manual for more detailed information regarding ECB Utility.
HOME
SCREEN FLOW
1 2 3
ECB INVALID ZERO DOWN LINEAR VALVE

OFFSET CALIBRATION
HOME
SCREEN FLOW (continued)
To MENU
ECB UTILITY
HOME
[NO]
To MENU
HOME
ECB UTILITY
HOME
OFFSET CALIBRATION
HOME
ECB UTILITY
HOME
EVAP KEY OFF MONITOR
Description:
This system is very similar to the Key Off system first introduced on the 2004 Highlander (2AZ-FE). Unlike the
Highlander, the following 2005 models are equipped with the Key-Off EVAP System without a one-way valve:
• 4Runner (1GR-FE/2UZ-FE)
• Corolla (1ZZ-FE)
• Matrix (2WD/1ZZ-FE)
• Scion tC (2AZ-FE)
• Sequoia (2UZ-FE)
• Tacoma (2TR-FE/1GR-FE)
• Tundra (1GR-FE/2UZ-FE)
• GX470 (2UZ-FE)
The Key-Off EVAP System Check has two modes of operation:
3. Automatic: By operating the Automatic Mode of the EVAP System on the Diagnostic Tester, the
vehicle will run the EVAP monitor automatically. After completion of the EVAP Monitor a pending DTC
4. Manual: By operating the Manual Mode of the EVAP System on the Diagnostic Tester, the user has the
ability to control the EVAP Monitor step-by-step. The user must make a diagnostic decision based upon
the EVAP System’s reaction to each step of the test. No pending DTC will be set after completion of the
EVAP Monitor.
NOTE: See the Repair Manual and New Car Features for more information.
HOME
SAMPLE SCREEN FLOW
1 2
Automatic Manual
HOME
System Check Menu
HOME
To System Check Menu
HOME
System Check Menu
HOME
System Check Menu
HOME
TEST MODE for TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM (TPWS)
Description:
This function shifts the TPWS to TEST MODE. During TEST MODE, the system is not initialized by pushing the
tire pressure warning reset switch. The circuit of the tire pressure warning reset switch can be inspected during
this mode. This Test Mode is applicable to 2005 Sequoia, Tacoma, and Tundra.
NOTE: See the repair manual for a detailed procedure in Diagnostics-Tire Pressure Warning System.
SAMPLE SCREEN FLOW
HOME
To UTILITY Menu
HOME
TABLE 1-DATA LIST- NEW PARAMETERS/CHANGES
System: ABS
Vehicle Data List Parameter Name Description New Support/Update
ALL MAS CYL PRESS
TACOMA Master cylinder pressure 1 New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA 1
ALL MAS CYL PRESS
TACOMA Master cylinder pressure 2 New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA 2
ALL ACC PRESS
TACOMA Accumulator pressure sensor New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA SENS
New for Ver.12.0a
The rate of accelerator
LS430 ACCELERATOR % (available only for freeze
opening angle
frame data)
System: Active Height Control System (AHC)

ALL
LX470 FR HEIGHT Front Right Height Sensor Value New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
LX470 FL HEIGHT Front Left Height Sensor Value New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
LX470 RR HEIGHT Rear Height Sensor Value New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
LX470 FR ADJUST Front Right Height Adjust Value New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
LX470 FL ADJUST Front Left Height Adjust Value New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
LX470 RR ADJUST Rear Height Adjust Value New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL FR AFTER Front Right Height After Height
LX470 New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA ADJUST Adjust
ALL FL AFTER Front Left Height After Height
LX470 New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA ADJUST Adjust
ALL RR AFTER
LX470 Rear Height After Height Adjust New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA ADJUST
System: Cruise Control System (CCS)

Deleted for Ver.12.0a

ALL
LS430 VSC FAIL SAFE VSC communication fail safe flag (This parameter has no
USER DATA
diagnostic significance.)
HOME
System: EFI
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR 2nd AIR MON 2nd Air Monitor New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma Primary
Tundra User Data Short term Fuel Trim for Bank 2
AF FT B2 S1 New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia Engine Control Sensor 1
4Runner A/F Control System
Tacoma Primary
Tundra User Data Air Fuel ratio Sensor output voltage
AFS B2 S1 New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia Engine Control for Bank 2 Sensor 1
4Runner A/F Control System
Tacoma
Tundra Primary
ATM PRESSURE Atmospheric Pressure New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia User Data
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra Comprehensive Component
MONITOR CCM ENA New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia Monitor Enable
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR FUEL ENA Fuel System Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR MISFIRE ENA Misfire Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra Comprehensive Component
MONITOR CCM CMPL New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia Monitor Complete
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR FUEL CMPL Fuel System Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR MISFIRE CMPL Misfire Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR EGR ENA EGR Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
HOME
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR HTR ENA O2S(A/FS) Heater Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR O2S(A/FS) ENA O2S(A/FS) Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR ACRF ENA A/C Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR AIR ENA 2nd Air Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR EVAP ENA EVAP Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR HCAT ENA Heated Catalyst Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR CAT ENA Catalyst Monitor Enable New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR EGR CMPL EGR Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra O2S(A/FS) Heater Monitor
MONITOR HTR CMPL New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia Complete
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR O2S(A/FS) CMPL O2S(A/FS) Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR ACRF CMPL A/C Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
HOME
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR AIR CMPL 2nd Air Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR EVAP CMPL EVAP Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR HCAT CMPL Heated Catalyst Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
USER DATA
Tundra
MONITOR CAT CMPL Catalyst Monitor Complete New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
STATUS
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra Primary
VEHICLE LOAD Vehicle Load New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia User Data
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA
SPD(NT) Input turbine speed New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia A/T
4Runner
USER DATA
Tacoma SPD(NC0) C0 clutch speed New for Ver.12.0a
A/T
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA
SPD (SP2) Output shaft speed New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia A/T
4Runner
Tundra
USER DATA OVERDRIVE CUT Overdrive cut switch No. 1 status
Sequoia New for Ver.12.0a
A/T SW1 ON or OFF
4Runner
Tundra USER DATA OVERDRIVE CUT Overdrive cut switch No. 2 status
New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia A/T SW2 ON or OFF
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Shift switch status (R range)
REVERSE New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia A/T ON or OFF
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Shift switch status (2 range)
2ND New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
HOME
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Shift switch status (L range)
LOW New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Shift switch status (D range)
DRIVE New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
Tacoma USER DATA
4TH/DRIVE Shift switch status (4 or D range) New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner A/T
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Shift switch status (3 range)
3RD New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia A/T On or OFF
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA ATF Temperature Sensor No. 1
A/T Fluid TEMP 1 New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia A/T Value
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA ATF Temperature Sensor No. 2
A/T Fluid TEMP 2 New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia A/T Value
4Runner
USER DATA ATF Temperature Sensor No. 3
Tacoma A/T Fluid TEMP 3 New for Ver.12.0a
A/T Value
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Lock up solenoid status/
LOCK UP SOL New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA
SHIFT Actual gear position New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia A/T
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Shift solenoid SLT Status/
SOLENOID(SLT) New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Shift solenoid SLU Status/
SOLENOID(SLU) New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
USER DATA
Tacoma ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid New for Ver.12.0a
A/T
Tacoma
Tundra
USER DATA A/F SSR TEST B2 A/F Sensor Test Results (Bank 2) New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
4Runner
Tacoma USER DATA

Power Steering Switch
Tundra PRIMARY PS SW New for Ver.12.0a
ON or OFF
4Runner A/T
HOME
Tundra USER DATA
STARTER
Sequoia PRIMARY Starter control New for Ver.12.0a
CONTROL
4Runner A/T
USER DATA
Tacoma AI STATUS Air Injection Operation Prohibit New for Ver.12.0a
PRIMARY
Tacoma USER DATA

Power Steering Signal
Tundra PRIMARY PS SIGNAL New for Ver.12.0a
ON or OFF
4Runner A/T
Tundra
Sequoia USER DATA ACC RELAY Accessory Relay New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
Tundra
Sequoia USER DATA STATER RELAY Starter relay New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA VSV status for secondary air
SECOND AIR VSV New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia PRIMARY control
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA
ACT VSV A/C cut status for active test New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia PRIMARY
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA Vacuum pump status:
VACUUM PUMP New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia PRIMARY ON or OFF
4Runner
Tacoma
Key-off EVAP system Vent Valve
Tundra USER DATA
VENT VALVE status: New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia PRIMARY
ON or OFF
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA
AIR PMP PRS Air pump pressure New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia PRIMARY
4Runner
Tacoma USER DATA AIR PMP PLS PRS Air pump pulsation pressure New for Ver.12.0a
Tundra USER DATA

Sequoia CYLS Multiple Cylinders Misfire rate New for Ver.12.0a
MISFIRE
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA VAPOR PRES Vapor Pressure in the EVAP PUMP
New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia EVAP PUMP Module
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra USER DATA VAPOR
Vapor pressure (calculated) New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia EVAP PRESSURE CALC
4Runner
HOME
System: High Voltage (HV) Battery (CAN)
ALL
Prius CALC LOAD Calculate load New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
Prius COOLANT TEMP Engine coolant temperature New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
Prius ENGINE REV Engine revolution New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
Prius VEHICLE SPD Vehicle Speed New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
Prius THROTTLE POS Throttle Position New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
Prius ENG RUN TIME Engine run time New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL DTC CLEAR
Prius DTC Clear Warm Up times New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA WARM
ALL
Prius DIST DTC CLEAR Distance from DTC cleared New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
USER DATA
Comprehensive Component
Prius MONITOR CCM ENA New for Ver.12.0a
Monitor Enable
STATUS
USER DATA
Prius MONITOR CCM CMPL New for Ver.12.0a
Monitor Complete
STATUS
ALL
Prius +B +B New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
Prius MIL ON ENG TIME MIL ON Engine Run Time New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
Prius DTC CLEAR MIN DTC Clear Min New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
System: High Voltage (HV) ECU (CAN)

ALL
Prius CALC LOAD Calculate load New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL
Prius THROTTLE POS Throttle Position New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
USER DATA
Prius MONITOR CCM ENA New for Ver.12.0a
Monitor Enable
STATUS
USER DATA
Prius MONITOR CCM CMPL New for Ver.12.0a
Monitor Complete
STATUS
Prius ACCEL AND BRK LATEST OPER The last time of operation New for Ver.12.0a
Prius ACCEL AND BRK LATEST TRIP The time of the last trip New for Ver.12.0a
The time of operation one

Prius ACCEL AND BRK BEF LATST OPER operation before the most recent New for Ver.12.0a
operation
The time of trip before one trip
Prius ACCEL AND BRK BEF LATST TRIP New for Ver.12.0a
before the most previous trip
HOME

System: Sequential Manual Transmission (SMT)
ALL
MR2 CALC LOAD Calculate load New for Ver.12.0a
USER DATA
ALL New for Ver.12.0a (freeze
MR2 THROTTLE POS Throttle absolute position
USER DATA frame data)
HOME
TABLE 2-ACTIVE TEST- NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES
System: EFI
Vehicle Active Test Name Description New Support/Update
Tacoma
Tundra
A/C CUT SIG Controls the A/C cut signal New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra
LINE PRESS UP Controls the line pressure up New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra
LOCK UP Controls the lock up New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra
SHIFT Controls the shift position New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra
VACUUM PUMP Controls the Vacuum Pump New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
4Runner
Tacoma
Tundra
VENT VALUE Controls the Vent Value New for Ver.12.0a
Sequoia
4Runner
Tundra
Sequoia ACC CUT Activates the ACC Cut Relay New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
Tundra
Sequoia STARTER Activates the Starter Relay New for Ver.12.0a
4Runner
System: HV
Vehicle Active Test Name Description New Support/Update
BATTERY CHARGE (previously known Battery charge (previously known

Prius Updated for Ver.12.0a
as EQUAL CHARGE) as Equalizing Charge)
HOME

Last Updated: April 20, 2004
Contents:
• BEAM AXIS ADJUSTMENT for RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (RCCS)
• KINETIC DYNAMIC SUSPENSION SYSTEM (KDSS) DECELERATION SENSOR

ADJUSTMENT
HOME
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Evaluation Version 11.0a Diagnostic Tester software includes support for all 2004 model year vehicles.
This support includes OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, and NVH functions. In addition, OBD/MOBD support is
available for the following 2005 model year vehicles:
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
To be included for COROLLA xA

Version 12.0
ECHO xB
MATRIX tC
HOME
BEAM AXIS ADJUSTMENT
Description:
When replacing any component of the Radar Cruise Control System, the Beam Axis Adjustment must be
performed. The Beam Axis Adjustment is used to display a deviation of the Radar Beam Axis. Refer to the
Repair Manual for specific instructions on Beam Axis Adjustment.
Sample Screen Flow
Select "RADAR CRUISE"
Select "BEAM AXIS ADJ"
HOME
KINETIC DYNAMIC SUSPENSION SYSTEM (KDSS) DECELERATION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
Description:
Some 2004 & 2005 MY GX470 models may now require a KDSS Deceleration Sensor Adjustment after
replacing or removing the deceleration sensor for the KDSS ECU. Perform the following procedure to adjust
the zero point of the deceleration sensor when directed by the Repair Manual instructions found on TIS.
Sample Screen Flow
Select "KDSS"
Select "Sensor Adjust"
Press ENTER
1
HOME
Press ENTER
Press ENTER
Press YES
HOME
Table 1 - Data List - Parameter Changes/Updates
System: High Voltage (HV) Battery
MONITOR STATUS
Prius COMP MON Comprehensive Component Monitor New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
System: High Voltage (HV) ECU

ALL Updated from "Drive
Prius Load Condition Load Condition
USER DATA Condition"
MONITOR STATUS
Prius COMP MON Comprehensive Component Monitor New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
Prius USER DATA ENG STOP RQST Engine Stop Request New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA IDLING REQUEST Engine Idling Request New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA HV BATT CH RQST Main Battery Charging Request New for Ver.11.0
Hydrocarbon Absorptive Catalytic
Prius USER DATA HCAC ABSRT RQST New for Ver.11.0
Converter OBD Request
Prius USER DATA AIRCON REQUEST Air Conditioning Request New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA ENG WARM UP RQT Engine Warming up Request New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA SMR CONT1 System Main Relay Status - cont1 New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA MG1 GATE MG1 gate status New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA MG2 GATE MG2 gate status New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA CNV GATE Converter gate status New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA A/C GATE Aircon gate status New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA SMART KEY Smart key status New for Ver.11.0
Prius USER DATA CNV CARIER FREQ Converter carrier frequency New for Ver.11.0
ALL
Prius ENGINE REV Engine revolution New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
System: Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System (KDSS)

ALL
GX470 VEHICLE SPD Vehicle Speed New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 FR WHEEL SPD Front Right Wheel Speed New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 FL WHEEL SPD Front Left Wheel Speed New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 IG VOLTAGE Ignition Power Source Voltage New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
HOME
Table 1 - Data List - Parameter Changes/Updates (Continued)
System: Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System (KDSS) (cont.)
ALL
GX470 POWER VOLTAGE +B Power Source Voltage New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 STEERING ANG Steering Angle New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 ACCELERATE SENS Acceleration Sensor New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 ACC PRESS (UP) Accumulator Pressure Sensor (Upside) New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL Accumulator Pressure Sensor
GX470 ACC PRESS (DWN) New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA (Downside)
ALL
GX470 STOP LIGHT SW Stop Light Switch New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 TC TC Terminal New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 TS TS Terminal New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 ACC VALVE (DWN) Accumulator Valve (Downside) New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 ACC VALVE (UP) Accumulator Valve (Upside) New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
GX470 # CODES Number of Trouble Codes New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
System: PCS
ALL
LS430 D BUCKLE SW Buckle switch status in Driver's seat New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL Buckle switch status in Passenger's
LS430 P BUCKLE SW New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA seat
ALL
LS430 D BELT CTRL Seat belt control status in Driver's seat New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL Seat belt control status in Passenger's
LS430 P BELT CTRL New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA seat
ALL
LS430 #PRESENT CODES Number of present trouble codes New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 #PAST CODES Number of past trouble codes New for Ver.11.0
USER DATA
HOME
Table 2 - Active List – New Support/Updates
System: Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System (KDSS)
Vehicle Active Test Name Description New Support/Updates
GX470 ACC VALVE (DWN) Accumulator Valve (Downside) New for Ver.11.0
GX470 ACC VALVE (UP) Accumulator Valve (Upside) New for Ver.11.0
System: Pre-collision Safety System (PCS)

LS430 D BELT MOTOR Driver's seat belt motor New for Ver.11.0
LS430 P BELT MOTOR Passenger's seat belt motor New for Ver.11.0
LS430 D-P BELT MOTOR Driver's and Passenger's seat belt motor New for Ver.11.0
HOME

PART 1: NEW EXCLUSIVE FUNCTIONS
Contents:
• ALL READINESS
• BEAM AXIS ADJUSTMENT (RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM)
• BRAKE BLEEDING (PRIUS)
• CHECK MODE for SRS
• CLEAR CODES (RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM)
• ECT MEMORY RESET
• EVAP SYSTEM CHECK
• INFORMATION CODES FOR CAN HV ECU
• INITIALIZATION (RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM)
• KEY-OFF MONITOR EVAP SYSTEM
• LEVII SYSTEM CHECK
• MONITOR RESULTS
• REGISTER TIRE SET (TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM)
• SEQUENTIAL FREEZE FRAME
• SIGNAL CHECK (TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM)
• SMART KEY DIAGNOSIS MODE
• SMART KEY CODE ERASURE
• SMART KEY CODE REGISTRATION
• SMART KEY CODE RESET
New Features Document Updated: January 5, 2004
HOME
VEHICLE COVERAGE
Production Version 10.2a Diagnostic Tester software fully supports all 2003 model year vehicles, and
the 2004 MY vehicles listed below. This support includes OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, and NVH
functions.
2004 MY vehicles supported in the 10.2a software include:
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
ES330 4RUNNER xA
GS300 AVALON xB
GS430 CAMRY
GX470 CELICA
IS300 COROLLA
LS430 ECHO
LX470 HIGHLANDER
RX330 LAND CRUISER
SC430 MR2
MATRIX
PRIUS
RAV4
SEQUOIA
SIENNA
SOLARA
TACOMA
TUNDRA
HOME
ALL READINESS
Description:
After repairing a fault that sets a DTC, it is important to run the DTC Monitor to confirm the vehicle is
repaired correctly and that the DTC does not return. ALL READINESS allows the status of the
Monitor for any Powertrain DTC to be checked and assists the repair confirmation process.
From MENU
1 2 3
HOME
1 2 3
NOTE: If you receive screen #3, refer to the Repair Manual and review the Monitor Enabling
Criteria for the specific DTC.
HOME
BEAM AXIS ADJUSTMENT (RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM)
Description:
When replacing any component of the Radar Cruise Control System (Note: The Diagnostic Tester
refers to RCCS as Laser Cruise) the Beam Axis Adjustment must be performed. The Beam Axis
Adjustment is used to display a deviation of the Radar Beam Axis. Refer to the Repair Manual for
specific instructions on Beam Axis Adjustment.
From MENU
NOTICE
This Function is only for

displaying the divergence
of the Laser Beam Axis
Press [ENTER]
To MENU
HOME
BRAKE BLEEDING (PRIUS)
Description:
After removing, installing, or disassembling the front or rear hydraulic brake components (actuator,
master cylinder, or brake stroke simulator), the brake bleeding function must be performed. This
function removes all the air from the brake system by activating the proper solenoids and actuator.
Failure to use the Diagnostic Tester for brake bleeding may result in trapped air in the brake system.
For detailed information please refer to the Repair Manual.
Please use Menu Flow on the following pages.
From MENU HOME
Please refer to the Repair

Manual for appropriate AIR
BLEEDING selection
1 2 3
HOME
HOME
HOME
HOME
Repeat this process

twice
HOME
Repeat this process

five times
HOME
HOME
Repeat this process

twice
HOME
CHECK MODE for SRS
Description:
The Check Mode function is used to detect a malfunction in the SRS system. By entering Check
Mode, the Self-Diagnostic functions for SRS are more sensitive to readily detect system malfunctions.
Please refer to the Repair Manual for specific instructions on using Check Mode.
Note: Entering Check Mode clears all stored DTC’s. Be sure to review and record any stored DTC’s
before entering Check Mode.
From Menu
To MENU
HOME
CLEAR CODES (RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM)
Description:
The Clear Codes function for the Radar Cruise Control System (RCCS) is designed to display codes
from all powertrain ECU’s as well as the RCCS. When clearing RCCS codes, all powertrain DTC’s
will also be cleared.
From MENU
Note: Selecting
NO will display all
DTC’s. YES
NO
HOME
To MENU
HOME
ECT MEMORY RESET
Description:
Some models may require an ECU Memory Reset after replacing components of the ECT System.
Perform the following procedure to reset the ECT ECU learned memory when directed by the Repair
Manual.
From MENU
To MENU
HOME
EVAP SYSTEM CHECK
Description:
The EVAP system check provides an organized approach to identify conditions that may cause the
EVAP monitor to fail. This system check should be used to isolate the causes of the following DTCs
P0440
P0441
P0442
P0446
The system check is most effective when the vehicle is not inspected before testing. Do not
tighten the gas cap or touch the EVAP system vacuum lines since this may disturb evidence
and prevent proper diagnosis.
This system check is also a valuable repair confirmation method. After an EVAP system repair,
complete the EVAP System check again to validate the repair.
Step 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
ON/Open
EVAP/Purge VSV
OFF/Closed
ON/Open
Tank Bypass VSV
OFF/Closed
ON/Closed
Cansiter Closed Valve
OFF/Open
Ambient Pressure
The EVAP System Check is designed to confirm proper operation of the EVAP System VSVs, Vapor
Pressure Sensor, and to determine if an atmospheric leak or restriction is present in the system.
During this test, the Diagnostic Tester displays the Vapor Pressure Value as the EVAP System VSVs
are controlled in a specific pattern to draw and release a vacuum in the EVAP system. By comparing
the actual changes in the Vapor Pressure Sensor Value to the expected results, proper system
operation can be confirmed. By monitoring the vehicle reaction during the test, possible suspect
areas of the EVAP system can be identified.
HOME
System Diagram
EVAP Line
Onboard Recovery ORVR Vent
Valve Line
Vapor Vacuum Tank Canister

Pressure Check Valve Pressure
To Manifold
Vacuum
PURGE VSV
(off/closed)
Filtered
Air
Air Inlet
Canister Air Inlet Tank Bypass Air Drain Air Valve Valve
Control VSV Line VSV Valve Assembly
Purge Line
HOME
Menu Flow
From MENU
HOME
HOME
To MENU
HOME
INFORMATION CODES FOR CAN HV ECU
Description:
The ECU records Freeze Frame data when a DTC is detected. In addition to the regular Freeze
Frame data there are Information Codes that are stored with Freeze Frame data to help pinpoint HV
System faults. The information codes can be selected to retrieve additional Freeze Frame data. For
more information on using Information Codes to support diagnosis please refer to the Repair Manual.
From MENU
FREEZE DTC……………………...P3140
COOLANT TEMP……………….....89.6F
VEHICLE SPD…….……………....0MPH
ENG RUN TIME……………….……….05
+B……………………………….…...11.6V
ACCEL POS #1………………...16.072%
ACCEL POS #2………………...32.144%
AMBIENT TEMP…………….……..32.0F
INTAKE AIR TEMP…………….….32.0F Highlight desired information
DTC CLEAR WARM……………..……..2 code. Press ENTER for
DTC CLEAR RUN………………..…1KM additional Freeze Frame
DTC CLEAR MIN………………....74MIN Data.
ECU TYPE…………………..…..HV ECU
INFORMATION 1………………………..0
INFORMATION 2…………………….350
INFORMATION 3………………………..0
INFORMATION 2…………………….350
MG1 REV……………………………0rpm
mg2 REV…………………………....0rpm Freeze frame data is
MG1 TORQ…………………………..0Nm displayed for Information 2.
MG2 TORQ…………………………..0Nm
INVERT TEMP-MG1……………….87.8F
INVERT TEMP-MG2……………….86.0F
MG2 TEMP(NO2)…………………..87.8F
MG2 TEMP(NO1)…………………..87.8F
POWER RQST……………………...0KW
ENGINE SPD……………………….0rpm
MCYL CTRL POWER……………...0Nm
SOC……………………………...59.976%
WOUT CTRL POWER………….20800W
WIN CTRL POWER…………………..0W
DRIVE CONDITION…………………0.00
To MENU
HOME
INITIALIZATION (RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM)
Description:
The Initialization function for the Radar Cruise Control System (The Diagnostic Tester refers to RCCS
as Laser Cruise) is used to calibrate the RCCS. For more information on the RCCS please refer to
the Repair Manual.
From MENU
NOTICE
This function is
only for Laser
Cruise Control Flag
initialization
Press [ENTER]
PLEASE CONFIRM
-Ignition ON
-Battery Voltage
8V or more
Press [ENTER]
Laser Cruise Control

information has been
initialized.
Press [ENTER]
To MENU
HOME
KEY-OFF MONITOR EVAP SYSTEM
Description:
The Key-Off Monitor EVAP System is new for the 2AZ-FE Highlander. This system incorporates a
vacuum pump to diagnose the operation of system VSVs and proper sealing of the EVAP system.
The Key-Off Monitor Function allows the user to perform the function automatically or manually.
Please refer to the 2004 Highlander Repair Manual and New Car Features for more information on
this new system.
Automatic Mode: By operating the Automatic Mode of the EVAP System on the Diagnostic Tester, the
vehicle will run the EVAP Monitor automatically. After completion of the EVAP Monitor a pending DTC
Manual Mode: By operating the Manual Mode of the EVAP System on the Diagnostic Tester, the user
has the ability to control the EVAP Monitor step-by-step. The user must make a diagnostic decision
based upon the vehicle’s reaction to each step of the test. No pending DTC will be set after
completion of the EVAP Monitor.
HOME
System Diagram
HOME
Menu Flow
From MENU
HOME
2 3
AUTOMATIC MANUAL
HOME
Screen will automatically

change pressure values and
open and close VSVs
according to the test.
To MENU
HOME
To MENU
HOME
LEVII SYSTEM CHECK
Description:
The EVAP system check provides an organized approach to identify conditions that may cause the
EVAP monitor to fail. This system check should be used to isolate the causes of the following DTCs
P0440
P0441
P0442
P0446
P0456
The system check is most effective when the vehicle is not inspected before testing. Do not
tighten the gas cap or touch the EVAP system vacuum lines since this may disturb evidence
and prevent proper diagnosis.
This system check is also a valuable repair confirmation method. After an EVAP system repair,
complete the EVAP System check again to validate the repair.
Step 1 2 3 4 5 6
ON/Closed
Cansiter Closed Valve
OFF/Open
ON/Open
EVAP/Purge VSV
OFF/Closed
Ambient Pressure
The EVAP System Check is designed to confirm proper operation of the EVAP System VSVs, Vapor
Pressure Sensor, and to determine if an atmospheric leak or restriction is present in the system.
During this test, the Diagnostic Tester displays the Vapor Pressure Value as the VSVs are controlled
in a specific pattern to draw and release a vacuum in the EVAP system. By comparing the actual
changes in the Vapor Pressure Sensor Value to the expected results, proper system operation can be
confirmed. By monitoring the vehicle reaction during the test, possible suspect areas of the EVAP
system can also be identified
HOME
System Diagram
HOME
Menu Flow
From MENU
HOME
To MENU
HOME
MONITOR RESULTS
Description:
The Monitor Results function has been updated for Version 10.2 software on some models. In
addition to displaying the available test results, the Min/Max Limits and Test Values are now displayed
in a more user-friendly format.
From MENU
To MENU
HOME
REGISTER TIRE SET (TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM)
Description:
When replacing the tire pressure monitor valve sub-assembly and/or tire pressure monitor ECU, the
Regist Tire Set procedure must be performed. Perform the following procedure to register the
transmitter ID to the tire pressure monitor ECU.
From MENU
HOME
To MENU
HOME
SEQUENTIAL FREEZE FRAME
Description:
New for the 2004 MY LS430 and Prius is Sequential Freeze Frame data for all Powertrain DTC’s.
The ECM records five frames of data when a DTC is set. There are three frames stored before the
DTC detection, and one frame after the DTC detection.
The figure below illustrates the time between each recorded frame. Please refer to the Repair
Manual for more information.
-3 -2 -1 +1
DTC
Note: The DTC can be set at any point between frame –1 and frame +1.
When transferring Freeze Frame data to Techview, each frame must be downloaded
individually.
HOME
Menu Flow
From MENU
HOME
Note: To move from frame to frame on the Diagnostic Tester use the right and left arrow keys.
When transferring Freeze Frame data to Techview, each frame must be downloaded
individually.
HOME
SIGNAL CHECK (TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM)
Description:
The Signal Check function allows completion of certain Tire Pressure Warning System (TPWS)
diagnostic procedures without making terminal-to-terminal connections on the data link connector.
For the 10.2a software release, the TPWS Signal Check function has been added for the 2004 MY
4Runner and GX470. Please refer to the Repair Manual for vehicle specific procedures.
From MENU
To MENU
HOME
SMART KEY DIAGNOSIS MODE
Description:
During diagnosis of the Smart Key System, it may be necessary to check the communication between
the Smart Key and the Transmitter. Perform the following procedure when directed by the Repair
Manual instructions.
From MENU
To MENU
HOME
SMART KEY CODE ERASURE
Description:
Perform the following procedure when instructed by the Repair Manual to erase all Registered Smart
Key transmitter codes except for the Master Key used in the procedure.
From MENU
HOME
To MENU
HOME
SMART KEY CODE REGISTRATION
Description:
Perform the following procedure to register Smart Key codes when the Theft Deterrent ECU or a
Smart Key is replaced or added. For further information please refer to the Repair Manual.
From MENU
HOME
NEW ECU IN-SERVICE ECU
HOME
To MENU
HOME
SMART KEY CODE RESET
Description:
When all Smart Keys have been lost for the vehicle, the following procedure must be performed.
Please refer to the Repair Manual for more information regarding this procedure.
From MENU
SEED NUMBER
1 2 3 4 5 6
Please insert SEED

NUMBER into TIS.
Press [ENTER]
HOME
Please input PASS-CODE

NUMBER from TIS.
PASS-CODE NUMBER
1 2 3 4 5 6
Press [ENTER]
To MENU
HOME

Part 2: PARAMETERS AND ACTIVE TESTS
This document contains a list of new parameters and active tests that are available with Version
10.2a Software. The parameters and active tests are grouped by category and can be accessed by
clicking on the links below.
Contents:
PARAMETERS CHANGE / UPDATES ACTIVE TESTS - NEW SUPPORT / UPDATES

• ABS • ABS
• A/C • A/C
• AFS • CAN HV
• CAN CCS • CAN HV BAT
• CAN ECT • ECT
• CAN ENGINE/ENGINE & ECT • ENGINE / ENGINE & ECT
• CAN HV • IG CONTROL
• CAN HV BATTERY • METER
• CAN HV CCS • SMART KEY
• CAN RCCS • STEERING LOCK
• D-SEAT
• EMPS
• IG CONTROL
• P-SEAT
• SMART KEY
• SRS (PHASE4)
• TDS
• TIRE PRESSURE
• TRANSMISSION CONTROL
HOME
System: ABS
ALL
Prius SLAFR CUR Current of SLAFR solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SLAFL CUR Current of SLAFL solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SLARR CUR Current of SLARR solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SLARL CUR Current of SLARL solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SLRFR CUR Current of SLRFR solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SLRFL CUR Current of SLRFL solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SLRRR CUR Current of SLRRR solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SLRRL CUR Current of SLRRL solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius PEDAL STROKE Pedal Stroke sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius PEDAL STROKE 2 Pedal Stroke sensor 2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SC1 SC1 solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SC2 SC2 solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius MC2 MC2 solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius MC1 MC1 solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SSC SSC solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius PATTERN A pattern drive is under enforcement New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Main relay 1 for Electronically
Prius MAIN RELAY 1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Controlled Braking
ALL Main relay 2 for Electronically
Prius MAIN RELAY 2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Controlled Braking
ALL
Prius ACC PRESS SENS1 Accumulator pressure sensor 1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius ACC PRESS SENS2 Accumulator pressure sensor 2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius FR PRESS SENS Front right pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius FL PRESS SENS Front left pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius RR PRESS SENS Rear right pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius RL PRESS SENS Rear left pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
System: ABS
ALL
Prius MOTOR RELAY 1 Motor relay 1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius MOTOR RELAY 2 Motor relay 2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius BRAKE TYPE Brake type New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius VSC Existence of VSC New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL There is two or more frame for freeze
Prius 2 FRAMES New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA frame data
ALL
Prius FR W/C SENS FR wheel cylinder pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius FL W/C SENS FL wheel cylinder pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius RR W/C SENS RR wheel cylinder pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius RL W/C SENS RL wheel cylinder pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius ACC PRESS SENS Accumulator pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius MAS CYL PRESS 2 Master cylinder pressure sensor 2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius PEDAL STROKE 2 Stroke sensor 2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius MTT TRAC motor relay monitor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius IG1 VOLTAGE Voltage value of IG1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius IG2 VOLTAGE Voltage value of IG2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius BS1 BS1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius BS2 BS2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius VM1 VM1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius VM2 VM2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius +B1 +B1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius +B2 +B2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius ELAPSED TIME Elapsed time after ignition switch ON New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius FR TARGET OIL Target oil pressure (FR) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius FL TARGET OIL Target oil pressure (FL) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
System: ABS
ALL
Prius RR TARGET OIL Target oil pressure (RR) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius RL TARGET OIL Target oil pressure (RL) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius CAPA MODE Capacitor mode New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SCSS SCSS New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SMC1 SMC1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius SMC2 SMC2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius DETAILED CODE Detailed code for freeze DTC New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL REGEN TORQUE
Prius Regenerative request torque (FR) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA FR
ALL
Prius REGEN TORQUE FL Regenerative request torque (FL) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL REGEN TORQUE
Prius Regenerative request torque (RR) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA RR
ALL
Prius REGEN TORQUE RL Regenerative request torque (RL) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius BUZZER Buzzer New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius RESERVOIR SW Reservoir level warning switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius PKB SW Parking brake switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Master cylinder pressure sensor open
Prius M/C SEN 1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA detection
ALL Master cylinder pressure sensor 2
Prius M/C SEN 2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA open detection
ALL
Prius STROKE SEN 1 Stroke sensor open detection New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius STROKE SEN 2 Stroke sensor 2 open detection New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius FR W/C SENS FR wheel cylinder pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius FL W/C SENS FL wheel cylinder pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius RR W/C SENS RR wheel cylinder pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius RL W/C SENS RL wheel cylinder pressure sensor New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
Prius HV COM HV communication open detection New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Accumulator pressure sensor open
Prius ACC SEN New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA detection
HOME

System: ABS
ALL The difference degree of an present
Prius ACCELERATOR New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA accelerator
ALL The difference % of an present
Prius ACCELERATOR % New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA accelerator
ALL
Prius TORQUE Real output torque New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL The difference % of an present
Prius THROTTLE % New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA throttle
System: A/C
USER DATA
LS 430 This parameter is that of the
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE FOOT AIR LEAK New for Ver.10.2
Prius Customize function.
CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
LS 430
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE HUMIDITY SENS Humidity sensor New for Ver.10.2
Prius
CUSTOMIZE
ALL
Prius USER DATA COMPRS SPD Current compressor speed New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
COMPRS TARG
Prius USER DATA Target compressor speed New for Ver.10.2
SPD
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
System: AFS
ALL Left Swivel Motor Position sensor
LS 430 L SWVL MOT POS New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA value.
ALL Right Swivel Motor Position sensor
LS 430 R SWVL MOT POS New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA value.
System: CAN CCS

ALL
LS 430 VEHICLE SPD Cruise Control Vehicle SPD New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 MEMORY SPD Cruise Control Memory Vehicle SPD New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 THROTTLE Cruise Throttle Opening Angle New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 RQST TORQUEUE Cruise Request Torque New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 CRUISE CTRL Cruise Control New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Cruise Control Main Switch (Main
LS 430 MAIN SW (MAIN) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA CPU)
ALL Cruise Control Main Switch (Sub
LS 430 MAIN SW (SUB) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA CPU)
HOME
System: CAN CCS
ALL Cruise Control Main Switch-Ready
LS 430 CCS READY M New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA (Main CPU)
LS 430 CCS READY S New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA (Sub CPU)
ALL Cruise Control Main Switch-Indicator
LS 430 CCS INDICATOR M New for Ver.10.2
ALL Cruise Control Main Switch-Indicator
LS 430 CCS INDICATOR S New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA (Sub CPU)
ALL
LS 430 CANCEL SW Cancel Switch State New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 SET/COAST SW SET/COAST Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 RES/ACC SW RES/ACC Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 RES/ACC SW RES/ACC Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 STP LIGHT SW1 M Stop Light Switch 1 (Main CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 STP LIGHT SW2 S Stop Light Switch 2 (Sub CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 STP LIGHT SW1 S Stop Light Switch 1 (Sub CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS 430 SHIFT D POS Drive Position New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
System: CAN ECT

USER DATA
LS 430 #CARB CODES Number of Emission related DTC New for Ver.10.2
MONITOR STATUS
USER DATA
LS 430 MIL MIL Status New for Ver.10.2
MONITOR STATUS
USER DATA
LS 430 COMP MON Comprehensive Component Monitor New for Ver.10.2
MONITOR STATUS
USER DATA
PRIMARY
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
LS 430 CATALYTIC ENGINE SPD Engine Speed New for Ver.10.2
EVAP
A/T
ETCS
MISFIRE
HOME
System: CAN ECT
USER DATA
PRIMARY
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
LS 430 CATALYTIC VEHICLE SPD Vehicle Speed New for Ver.10.2
EVAP
A/T
ETCS
MISFIRE
USER DATA
LS 430 OBD CERT OBD Requirements New for Ver.10.2
MONITOR STATUS
USER DATA
LS 430 ENG RUN TIME Engine Run Time New for Ver.10.2
PRIMARY
USER DATA
LS 430 MIL ON RUN DIST MIL ON Run Distance New for Ver.10.2
PRIMARY
USER DATA WU CYC DTC
LS 430 Warm-up Cycle after DTC Cleared New for Ver.10.2
MONITOR STATUS CLEAR
USER DATA
LS 430 DIST DTC CLEAR Distance from DTC Cleared New for Ver.10.2
MONITOR STATUS
LS 430 USER DATA BATTERY VOLTAGE Battery Voltage New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
LS 430 MIL ON RUN TIME Running Time from MIL ON New for Ver.10.2
PRIMARY
USER DATA
LS 430 TIME DTC CLEAR Time After DTC Cleared New for Ver.10.2
MONITOR STATUS
USER DATA Received Engine Speed multiplexed
LS 430 ENGINE SPD New for Ver.10.2
A/T from EFI ECU
USER DATA Received Intake-Air Temperature
LS 430 INTAKE AIR TEMP New for Ver.10.2
A/T multiplexed from EFI ECU
USER DATA Received Coolant Temperature
LS 430 COOLANT TEMP New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Received Throttle Position
LS 430 THROTTLE POS New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Received Accelerator Position
LS 430 ACCEL POS New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
LS 430 MODEL CODE Model Code New for Ver.10.2
VEHICLE INFO
USER DATA
LS 430 ENGINE TYPE Engine Type New for Ver.10.2
VEHICLE INFO
USER DATA
LS 430 CYLINDER Cylinder Number New for Ver.10.2
VEHICLE INFO
USER DATA
LS 430 TRANSMISSION Transmission Type New for Ver.10.2
VEHICLE INFO
USER DATA
LS 430 DESTINATION Destination New for Ver.10.2
VEHICLE INFO
USER DATA
LS 430 MODEL YEAR Model Year New for Ver.10.2
VEHICLE INFO
USER DATA
LS 430 SYSTEM System Identification New for Ver.10.2
VEHICLE INFO
HOME
System: CAN ECT
USER DATA
LS 430 SPD(NT) Speed (NT) New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 SPD(SP2) Speed (SP2) New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 PATTERN SW (M) Pattern switch status New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 REVERSE Shift Switch Status New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 SPORTS UP SW Sports Shift UP SW New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 SPORTS DOWN SW Sports Shift Down SW New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 MODE SELECT SW Sports Mode Selection SW New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 SNOW SW Snow Switch Status New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 DRIVE Shift Switch Status (D range) New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 A/T OIL TEMP1 A/T Oil Temperature 1 New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 LOCK UP SOL Lock Up Solenoid Status New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 SHIFT Shift status New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 SOLENOID(SLT) SLT solenoid status New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 SOLENOID(SLU) SLU solenoid status New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS 430 PRIMARY # CODES # of stored Powertrain Codes New for Ver.10.2
ENGINE CONTROL
LS 430 USER DATA CHECK MODE Check Mode New for Ver.10.2
LS 430 USER DATA SPD TEST SPD Test New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
LS 430 PRIMARY STOP LIGHT SW Stop Light Switch New for Ver.10.2
A/T
SYSTEM: CAN ENGINE/ENGINE&ECT

PRIUS USER DATA
#CARB CODES Number of Emission related DTC New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MONITOR STATUS
PRIUS USER DATA
MIL MIL Status New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA Comprehensive Component
COMP MON New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MONITOR STATUS Monitor Status
PRIUS USER DATA
FUEL MON Fuel System Monitor Status New for Ver.10.2
HOME
PRIUS USER DATA
MISFIRE MON MISFIRE Monitor Status New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA O2S (A/FS) Heater Monitor
O2S(A/FS) HTR New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MONITOR STATUS Status
PRIUS USER DATA
O2S(A/FS) MON O2S (A/FS) Monitor Status New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
PRIUS
MONITOR STATUS EVAP MON EVAP Monitor Status New for Ver.10.2
LS430
EVAP
PRIUS USER DATA
CAT MON Catalyst Monitor Status New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA O2S (A/FS) Heater Monitor
O2S(A/FS) HTR New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MONITOR STATUS Status
PRIUS USER DATA
O2S(A/FS) MON O2S (A/FS) Monitor Status New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
PRIUS
MONITOR STATUS EVAP MON EVAP Monitor Status New for Ver.10.2
LS430
EVAP
PRIUS USER DATA
CAT MON Catalyst Monitor Status New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
PRIMARY
PRIUS
ENGINE CONTROL FUEL SYS #1 Fuel System Status (bank1) New for Ver.10.2
LS430
A/F CONTROL SYS
CATALYTIC
USER DATA
PRIMARY
PRIUS
ENGINE CONTROL FUEL SYS #2 Fuel System Status (bank2) New for Ver.10.2
LS430
A/F CONTROL SYS
CATALYTIC
USER DATA
PRIUS
PRIMARY CALC Load Calculate Load New for Ver.10.2
LS430
ENGINE CONTROL
USER DATA
PRIMARY
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
PRIUS
CATALYTIC COOLANT TEMP Coolant Temp New for Ver.10.2
LS430
EVAP
A/T
ETCS
MISFIRE
USER DATA
PRIMARY
PRIUS
ENGINE CONTROL SHORT FT #1 Short FT #1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430
A/F CONTROL SYS
CATALYTIC
HOME
USER DATA
PRIMARY
PRIUS
ENGINE CONTROL LONG FT #1 Long FT #1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430
A/F CONTROL SYS
CATALYTIC
USER DATA
PRIMARY
LS430 ENGINE CONTROL SHORT FT #2 Short FT #2 New for Ver.10.2
A/F CONTROL SYS
CATALYTIC
USER DATA
PRIMARY
LS430 ENGINE CONTROL LONG FT #2 Long FT #2 New for Ver.10.2
A/F CONTROL SYS
CATALYTIC
USER DATA
PRIMARY
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
PRIUS
CATALYTIC ENGINE SPD Engine Speed New for Ver.10.2
LS430
EVAP
A/T
ETCS
MISFIRE
USER DATA
PRIMARY
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
PRIUS
CATALYTIC VEHICLE SPD Vehicle Speed New for Ver.10.2
LS430
EVAP
A/T
ETCS
MISFIRE
USER DATA
PRIUS
PRIMARY IGN ADVANCE IGN Advance New for Ver.10.2
LS430
ENGINE CONTROL
USER DATA
PRIUS
PRIMARY INTAKE AIR Intake Air New for Ver.10.2
LS430
ENGINE CONTROL
USER DATA
PRIUS
PRIMARY MAF MAF New for Ver.10.2
LS430
ENGINE CONTROL
USER DATA
PRIUS
PRIMARY THROTTLE POS Throttle POS New for Ver.10.2
LS430
ENGINE CONTROL
USER DATA
PRIMARY
LS430 O2S B1 S1 O2S B1 S1 New for Ver.10.2
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
HOME
USER DATA
PRIMARY
LS430 O2FT B1 S1 O2Fuel Trim B1 S1 New for Ver.10.2
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
PRIUS PRIMARY
O2S B1 S2 O2Sensor B1 S2 New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
PRIUS PRIMARY
O2FT B1 S2 O2Fuel Trim B1 S2 New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
PRIMARY
LS430 O2S B2 S1 O2Sensor B2 S1 New for Ver.10.2
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
PRIMARY
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
PRIMARY
LS430 O2S B2 S2 O2Sensor B2 S2 New for Ver.10.2
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
PRIMARY
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
PRIUS USER DATA
OBD CERT OBD Requirements New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA
ENG RUN TIME Engine Run Time New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
MIL ON RUN DIST MIL ON Run Distance New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
USER DATA
PRIMARY
PRIUS AF FT B1 S1 Air/Fuel Fuel Trim B1 S1 New for Ver.10.2
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
PRIMARY
PRIUS AFS B1 S1 Air/Fuel Sensor B1 S1 New for Ver.10.2
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F CONTROL SYS
PRIUS USER DATA
EVAP PURGE VSV EVAP (Purge) VSV New for Ver.10.2
LS430 EVAP
PRIUS USER DATA Warm-up Cycle after DTC
WU CYC DTCCLEAR New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MONITOR STATUS Cleared
PRIUS USER DATA
DIST DTC CLEAR Distance from DTC Cleared New for Ver.10.2
HOME
PRIUS USER DATA
EVAP VAPOR PRES EVAP Vapor Pressure New for Ver.10.2
LS430 EVAP
USER DATA
PRIUS Catalyst Temperature (Bank1
CATALYTIC CAT TEMP B1S1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430 Sensor1)
MISFIRE
USER DATA
LS430 Sensor1)
MISFIRE
USER DATA
LS430 Sensor2)
MISFIRE
USER DATA
LS430 Sensor2)
MISFIRE
PRIUS
USER DATA BATTERY VOLTAGE Battery Voltage New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS USER DATA
AIR-FUEL RATIO Air-Fuel Ratio New for Ver.10.2
LS430 A/F CONTROL SYS
PRIUS
USER DATA THROTTLE POS Throttle Sensor Positioning New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS USER DATA
AMBIENT TEMP Ambient Temperature New for Ver.10.2
LS430 EVAP
USER DATA
PRIUS
A/T THROTTLE POS #2 Throttle Sensor Positioning #2 New for Ver.10.2
LS430
ETCS
USER DATA
LS430 A/T ACCEL POS #1 Accelerator POS No.1 New for Ver.10.2
ETCS
USER DATA
LS430 A/T ACCEL POS #2 Accelerator POS No.2 New for Ver.10.2
ETCS
USER DATA
PRIUS
A/T THROTTLE MOT Throttle Motor New for Ver.10.2
LS430
ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
MIL ON RUN TIME Running Time from MIL ON New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
TIME DTC CLEAR Time After DTC Cleared New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS
USER DATA KNOCK CRRT VAL Knock Correction Learning Value New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
USER DATA KNOCK FB VAL Knock Feedback Value New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
USER DATA PURGE DENSITY Purge Density Learning Value New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
USER DATA PURGE FLOW Purge Flow New for Ver.10.2
LS430
LS430 USER DATA MIL Received MIL from ECT New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Received Shift Position Signal
LS430 SHIFT POS SIG New for Ver.10.2
A/T from ECT
HOME
USER DATA Received A/T Oil Temperature
LS430 A/T OIL TEMP New for Ver.10.2
A/T from ECT
LS430 USER DATA SPD(NO) Speed (NO) New for Ver.10.2
LS430 USER DATA SPD(NT) Speed (NT) New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA
LOCK UP ECT Lock Up New for Ver.10.2
LS430 A/T
PRIUS USER DATA
MODEL CODE Model Code New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VEHICLE INFO
PRIUS USER DATA
ENGINE TYPE Engine Type New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VEHICLE INFO
PRIUS USER DATA
CYLINDER Cylinder Number New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VEHICLE INFO
PRIUS USER DATA
TRANSMISSION Transmission Type New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VEHICLE INFO
PRIUS USER DATA
DESTINATION Destination New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VEHICLE INFO
PRIUS USER DATA
MODEL YEAR Model Year New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VEHICLE INFO
PRIUS USER DATA
SYSTEM System Identification New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VEHICLE INFO
PRIUS USER DATA REQ ENG TRQ Requested Engine Torque New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA HV TRGT ENG SPD HV Target Engine Speed New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA ACT ENGINE TRQ Actual Engine Torque New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA EST ENGINE TRQ Estimated Engine Torque New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA ENGINE RUN TIME Engine Run Time New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA ENGINE RUN TIME Request Engine Run Time New for Ver.10.2
Judgment Time for Ignition of
PRIUS USER DATA IGNITION TIME New for Ver.10.2
Engine
PRIUS USER DATA OUTPUT TIME Judgment Time for Engine Output New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA EST PORT TEMP Estimated Intake port temperature New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA HV TRGT ENG SPD HV Target Engine Speed New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA FUEL LEVEL Fuel Level New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA ISC LEARNING ISC Learning New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA FUEL CUT Fuel Cut for Engine Stop Request New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA INDPNDNT OPR Engine Independently Operation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA RACING Racing Operation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA WARM UP Request Warm-up New for Ver.10.2
Engine Independently Control
PRIUS USER DATA INDPNDNT CNTRL New for Ver.10.2
Operation
PRIUS USER DATA
THROTTLE POS #1 Throttle Position No.1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
LS430 ETCS
USER DATA
LS430 ACCEL POS #1 Accelerator Position No.1 New for Ver.10.2
ETCS
USER DATA
ETCS
HOME
PRIUS USER DATA
CLUTCH Clutch Current New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
THROTTLE MOT Throttle Motor Current New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
THROTL OPN DUTY Throttle Motor Opening Duty Ratio New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
THROTL CLS DUTY Throttle Motor Closing Duty Ratio New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA Throttle Sensor Opener Position
THROTTLE SSR #1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS No.1
THROTTLE SSR #2 New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS No.2
USER DATA Accelerator Fully Closed Learning
LS430 ACCEL LRN VAL#1 New for Ver.10.2
ETCS Value No.1
USER DATA Accelerator Fully Closed Learning
LS430 ACCEL LRN VAL#2 New for Ver.10.2
ETCS Value No.2
PRIUS USER DATA
THRTL COMND VAL Throttle Position Command Value New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
THRTL SSR #1 AD New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS No.1 (AD)
USER DATA Accelerator Fully Closed Value
LS430 ACCEL SSR #1 AD New for Ver.10.2
ETCS No.1 (AD)
PRIUS USER DATA
ST1 ST1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
ACTUATOR POWER Actuator Power Supply New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
OPN MALFUNCTION Open Side Malfunction New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
SYS GUARD JUDGE System Guard New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
USER DATA
ETCS
USER DATA
ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
THRTL REQ POS Throttle Requirement Position New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
THRTL MOT (OPN) Throttle Motor Duty Ratio (Open) New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
THRTL MOT (CLS) Throttle Motor Duty Ratio (Close) New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
FAIL #2 Fail Safe Drive (Main CPU) New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
FAIL #1 Fail Safe Drive New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
HOME
PRIUS USER DATA Throttle Indirect Injection
THROTTL IDL POS New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS Position
PRIUS USER DATA Accelerator Indirect Injection
ACCEL IDL POS New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS Position
PRIUS USER DATA
+BM ETCS Actuator Power New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
ETCS MAG CLUTCH Electromagnetic Clutch New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
THROTTLE MOT Throttle Motor New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA Accelerator Fully Closed
ACCEL LEARN VAL New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS Learning Value
PRIUS USER DATA
THROTTLE MOT Throttle Motor Current New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
PRIUS USER DATA
+BM VOLTAGE +BM Voltage New for Ver.10.2
LS430 ETCS
USER DATA
PRIUS
PRIMARY # CODES Number of Codes New for Ver.10.2
LS430
ENGINE CONTROL
PRIUS
USER DATA CHECK MODE Check Mode New for Ver.10.2
LS430
LS430 USER DATA SPD TEST Speed Test New for Ver.10.2
LS430 USER DATA NSW TEST NSW Test New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS
USER DATA MISFIRE TEST MISFIRE Test New for Ver.10.2
LS430
LS430 USER DATA OXS2 TEST OXS2 Test New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS
USER DATA OXS1 TEST OXS1 Test New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS USER DATA A/F SSR TEST B1 A/F Sensor Test Results (Bank1) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
LS430 PRIMARY STARTER SIG Starter Signal New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS430 PRIMARY CTP SW Closed Throttle Position Switch New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS430 PRIMARY A/C SIG A/C Signal New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS430 PRIMARY PNP SW [NSW] Neutral Position Switch Signal New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
LS430 PRIMARY ELECT LOAD SIG Electrical Load Signal New for Ver.10.2
A/T
USER DATA
PRIUS
PRIMARY STOP LIGHT SW Stop Light Switch New for Ver.10.2
LS430
A/T
HOME
PRIUS
USER DATA FC IDL Idle Fuel Cut New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
USER DATA FC TAU FC TAU New for Ver.10.2
LS430
USER DATA
PRIUS ENG OIL PRES SW Engine Oil Pressure SW New for Ver.10.2
PRIMARY
USER DATA
LS430 FUEL PMP SP CTL Fuel pump speed control status New for Ver.10.2
PRIMARY
USER DATA Acoustic Control Induction System
LS430 ACIS VSV New for Ver.10.2
PRIMARY VSV
USER DATA
LS430 VVT CTRL B2 VVT control status (bank2) New for Ver.10.2
PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
EVAP(Purge)VSV EVAP Purge VSV New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
FUEL PUMP / SPD Fuel pump/speed status New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
VVT CTRL B1 VVT control status (bank1) New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
FAN MOTOR Electric Fan Motor New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
TANK BYPASS VSV Tank Bypass VSV New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
CAN CTRL VSV Canister Control VSV New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
PRIUS USER DATA
TC/TE1 TC and TE1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430 PRIMARY
USER DATA
LS430 FC IDL PROHBT Idle Fuel Cut Prohibit New for Ver.10.2
PRIMARY
PRIUS
USER DATA INI COOL TEMP Initial Engine Coolant Temperature New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
USER DATA INI INTAKE TEMP Initial Intake Air Temperature New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
USER DATA INJ VOL Injection Volume (Cylinder1) New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
USER DATA INJECTOR Injector New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
USER DATA TOTAL FT #1 TOTAL FT #1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430
LS430 USER DATA TOTAL FT #2 TOTAL FT #2 New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS USER DATA
MISFIRE RPM MISFIRE RPM New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MISFIRE
PRIUS USER DATA
MISFIRE LOAD MISFIRE LOAD New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MISFIRE
PRIUS USER DATA
CYL #1 Cylinder #1 MISFIRE rate New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MISFIRE
PRIUS USER DATA
LS430 MISFIRE
HOME
PRIUS USER DATA
LS430 MISFIRE
PRIUS USER DATA
LS430 MISFIRE
USER DATA
LS430 CYL #5 Cylinder #5 MISFIRE rate New for Ver.10.2
MISFIRE
USER DATA
MISFIRE
USER DATA
MISFIRE
USER DATA
MISFIRE
PRIUS USER DATA
CYL ALL All Cylinders MISFIRE rate New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MISFIRE
PRIUS USER DATA
IGNITION IGNITION New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MISFIRE
PRIUS USER DATA
MISFIRE MARGIN MISFIRE Monitoring New for Ver.10.2
LS430 MISFIRE
PRIUS USER DATA
VAPOR PRESS Vapor Pressure New for Ver.10.2
LS430 EVAP
USER DATA
LS430 MONITOR STATUS O2 LR B1 S1 O2 Lean/Rich B1 S1 New for Ver.10.2
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
LS430 MONITOR STATUS O2 LR B2 S1 O2 Lean/Rich B2 S1 New for Ver.10.2
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
LS430 MONITOR STATUS O2 RL B1 S1 O2 Rich/Lean B1 S1 New for Ver.10.2
A/F CONTROL SYS
USER DATA
LS430 MONITOR STATUS O2 RL B2 S1 O2 Rich/Lean B2 S1 New for Ver.10.2
A/F CONTROL SYS
SYSTEM: CAN HV
ALL DTC which require freeze frame
PRIUS FREEZE DTC New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA data storage
ALL
PRIUS COOLANT TEMP Engine coolant temperature New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS VEHICLE SPD Vehicle SPD New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ENG RUN TIME Engine run time New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS +B +B New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ACCEL POS #1 Accelerator pedal position #1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
ALL
PRIUS ACCEL POS #2 Accelerator pedal position #2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS AMBI TEMP Ambient Temperature New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS INTAKE AIR TEMP Intake air temperature New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DTC CLEAR WARM DTC Clear Warm Up times New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DTC CLEAR RUN DTC Clear Run Distance New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DTC CLEAR MIN DTC Clear Min New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MIL ON RUN DIST MIL ON Run Distance New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MIL ON ENG TIME MIL ON Engine Run Time New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MIL status MIL status New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MODEL CODE MODEL CODE New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ENGINE CODE ENGINE CODE New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ECU CODE ECU CODE New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DESTINATION DESTINATION New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG2 REV Motor (MG2) Revolution New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG2 TORQUE Motor (MG2) Torque New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG2 TRQ EXC VAL Motor (MG2) Torque execute value New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG1 REV Generator (MG1) Revolution New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG1 TORQUE Generator (MG1) Torque New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Generator (MG1) Torque execute
PRIUS MG1 TRQ EXC VAL New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA value
ALL REGEN EXEC
PRIUS Regenerative Brake Torque New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA TORQUE
ALL REGEN RQST Request Regenerative Brake
PRIUS New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA TORQUE Torque
ALL
PRIUS MG1 INVERT TEMP Inverter temperature-(MG1) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG2 INVERT TEMP Inverter temperature-(MG2) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
ALL
PRIUS MOTOR1 TEMP Motor temperature No1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MOTOR2 TEMP Motor temperature No2 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CONVERTER TEMP Converter temperature New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS THROTTLE Cruise Throttle Opening Angle New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS POWER RQST Request Power New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS TARGET ENG SPD Target Engine Revolution New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ENGINE SPD Engine SPD New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS VEHICLE SPD Vehicle SPD New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MCYL CTRL POWER Master Cylinder Control Torque New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS SOC Status Of Charge New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS WOUT CTRL POWER Power value of discharge control New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS WIN CTRL POWER Power value of charge control New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DCHG RQST SOC Discharge request to adjust SOC New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS PWR RESOURCE VB Power Resource VB New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS PWR RESOURCEI IB Power Resource IB New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS VL VL-Voltage before raising pressure New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS VH VH-Voltage after raising pressure New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS RAIS PRES RATIO Raising pressure ratio New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DRIVE CONDITON Drive Condition ID New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS M SHIFT SENSOR Shift sensor main New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS S SHIFT SENSOR Shift sensor sub New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS SM SHIFT SENSOR Shift sensor select main New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS SS SHIFT SENSOR Shift sensor select sub New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
ALL
PRIUS SHIFT POSITION Shift sensor shift position New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CRANK POS Crank position New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Air-conditioning consumption
PRIUS A/C CONSMPT PWR New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA power
ALL
PRIUS DRIVE CONDITION Driving Condition New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DRIVING PATTEN1 Driving pattern 1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS SHORT WAVE HIGH Short circuit wave highest value New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG1 CTRL MODE MG1 control mode New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG1 CARRIR FREQ MG1 carrier frequency New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG2 CTRL MODE MG2 control mode New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MG2 CARRIR FREQ MG2 carrier frequency New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ECU TYPE Type of ECU New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CURRENT DTC The number of current code New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS HISTORY DTC The number of history code New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CHECK MODE Check mode New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 INFORMATION n INFORMATION n New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MG1 REV Generator (MG1) Revolution New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MG2 REV Motor (MG2) Revolution New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MG1 TORQUE Generator (MG1) Torque New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MG2 TORQUE Motor (MG2) Torque New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 INVERT TEMP-MG1 Inverter temperature (MG1) New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 INVERT TEMP-MG2 Inverter temperature (MG2) New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MG1 TEMP Motor temperature (MG1) New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MG2 TEMP Motor temperature (MG2) New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 POWER RQST Request Power New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 ENGINE SPD Engine SPD New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MCYL CTRL POWER Master Cylinder Control Torque New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 SOC Status Of Charge New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 WOUT CTRL POWER Power value of discharge control New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 WIN CTRL POWER Power value of charge control New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 DRIVE CONDITION Driving Condition New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 PWR RESOURCE VB Power Resource VB New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 PWR RESOURCE IB Power Resource IB New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 SHIFT POSITION Shift sensor shift position New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 ACCEL SENSOR MAIN Acceleration sensor main New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 AUX. BATT V Auxiliary Battery Voltage New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 CONVERTER TEMP Converter temperature New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 VL VL-Voltage before raising pressure New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 VH VH-Voltage after raising pressure New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 IG ON TIME The amount of time Ignition is ON New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 VEHICLE SPD-MAX Vehicle Speed (Max) New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
Air-conditioning consumption
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 A/C CONSMPT PWR New for Ver.10.2
power
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 ENG STOP RQST Engine Stop Request New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 IDLING REQUEST Engine Idling Request New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 ENGINE FUEL CUT Engine Fuel Cut New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 HV BATT CH RQST Main Battery Charging Request New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 ENG WARM UP RQT Engine Warming up Request New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 STOP SW COND Stop Switch New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 CRUISE CONTROL Cruise Control New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 EXCULSIVE INFO1 Exclusive Information 1 New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 OCCURANCE ORDER Occurrence order New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
Inverter temperature (MG1) after
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 INVT TMP-MG1 IG New for Ver.10.2
IG-ON
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
Inverter temperature (MG2) after
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 INVT TMP-MG2 IG New for Ver.10.2
IG-ON
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
Motor temperature (MG2) after IG-
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MG2 TEMP IG New for Ver.10.2
ON
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
Converter Temperature after IG-
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 CONVRTR TEMP IG New for Ver.10.2
ON
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 SOC IG Status Of Charge after IG-ON New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 INVT TMP-MG1MAX Inverter temperature (MG1) MAX New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 INVT TMP-MG2MAX Inverter temperature (MG2) MAX New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 MG2 TEMP MAX Motor temperature (MG2) MAX New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 CONVRTR TMP MAX Converter Temperature MAX New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 SOC MAX Status Of Charge MAX New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
INFORMATON 1
INFORMATON 2
PRIUS INFORMATON 3 SOC MIN Status Of Charge MIN New for Ver.10.2
INFORMATON 4
INFORMATON 5
PRIUS ENG INDPDNC FAC ENG STOP RQST Engine Stop Request New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ENG INDPDNC FAC IDLING REQUEST Engine Idling Request New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ENG INDPDNC FAC HV BATT CH RQST Main Battery Charging Request New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ENG INDPDNC FAC HCAC ABSRT RQST HCAC OBD Request New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ENG INDPDNC FAC AIRCON REQUEST Air-conditioning request New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ENG INDPDNC FAC ENG WARM UP RQT Engine Warming up Request New for Ver.10.2
System Main Relay Status -
PRIUS SMR CONT1 New for Ver.10.2
SMR/GATE STATUS cont1
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
PRIUS SMR/GATE STATUS MG1 GATE MG1 gate status New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS SMR/GATE STATUS MG2 GATE MG2 gate status New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS SMR/GATE STATUS CNV GATE Converter gate status New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS SMR/GATE STATUS A/C GATE Air-conditioning gate status New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS SMR/GATE STATUS SMART KEY Smart key status New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS SMR/GATE STATUS CNV CARIER FREQ Converter carrier frequency New for Ver.10.2
SHIFT BEF READY
N RANGE CTRL 1
N RANGE CTRL 2
STEP ACCEL IN N
AUX. BATT LOW
HV INTERMITTENT
MG2 TEMP HIGH
MG1 TEMP HIGH
MG2 INV TEMP HI
HV RESET BY IC
PRIUS HV RESET BY CPU LATEST OPER The latest times of operation New for Ver.10.2
MG1 INV TEMP HI
MAIN BATT LOW
RESIST OVR HEAT
Rr MOT TEMP HI
Rr INV TEMP HI
COOLANT HEAT
CONVERTER HEAT
SHIFT P IN RUN
BKWRD DIR SHIFT
PREVENT STAYING
SHIFT BEF READY
N RANGE CTRL 1
N RANGE CTRL 2
STEP ACCEL IN N
AUX. BATT LOW
HV INTERMITTENT
MG2 TEMP HIGH
MG1 TEMP HIGH
MG2 INV TEMP HI
HV RESET BY IC
PRIUS HV RESET BY CPU LATEST TRIP The latest times of trip New for Ver.10.2
MG1 INV TEMP HI
MAIN BATT LOW
RESIST OVR HEAT
Rr MOT TEMP HI
Rr INV TEMP HI
COOLANT HEAT
CONVERTER HEAT
SHIFT P IN RUN
BKWRD DIR SHIFT
PREVENT STAYING
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV
SHIFT BEF READY
N RANGE CTRL 1
N RANGE CTRL 2
STEP ACCEL IN N
AUX. BATT LOW
HV INTERMITTENT
MG2 TEMP HIGH
MG1 TEMP HIGH
MG2 INV TEMP HI
HV RESET BY IC
The times of operation 1 before
PRIUS HV RESET BY CPU BEF LATST OPER New for Ver.10.2
the latest time
MG1 INV TEMP HI
MAIN BATT LOW
RESIST OVR HEAT
Rr MOT TEMP HI
Rr INV TEMP HI
COOLANT HEAT
CONVERTER HEAT
SHIFT P IN RUN
BKWRD DIR SHIFT
PREVENT STAYING
SHIFT BEF READY
N RANGE CTRL 1
N RANGE CTRL 2
STEP ACCEL IN N
AUX. BATT LOW
HV INTERMITTENT
MG2 TEMP HIGH
MG1 TEMP HIGH
MG2 INV TEMP HI
HV RESET BY IC
PRIUS HV RESET BY CPU BEF LATST TRIP New for Ver.10.2
latest time
MG1 INV TEMP HI
MAIN BATT LOW
RESIST OVR HEAT
Rr MOT TEMP HI
Rr INV TEMP HI
COOLANT HEAT
CONVERTER HEAT
SHIFT P IN RUN
BKWRD DIR SHIFT
PREVENT STAYING
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV BATTERY
ALL
PRIUS MIL status Malfunction Indicator Lamp status New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Accumulated driving mileage after
PRIUS DRIVING MILEAGE New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA the malfunction
ALL
PRIUS BATTERY SOC Battery State of Charge New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DELTA SOC Delta State of charge New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS IB BATTERY Current value of Battery Pack New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Inhalation-of-air temperature into a
PRIUS BATT INSIDE AIR New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA battery pack
ALL
PRIUS VMF FAN VOLTAGE Battery cooling fan voltage New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS AUX.BAT V Auxiliary battery voltage New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Charge control value which sent to
PRIUS WIN New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA HV-ECU from battery-ECU
ALL Discharge control value which sent
PRIUS WOUT New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA to HV-ECU from battery-ECU
ALL
PRIUS COOLING FAN SPD COOLING FAN MODE New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ECU CTRL MODE ECU Control mode New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CCTL SIG Charge Control signal New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS EQC0 RELAY SIG Equal Charge Out relay signal New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Equal Transaction charge permit
PRIUS EQTR CHARGE SIG New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA signal
ALL Cooling fan stop control request
PRIUS SBLW RQST New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA (Standby Blower)
ALL
PRIUS BATT TEMP1 Temperature of battery TB1 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS NUM OF BATT The number of Battery Block New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS BAT BLOCK MIN V Battery Block Minimum Voltage New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MIN BAT BLOCK# Minimum Battery Block No New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS BAT BLOCK MAX V Battery Block Max Voltage New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MAX BAT BLOCK# Max Battery Block No New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
ALL
PRIUS V1 BATT BLOCK Battery Block Voltage -V01 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS R1 INTNL RESIST Internal resistance R01 New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
HOME
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS BLOW TIME Accumulated time of Battery LOW New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS DCIH TIME Accumulated time of DC Inhibit New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Accumulated time of Battery too
PRIUS BHI TIME New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA High
ALL Accumulated time of Hot
PRIUS HTMP TIME New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Temperature
ALL
PRIUS REGULATION Compliance regulation New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Number of emission related
PRIUS #CODES New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA powertrain DTC
ALL
PRIUS DTC The number of stored DTC New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
SYSTEM: CAN HV CCS

ALL
PRIUS VEHICLE SPD Cruise Control Vehicle Speed New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Cruise Control Memory Vehicle
PRIUS MEMORY SPD New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Speed
ALL
PRIUS THROTTLE Cruise Throttle Opening Angle New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CRUISE CTRL Cruise Control New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
PRIUS MAIN SW(MAIN) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA CPU)
PRIUS MAIN SW(SUB) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA CPU)
PRIUS CCS READY M New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS CCS READY S New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA (Sub CPU)
ALL Cruise Control Main Switch-
PRIUS CCS INDICATOR M New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Indicator (Main CPU)
PRIUS CCS INDICATOR S New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Indicator (Sub CPU)
ALL
PRIUS CANCEL SW Cancel Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN HV CCS
ALL
PRIUS SET/COAST SW SET/COAST Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS RES/ACC SW RES/ACC Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS STP LIGHT SW1 M Stop Light Switch 1 (Main CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS STP LIGHT SW2 S Stop Light Switch 2 (Sub CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS STP LIGHT SW1 S Stop Light Switch 1 (Sub CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS SHIFT D POS Shift D Position New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS VEHICLE SPD CHG Vehicle speed sudden change New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
SYSTEM: CAN RCCS

ALL
LS430 ACCEL REQUEST Acceleration Request New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 VEHICLE DISTANC Vehicle Distance New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 L/C OPTION FLAG Laser Cruise Option Flag New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 DISTANCE TIME Car Distance Time Setting New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 O/D CUT RQST O/D Cut Request New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 3RD SHIFT DOWN Shift down request to 3rd gear New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 4TH SHIFT DOWN Shift down request to 4th gear New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 ALARM RQST Alarm Request New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 THROTTLE CLOSE All throttle close request New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 BRAKE CTRL RQST Brake control request New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 TARG DECL SLOPE Cruise target deceleration slope New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 VEHICLE SPD Cruise Control Vehicle Speed New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Cruise Control Memory Vehicle
LS430 MEMORY SPD New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Speed
ALL
LS430 THROTTLE Cruise Throttle Opening Angle New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 RQST TORQUEUE Cruise request torque New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
SYSTEM: CAN RCCS
ALL
LS430 CRUISE CTRL Cruise Control New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
LS430 MAIN SW (MAIN) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA CPU)
LS430 MAIN SW (SUB) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA CPU)
LS430 CCS READY M New for Ver.10.2
LS430 CCS READY S New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA (Sub CPU)
LS430 CCS INDICATOR M New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Indicator (Main CPU)
LS430 CCS INDICATOR S New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA Indicator (Sub CPU)
ALL
LS430 CANCEL SW Cancel Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 SET/COAST SW SET/COAST Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 RES/ACC SW RES/ACC Switch New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 STP LIGHT SW1 M Stop Light Switch 1 (Main CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 STP LIGHT SW2 S Stop Light Switch 2 (Sub CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 STP LIGHT SW1 S Stop Light Switch 1 (Sub CPU) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 SHIFT D POS Shift D Position New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
LS430 VSC FAIL SAFE VSC communication fail safe flag New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
SYSTEM: D-SEAT
USER DATA
LS430 CUSTOMIZE HEADREST CTRL Head-Rest Control New support for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
SC430 RECLIN POS INI Reclining position Initial Flag New support for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
SYSTEM: EMPS
ALL This parameter shows whether the
PRIUS READY STATUS New for Ver.10.2.
USER DATA vehicle status
HOME
SYSTEM: IG CONTROL
ALL
PRIUS CARD F-INS SW Card full-insertion detection switch New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS STOP LAMP SW1 Stop lamp switch1 New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS START SW2 Start switch2 New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS START SW1 Start switch1 New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS RATCH CIRCUIT Ratch circuit New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS IG1 RELAY MON1 Ignition1 relay monitor (outside) New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS IG1 RELAY MON2 Ignition1 relay monitor (inside) New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS IG2 RELAY MON1 Ignition2 relay monitor (outside) New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS IG2 RELAY MON2 Ignition2 relay monitor (inside) New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ACC RELAY MON ACC relay monitor New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS READY SIG Ready signal New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS VEHICLE SPD SIG Vehicle speed signal New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS SHIFT P PULSE Shift P signal pulse New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS PWR COND Power supply condition New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS #CODE Number of diagnosis code New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
SYSTEM: P-SEAT
ALL
SC430 RECLIN POS INI Reclining position Initial Flag New support for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
SYSTEM: SMART KEY

ALL
PRIUS USER DATA D TOUCH SENSOR Driver-door touch sensor New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA P TOUCH SENSOR Passenger-door touch sensor New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA DR TOUCH SENSOR Driver Rear-door touch sensor New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
HOME
SYSTEM: SMART KEY
ALL
Passenger Rear-door touch
PRIUS USER DATA PR TOUCH SENSOR New for Ver.10.2
sensor
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA D TRIGGER SW Driver-door trigger switch New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA P TRIGGER SW Passenger-door trigger switch New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA DR TRIGGER SW Driver Rear-door trigger switch New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
Passenger Rear-door trigger
PRIUS USER DATA PR TRIGGER SW New for Ver.10.2
switch
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA TR/B-DOOR LOCK Trunk/Back-door lock switch New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA TR/B-DOOR UNLK Trunk/Back-door unlock switch New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA SMART CANCEL SW SMART Cancel switch New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA UNLK WARN SW Key unlock warning switch New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA IG SW Ignition switch New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE SMART UNLOCK SMART door unlock mode New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE SMART IGNITION SMART ignition available area New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Wait time to permit opening door
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE PARK WAIT TIME New for Ver.10.2
after locking.
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Interval to send a signal to Verify
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE TRANSMIT INTVAL New for Ver.10.2
SMART entry
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Trunk open mode with SMART
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE SMART TRUNK New for Ver.10.2
when vehicle is locked
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Trunk open mode when the key is
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE KEY IN TRUNK New for Ver.10.2
left in a trunk
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
HOME
SYSTEM: SMART KEY
USER DATA
Backdoor opening operation
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE SMART BACK DOOR New for Ver.10.2
when vehicle is locked
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Warn a key is taken from D-door
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE SMART WARN1 New for Ver.10.2
with P range
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Warn a key is taken from D-door
without P range
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Warn a key is taken out by fellow
passengers
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Warn locking door when Engine
idling
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Warn when the key is left in the
vehicle
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Warn when the key battery
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE KEY LOW-BATT WRN New for Ver.10.2
becomes weak.
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Warn starting E/G when the key
is out of range.
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
Setting a number of warning
PRIUS CUSTOMIZE SMART BUZ NUM New for Ver.10.2
buzzer sounds
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA UNMATCH V-ID Unmatched vehicle-ID New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA NO RESPONSE No response New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
Unmatched response code or
PRIUS USER DATA UNMATCH FORMAT New for Ver.10.2
format
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA LOW BATTERY Key low battery New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA P/S 10-MIN Power save counter - 10 minutes New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA P/S 5-DAY Power save counter - 5 days New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA P/S 14-DAY Power save counter - 14 days New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
HOME
SYSTEM: SMART KEY
ALL
Registered condition of master
PRIUS USER DATA MASTER ID 7 New for Ver.10.2
key ID #7
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
key ID #6
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
key ID #5
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
key ID #4
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
key ID #3
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
key ID #2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
key ID #1
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
key ID #0
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
ALL
PRIUS USER DATA #CODES Number of Trouble Codes New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
SYSTEM: SRS (PHASE4)

ALL
SOLARA SLAFR CUR Current of SLAFR solenoid New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
SOLARA D SEAT POSITION Seat position (Driver side) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
SOLARA PASSENGER CLASS Passenger classification New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
SOLARA PASSENGER DETEC Passenger detection New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
SOLARA D BUCKLE SW Buckle switch (Driver side) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
SOLARA L BUCKLE SW Buckle switch (Left side) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
SOLARA P BUCKLE SW Buckle switch (Passenger side) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
SOLARA R BUCKLE SW Buckle switch (Right side) New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Display type identification
SOLARA DISPLAY TYPE New for Ver.10.2
USER DATA information
HOME
SYSTEM: TDS
ALL
LS430 USER DATA P/S 14-DAY Power save counter - 14 days New for Ver.10.2
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
SYSTEM: TIRE PRESSURE

4RUNNER ALL DATA
REGIT ID1 CODE Registered ID1 code New for Ver.10.2
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
TRANS STATUS ID code Transmission Status New for Ver.10.2
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
INITIAL SW Initialization Switch Status New for Ver.10.2
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
TIREPRESS1 ID1 Tire Inflation Pressure New for Ver.10.2
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
TIRE TEMP 1 ID1 Temperature in tire New for Ver.10.2
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
4RUNNER ALL DATA
GX470 USER DATA
HOME
SYSTEM: Transmission Control
ALL
PRIUS SHFT POS P Shift position display (P) New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS SHFT POS N-P Shift position display (not P) New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MAS CAUTION Master caution display New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS PSW INDICATOR PSW indicator mode New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS U VOL VAL U phase voltage value New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS V VOL VAL V phase voltage value New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS W VOL VAL W phase voltage value New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS BATT VOL VAL BATT voltage value New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS IG(+B) VOL VAL IG (+B) voltage value New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Power supply off preparation
PRIUS P SPLY OFF SIG New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA request signal
ALL Completion of learning lock
PRIUS LRN LOCK POS New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA position
ALL Completion of learning unlock
PRIUS LRN UNLOCK POS New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA position
ALL Number of trip counter after
PRIUS TRIP COUNTER New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA learning
ALL
PRIUS MTR MAIN RELAY Main relay for motor drive New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ELCTRCL KEY SIG Signal of electrical key condition New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS #CODE Number of diagnosis code New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CURRENT U U phase current-carrying status New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CURRENT V V phase current-carrying status New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS CURRENT W W phase current-carrying status New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS U VOL U phase voltage status New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS V VOL V phase voltage status New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS W VOL W phase voltage status New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS BATT VOL BATT voltage status New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
SYSTEM: Transmission Control
ALL
PRIUS IG VOL IG (+B) phase voltage status New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ACC SIG ACC condition signal New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS INIT CNTRL Initial drive control completed New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL Completion of detecting lock
PRIUS DTCT LOCK POS New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA position
ALL Completion of detecting unlock
PRIUS DTCT UNLOCK POS New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA position
ALL
PRIUS SHFT RANGE P/Not P movable shift range New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS MAIN RELAY Main relay New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS VHCL COND Vehicle condition New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
ALL
PRIUS ECU TYPE Type of ECU New System for Ver.10.2
USER DATA
HOME
Table 2 - Active Tests – New Support/Updates
System: ABS
PRIUS ZERO DOWN Accumulator zero down activation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS SSC PATTERN Stroke simulator cut valve pattern activation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS MC1 Master cut valve 1 activation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS MC2 Master cut valve 2 activation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ECB INVALID ECB invalid New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ACC PATTERN Actuator air bleeding pattern activation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS POWER SUPPLY 1 Power supply air bleeding pattern activation 1 New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS POWER SUPPLY 2 Power supply air bleeding pattern activation 2 New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ECB INDI LIGHT ECB indicator light New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS MAIN RELAY 1 Main relay 1 for ECB New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS MAIN RELAY 2 Main relay 2 for ECB New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS RL AIR BLEEDING RL wheel air bleeding pattern activation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS RR AIR BLEEDING RR wheel air bleeding pattern activation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS MOTOR RELAY 1 Motor relay 1 New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS MOTOR RELAY 2 Motor relay 2 New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS PUMP PATTERN Pump check pattern activation New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS DRAIN PATTERN Drain system air bleeding pattern activation New for Ver.10.2
System: A/C
PRIUS COMPRS TARG SPD Activate the compressor speed. New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS WATER PUMP Activate the water pump. New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS ELECTRICAL FAN Activate the electrical fan. New for Ver.10.2
System: CAN HV
PRIUS INSPECTION MOD1 Activate the “Inspection Mode -2WD” New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS INSPECTION MOD2 Activate the “Inspection mode -2WD chassis-dynamo” New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS EQUAL CHARGE Activate the “Equalizing charging” New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS INVERTER STOP Forcible stop of inverter drive New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS CRANKING RQST Cranking Request New for Ver.10.2
System: CAN HV BAT

PRIUS COOLING FAN SPD Driving the battery cooling fan New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS BATTERY CHECK Discharging battery to check weak battery cells New for Ver.10.2
System: ECT
LS430 LINE PRESS UP Control the line pressure up New for Ver.10.2
LS430 LOCK UP Control the lock up New for Ver.10.2
LS430 SHIFT Control the shift position New for Ver.10.2
LS430 TC/TE1 Connect the TC and TE1 New for Ver.10.2
HOME
System: ENGINE/ENGINE & ECT
PRIUS
INJ VOL Control the injection volume New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
A/F CONTROL Control the injection volume for Air/Fuel sensor New for Ver.10.2
LS430
LS430 FUEL PMP SP CTL Activate the fuel pump speed control New for Ver.10.2
LS430 INTAKE CTL VSV1 Activate the VSV for intake control New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VVT CTRL B2 Control the VVT system (bank2) New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS
EVAP VSV(ALONE) Activate the VSV for EVAP control New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
FUEL PUMP / SPD Control the fuel pump / speed New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
VVT CTRL B1 Activate the VVT system (bank1) New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
TC/TE1 Connect the TC and TE1 New for Ver.10.2
LS430
LS430 FC IDL PROHBT Control the idle fuel cut prohibit New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS
COOLING FAN Control the Electric Cooling Fan New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
TANK BYPASS VSV Activate the VSV for tank bypass New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
CAN CTRL VSV Activate the VSV for canister control New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
ETCS OPEN SLOW Open the Electronic throttle control system slowly New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
ETCS CLOSE SLOW Close the Electronic throttle control system slowly New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
ETCS OPEN FAST Open the Electronic throttle control system fast New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
ETCS CLOSE FAST Close the Electronic throttle control system fast New for Ver.10.2
LS430
LS430 FUEL CUT #8 Control the cylinder#8 fuel cut New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS
FUEL CUT #4 Control the cylinder#4 fuel cut New for Ver.10.2
LS430
PRIUS
LS430
PRIUS
LS430
PRIUS
LS430
LS430 VVT B1 Control the VVT (Bank1) New for Ver.10.2
LS430 VVT B2 Control the VVT (Bank2) New for Ver.10.2
HOME
System: ENGINE/ENGINE & ECT
PRIUS WATER FLW VLV5 Activate the water flow valve 5 New for Ver.10.2
PRIUS WATER PUMP Activate the water pump New for Ver.10.2
System: IG CONTROL
PRIUS KEY LOCK Activate the key lock New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS LIGHTING IND Activate the indicator for lighting New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS IND CONDITION Indicator condition New System for Ver.10.2
System: METER
LS430 AFS OFF Activate the AFS OFF indicator New for Ver.10.2
System: SMART KEY

PRIUS IN LUG TUNER Inside luggage tuner power supply ON New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS OVERHEAD TUNER Overhead tuner power supply ON (RCO output ON) New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS D TRANSMITTER D-sheet outside communicator New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS P TRANSMITTER P-sheet outside communicator New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS DR TRANSMITTER DR-sheet outside communicator New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS PR TRANSMITTER PR-sheet outside communicator New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS Fr TRANSMITTER Fr-sheet inside communicator New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS Rr TRANSMITTER Rr-sheet inside communicator New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS IN_BDR TRNSMTTR Inside trunk/ Inside backdoor communicator New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS BDOOR TRNSMTTR Outside trunk/ outside backdoor communicator New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS D SELECT SIG D-sheet select New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS P SELECT SIG P-sheet select New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS DR SELECT SIG DR-sheet select New System for Ver.10.2
PRIUS PR SELECT SIG PR-sheet select New System for Ver.10.2
System: STEERING LOCK

LS430
STUCK WARN Activate the steering stuck warning New for Ver.10.2.
(with Smart)
LS430
METER CHIME2 Activate the meter chime continuously New for Ver.10.2.
PRIUS
HOME

Last Updated: May 20, 2003
Contents:
• ABS MEMORY RESET
• SEQUENTIAL MANUAL TRANSMISSION PARTS EXCHANGE
• 2004 MY VEHICLE SUPPORT (USING 2004 NEW MODEL SELECTION)
• TABLE 3 – 2004 SCION VEHICLE / SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
HOME
VEHICLE COVERAGE
All 2003 model year vehicles, the 2004 MY RX330, and the 2004 MY Sienna are fully supported in
Evaluation Version 10.1a Diagnostic Tester software. This support includes OBD/MOBD, Enhanced
OBD-II, and NVH functions. In addition, preliminary OBD/MOBD support is available for the 2004
Scion xA and xB. Vehicles supported in the 10.1a software include:
LEXUS TOYOTA SCION
ES300 4RUNNER xA
GS300 AVALON xB
GS430 CAMRY
GX470 CELICA
IS300 COROLLA
LS430 ECHO
LX470 HIGHLANDER
RX300 LAND CRUISER
RX330 MATRIX
SC430 MR2
PRIUS
RAV4
RAV4 EV
SEQUOIA
SIENNA
SOLARA
TACOMA
TUNDRA
HOME
ABS MEMORY RESET
Description:
The repair manual may require use of ABS Memory Reset after replacing components of the
ABS/VSC system on some models. Perform the following procedure to reset the ABS ECU learned
memory only if directed by repair manual.
Sample Screen Flow
YES
RESET MEMORY
*NOW PROCESSING*
AUTO
HOME
SEQUENTIAL MANUAL TRANSMISSION PARTS EXCHANGE

Description:
After replacement of parts for the sequential manual transmission, the following procedure must be
performed to initialize the new parts to the ECU. Only perform when instructed by the repair manual.
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
HOME
ENTER
NO
To MENU
YES
ENTER ENTER
To MENU
2
HOME
ENTER AUTO
AUTO ENTER
To MENU
ENTER
HOME
System: AIRCON
USER DATA
SIENNA DIAG&CUSTOMIZE AUTO BLOW UP Foot/DEF automatic blow up function New for Ver.10.1
CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA To control the shifted ambient
RX330 DIAG&CUSTOMIZE AMBIENT TMP SFT temperature against the display New for Ver.10.1
CUSTOMIZE ambient temperature
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA REAR ROOM TEMP Actual room temperature (Rear) New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA R-AMBI TEMP SEN Actual ambient temperature (Rear) New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA SET TEMP REAR Actual set temperature New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA ESTIMATE TEMP-R Estimated temperature (Rear) New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA A/M DAMP POS-R Air mix damper position (Rear) New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA A/O DAMP POS-R Air outlet mode damper position (Rear) New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA A/M DAMP TARG-R Air mix damper target position (Rear) New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA A/O DAMP TARG-R Air outlet damper target position (Rear) New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA BLOWER LEVEL-R Blower motor speed level (Rear) New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
System: BACK-DOOR
ALL DATA
RX330 Back Door Position
USER DATA DOOR POS-1/4 New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA (Fully close – 1/4 Open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA (1/4 Open – 1/2 Open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA (1/2 Open – 3/4 Open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
USER DATA DOOR POS-OPEN New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA (3/4 Open – Fully Open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 Power back door touch sensor RH
USER DATA PBD TOUCH SEN R New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
HOME
System: BACK-DOOR (Cont.)
ALL DATA
RX330 Power back door touch sensor LH
USER DATA PBD TOUCH SEN L New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330
USER DATA PBD MAIN SW Power back door main switch signal New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330
USER DATA PBD SW OPER Power back door switch operation New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 Warning buzzer volume during power
USER DATA PBD BUZZ VOL New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA back operation
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA Wireless power back door switch
RX330
USER DATA WIRELS PBD OPER operation (Transmitter switch New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE operation)
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA PBD ASSIST CLS Power back door assist close operation New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330
USER DATA PBD ASSIST OPN Power back door assist open operation New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
System: BODY
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 CUSTOMIZE WIRLS BUZZ RESP Wireless buzzer response signal New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
USER DATA
SIENNA CUSTOMIZE ARMED STATE IND Indicator blinking when armed state New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
RX300 ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA B DOR OPER SW Power back door MAIN switch signal New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA D PSD SW Power slide door MAIN switch signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Passenger power slide door MAIN
SIENNA USER DATA P PSD SW New for Ver.10.1
switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA GLS BRK DETECT Glass break sensor detection New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
System: RR-Door, RL-Door

ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA PSD TOUCH SEN Power slide door touch sensor signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Power slide door lock closer position
SIENNA USER DATA CLOSER POS SW New for Ver.10.1
switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
HOME
System: RR-Door, RL-Door (Cont.)
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA HANDLE SW Handle operation detect switch signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA PSD MAIN SW Power slide door main switch signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA B PILLER SW Power slide door control switch signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA CHILD LOCK SW Child protection detect switch signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
SIENNA USER DATA FUEL LID SW Fuel lid courtesy switch signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Slide door position
SIENNA USER DATA DOOR POS-1/4 New for Ver.10.1
(Full close – 1/4 open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Slide door position
(1/4 open – 1/2 open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Slide door position
(1/2 open – 3/4 open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Slide door position
SIENNA USER DATA DOOR POS-OPEN New for Ver.10.1
(3/4 open – full open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
CUSTOMIZE
SIENNA USER DATA PSD SW OPER Power slide door switch operation New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
CUSTOMIZE
Warning buzzer volume during power
SIENNA USER DATA PSD BUZZ VOL New for Ver.10.1
slide door operation
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
CUSTOMIZE Wireless power slide door switch
SIENNA USER DATA WIRELS PSD OPER operation (Transmitter switch New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE operation)
System: D-Seat
ALL DATA
ALL M3 SW Seat memory switch M3 signal New for Ver.10.1
USER DATA
ALL DATA Driving position memorized with seat
ALL MEM M3 SW New for Ver.10.1
USER DATA memory switch M3
ALL DATA Seat position memorized with seat
ALL SEAT MEM M3 New for Ver.10.1
ALL DATA Driver side mirror position memorized
ALL D-MIRR MEM M3 New for Ver.10.1
USER DATA with seat memory switch M3
Passenger side mirror position

ALL DATA
ALL P-MIRR MEM M3 memorized with seat memory switch New for Ver.10.1
USER DATA
M3
HOME
System: D-Seat (Cont.)
ALL DATA Seat sliding position memorized with
ALL SLIDE MEM POS 3 New for Ver.10.1
USER DATA seat memory switch M3
ALL DATA Seatback position memorized with seat
ALL RECLN MEM POS 3 New for Ver.10.1
ALL DATA Front vertical position memorized with
ALL F VTCL MEM POS3 New for Ver.10.1
ALL DATA Lifter position memorized with seat
ALL LIFTER MEM POS3 New for Ver.10.1
ALL DATA Headrest position memorized with seat
ALL HEDRST MEM POS3 New for Ver.10.1
ALL DATA Cushion position memorized with seat
ALL CUSHIO MEM POS3 New for Ver.10.1
ALL DATA Belt anchor position memorized with
ALL BELT ANCHO POS3 New for Ver.10.1
ALL DATA Driver side mirror position memorized

ALL D-MIR MEM POS 3 New for Ver.10.1
USER DATA with seat memory switch M3
Passenger side mirror position
ALL DATA
ALL P-MIR MEM POS 3 memorized with seat memory switch New for Ver.10.1
USER DATA
M3
System: MASTER SW
ALL DATA
Driver door power window auto switch
RX330 USER DATA P/W AUTO SW New for Ver.10.1
signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Passenger door remote power window
RX330 USER DATA P P/W AUTO SW New for Ver.10.1
auto switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Rear RH door remote power window
RX330 USER DATA RR P/W AUTO SW New for Ver.10.1
auto switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Rear LH door remote power window
RX330 USER DATA RL P/W AUTO SW New for Ver.10.1
auto switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Driver door power window manual up
RX330 USER DATA P/W UP SW New for Ver.10.1
switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA P P/W UP SW New for Ver.10.1
manual up switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA RR P/W UP SW New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA RL P/W UP SW New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Driver door power window manual
RX330 USER DATA P/W DOWN SW New for Ver.10.1
down switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA P P/W DOWN SW New for Ver.10.1
manual down switch signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
HOME
System: MASTER SW (Cont.)
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA RR P/W DOWN SW New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA RL P/W DOWN SW New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA DOOR LOCK SW Door control switch lock signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA DOOR UNLOCK SW Door control switch unlock signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA P/W LOCK SW Power window lock switch New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA LOCK POS SW Door unlock detection switch signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Driver door lock/unlock switch lock
RX330 USER DATA DOOR KEY LOCK New for Ver.10.1
signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Driver door lock/unlock switch unlock
RX330 USER DATA DOOR KEY UNLOCK New for Ver.10.1
signal
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA SEAT SET SW Seat memory set switch signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
RX330 USER DATA SEAT MEM M1 Seat memory switch M1 signal New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Glass position
RX330 USER DATA GLASS POS-1/4 New for Ver.10.1
(Fully close - 1/4open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Glass position
(1/4open - 1/2open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Glass position
(1/2open - 3/4open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
ALL DATA
Glass position
RX330 USER DATA GLASS POS-OPEN New for Ver.10.1
(3/4open - Fully open)
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
CUSTOMIZE
RX330 USER DATA UP/DOOR KEY Door key linked P/W UP New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
HOME
System: MASTER SW (Cont.)
CUSTOMIZE
RX330 USER DATA DOWN/DOOR KEY Door key linked P/W DOWN New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
CUSTOMIZE
RX330 USER DATA UP/WIRELESS P/W UP w/ transmitter New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
CUSTOMIZE
RX330 USER DATA DOWN/WIRELESS P/W DOWN w/ transmitter New for Ver.10.1
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE
System: Tire Pressure Warning System

Parameter name has been
ALL DATA Tire pressure warning system mode
SC430 MODE STATUS changed from “TPWS
USER DATA condition
MODE”.
changed from
ALL DATA
SC430 ID1 PAINT COLOR Paint color of ID1 Transmitter “ID1”.Parameter list are
USER DATA
“WHITE”, “BLUE”, “RED”,
“GOLD” and “NO REGD”.
changed from
ALL DATA
USER DATA
changed from
ALL DATA
USER DATA
changed from
ALL DATA
USER DATA
HOME
System: Aircon

RX330
BLOWER MOTOR Activate the level of blower motor New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
RX330
AIR MIX DAMP-D Activate the air mix damper of driver side New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
RX330
AIR MIX DAMP-P Activate the air mix damper of passenger side New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
RX330 Activate the air outlet mode damper of driver
A/O MODE DAMP-D New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA side
RX330
A/I DAMP-LINEAR Activate the air inlet damper linearly New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
SIENNA REAR BLOWER Activate the rear blower.(OFF/LO/HI) New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA AIR MIX DAMP-R Activate the air mix damper of rear New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA A/O MODE DAMP-R Activate the air outlet mode damper of rear New for Ver.10.1
RX330
A/C MAG CLUTCH Activate the magnet clutch New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
RX330 DEFOGGER RLY-R Activate the defogger relay of rear New for Ver.10.1
RX330 DEICER RLY-R Activate the deicer relay of rear New for Ver.10.1
System: Body

IG OFF power window control permission
SIENNA IG OFF P/W New for Ver.10.1
output
RX300
SHOCK UNLOCK Shock detection unlock New for Ver.10.1
RX330
System: RL Door, RR Door

SIENNA PSD MOTOR Activate the power slide door control motor New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA PSD CLUTCH Activate the power slide door control clutch New for Ver.10.1
Turn the power slide door buzzer sound
SIENNA PSD BUZZER New for Ver.10.1
ON/OFF
SIENNA RELEASE ACT Activate the slide door lock release motor New for Ver.10.1
System: Meter

RX330
L-CRUISE DISP Activate the display of Laser Cruise New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
RX330
L-CRS CHECK IND Activate the check indicator of Laser Cruise New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
RX330
L-CRS READY IND Activate the ready indicator of Laser Cruise New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA
RX330 Activate the indicator to show the status of
L-CRS FIXED SPD New for Ver.10.1
SIENNA Laser Cruise
RX330 A/T SHIFT LCD Activate the LCD indicator of A/T shift New for Ver.10.1
RX330 S SHFT RJCT BUZ Activate the sports shift reject buzzer New for Ver.10.1
HOME
2004 MY VEHICLE SUPPORT USING 2004 NEW MODEL
To ensure full access to all new 2004 MY Scion xA and xB vehicle functions when using version
10.1a software, please use the following procedure.
NOTE: ENHANCED OBDII may not display all available DTCs and data parameters. To access
initial support for the ’04 MY Scion xA and xB vehicles, OBD / MOBD must be selected from
the FUNCTION SELECT menu followed by 2004 NEW MODEL.
PROCEDURE
1. DETERMINE IF THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN UPDATED

Look up the related model and system on the following table. The Vehicle/System
Selection Lists identify all updated systems and include scantool access information.
TABLE 3 – 2004 SCION VEHICLE / SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
2. ACCESS THE UPDATED ECU

A. Select OBD / MOBD from the FUNCTION SELECT menu.
B. Next, select 2004 and 2004 NEW MODEL, then enter the model selection
information as shown on the System / Selection table (Refer to the example on the
following page).
HOME
2004 MY VEHICLE SUPPORT USING 2004 NEW MODEL (Continued)
Example- Accessing the 2004 Scion xA ABS System.
1. Look up the Scion xA on “Table 3 - 2004 Toyota Vehicle / System Selection List.”
VEHICLE SYSTEM MODEL NAME SEL1 SEL2 SEL3

Scion xA ENGINE AND ECT 2004 NEW MODEL ENGINE OBD2_B103
ABS 2004 NEW MODEL CHASSIS ABS ABS_CO
2. Select the appropriate options as shown below.
HOME
Table 3 – 2004 Scion Vehicle / System Selection List

Vehicle System Model Name Sel. 1 Sel. 2 Sel. 3
ENGINE AND ECT 2004 NEW MODEL ENGINE OBD2_E103
xA ABS 2004 NEW MODEL CHASSIS ABS ABS_CO
SRS AIRBAG 2004 NEW MODEL BODY SRS AIRBAG SRS
ENGINE AND ECT 2004 NEW MODEL ENGINE OBD2_E103
xB IMMOBILISER 2004 NEW MODEL CHASSIS ABS ABS_CO
CCS 2004 NEW MODEL BODY SRS AIRBAG SRS
HOME

Contents:
• MONITOR RESULTS
• STEERING SENSOR INITIALIZE (AFS)
• HEIGHT OFFSET (AIR SUSPENSION)
• SENSITIVITY CHECK (OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM)
• ZERO POINT CORRECT (OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM)
• COUNTER CLEARANCE (VGRS)
• RECORDS CLEARANCE (VGRS)
• SIGNAL CHECK (VGRS)
• STEERING ANGLE ADJUSTMENT (VGRS)
• 2004 MY VEHICLE SUPPORT (USING 2004 NEW MODEL SELECTION)
• 2004 MY CUSTOMIZE INSTRUCTIONS (USING 2004 NEW MODEL SELECTION)
• TABLE 3 – 2004 TOYOTA VEHICLE / SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
• TABLE 4 – 2004 TOYOTA CUSTOMIZE SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
• TABLE 5 – 2004 LEXUS VEHICLE / SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
• TABLE 6 – 2004 LEXUS CUSTOMIZE SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
HOME
VEHICLE COVERAGE
All 2003 model year vehicles are fully supported in Evaluation Version 10.0a Diagnostic Tester
software. This support includes OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, and NVH functions. In addition,
preliminary OBD/MOBD support is available for the 2004 Sienna and RX330. Vehicles supported in
the 10.0a software include:
LEXUS TOYOTA
ES300 4RUNNER
GS300 AVALON
GS430 CAMRY
GX470 CELICA
IS300 COROLLA
LS430 ECHO
LX470 HIGHLANDER
RX300 LAND CRUISER
RX330 MATRIX
SC430 MR2
PRIUS
RAV4
RAV4 EV
SEQUOIA
SIENNA
SOLARA
TACOMA
TUNDRA
HOME
MONITOR RESULTS
Description
The new Monitor Results function allows the scantool to display monitored values and related test
limits for certain OBD II readiness monitors. When running an OBD II monitor, the PCM records the
value of the monitored parameter at a specific point during monitor operation. This value is shown in
Monitor Results as VAL. The PCM then compares the recorded value (VAL) to the pre-programmed
test limit (LMT) to determine if the monitor has passed or failed. Depending on the test limit type
(TLT) monitor type, the recorded value may need to be greater or less than the test limit (TLT) to fail
the monitor. This is determined by the TLT value.
TLT Pass Fail

0 VAL less than LMT VAL greater than LMT
1 VAL greater than LMT VAL less than LMT
If the TLT is 0, then the monitor will fail if the VAL is greater than the LMT. Conversely, if the TLT is
1, then the monitor will fail if the VAL is less than the LMT
Example Result
VAL – 0.0078
LMT – 0.4992 Pass
TLT – 0
VAL – 0.0078
LMT – 0.4992 Fail
TLT – 1
Sample Screen Flow
From Diagnostic Menu
ENTER
HOME
ENTER
HELP
HOME
STEERING SENSOR INITIALIZE
Description
An AFS (Adaptive Front-Lighting System) has been adopted as an option for the 2004 RX330. The
AFS ECU judges the steering angle and steering direction from the steering angle sensor signal. The
steering sensor will need to be initialized when:
• Disconnecting the battery terminal

• Replacing the steering sensor
• Replacing the AFS ECU
Please refer to the 2004 RX330 Repair Manual for more information.
Sample Screen Flow
From MENU
ENTER
YES
HOME
HEIGHT OFFSET
Description
The air suspension system is an option for the 2004 RX330. Height control sensors are used by the
Height Control ECU to determine normal vehicle height. The Height Offset procedure must be
performed if any of the following components are adjusted or replaced:
• Height Control Sensors
• Height Control ECU
Please refer to the 2004 RX330 Repair Manual for more information.
Sample Screen Flow
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
HOME
ENTER ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
HOME
SENSITIVITY CHECK
Description
New for the 2004 RX330 is the Occupant Detection System. The Sensitivity Check is performed to
check the accuracy of the Occupant Seat Sensor. Please refer to the 2004 RX330 Repair Manual
(Section 5) for more information.
Sample Screen Flow
From MENU
ENTER EXIT
To MENU
ENTER
ENTER
To MENU
HOME
ZERO POINT CORRECT
Description
New for the 2004 RX330 is the Occupant Detection System. The Zero Point Correct procedure will
need to performed when:
• Installing accessories (seatback table, seat cover, ect.)
• The passenger seat is removed or unbolted from the vehicle
• The SRS warning light is illuminated
• The vehicle is involved in an accident
Please refer to the 2004 RX330 Repair Manual (Section 5) for more information.
Sample Screen Flow
FROM MENU
ENTER EXIT TO
MENU
ENTER EXIT TO
MENU
1
HOME
YES
ZERO POINT CORRECT ZERO POINT CORRECT
FAILED
Failed to SECURITY
* NOW PROCESSING * ACCESS.
Try again
PRESS [ENTER]
ENTER
TO
MENU
ZERO POINT CORRECT ZERO POINT CORRECT ZERO POINT CORRECT
COMPLETED FAILED FAILED

Weight Sensor range
over malfunction
EEPROM writing error Front Left･･･････MAX
Front Right･･････MAX
Please check DTCs Rear Left････････MAX
Rear Right･･･････MAX
PRESS [ENTER]
ENTER ENTER ENTER
TO TO TO
MENU MENU MENU
HOME
COUNTER CLEARANCE
Description
New for the 2003 LX470 is Variable Gear Ratio Steering (VGRS). The VGRS ECU monitors actuator
motor current for a drop below 3A for more than 0.1 seconds during operation. Each low amperage
occurrence advances an internal ECU counter. When the counter exceeds a specified number, the
ECU:
• Records DTC C1555
• Disables the VGRS
• Illuminates the warning light
NOTE: • This counter is not used for diagnosis and cannot be seen using the scan tool.
• DTC C1555 cannot be cleared using the clear codes function.
The Counter Clearance function must be performed to clear DTC C1555 and reset the internal ECU
counter. During this procedure, all codes stored in the ECU will also be erased. Please refer to the
repair manual for more information.
Sample Screen Flow
FROM MENU
YES NO
TO MENU
YES NO
TO MENU
HOME
RECORDS CLEARANCE
Description
New for the 2003 LX470 is Variable Gear Ratio Steering (VGRS). The VGRS ECU records the
following five temporary conditions:
• Motor Overheat
• Motor Low Power
• Motor High Power
• Left Wheel Speed Sensor Malfunction
• Right Wheel Speed Sensor Malfunction
If one of these conditions occurs, the VGRS system is temporarily disabled and a record is stored in
the VGRS ECU. The MIL will not illuminate and no codes are associated with these malfunctions.
NOTE: During diagnosis, these records can assist in identifying intermittent VGRS failure.
When a fault occurs, the related record changes from UNREC (normal) to REC (condition has
existed) in the VGRS data list. These records are not reset to UNREC even if the system returns to
normal operation. The Records Clearance function is used to reset these records back to UNREC.
Please refer to the repair manual for more information.
Sample Screen Flow

FROM MENU
ENTER
YES
NO
Version 10.0a TO MENU 8 of 31

HOME
SIGNAL CHECK
Description
The Signal Check function allows the technician to perform certain VGRS diagnostic procedures
without making terminal-to-terminal connections on the data link connector. For the 10.0a software
release, the VGRS Signal Check function has been added for the 2003 LX470. Please refer to the
repair manual for the vehicle specific procedure.
Sample Screen Flow

FROM MENU
EXIT
ENTER TO MENU
EXIT
ENTER
NO
YES
TO MENU
HOME
STEERING ANGLE ADJUSTMENT
Description
The Steering Angle Adjustment function must be used to reset the steering wheel center point after
the VGRS ECU, VGRS Actuator, Steering Gear, and/or major suspension/steering components are
replaced. Perform this function when directed by the repair manual.
The Variable Gear Ratio Steering system uses an actuator in the intermediate steering shaft to
dynamically control the steering ratio based upon driving conditions. The system uses two position
sensors to monitor the Steering Wheel and VGRS Actuator Position. To maintain a centered steering
wheel during driving, the VGRS ECU must record the Steering Wheel and Steering Gear center
position. The Steering Angle Adjustment function allows the ECU to relearn the center steering after
ECU, Actuator, or Steering Gear replacement.
Sample Screen Flow
FROM MENU
EXIT
ENTER TO MENU
EXIT
ENTER TO MENU
1
HOME
ENTER ENTER
ENTER
text
ENTER
HOME
2004 MY VEHICLE SUPPORT USING 2004 NEW MODEL
To ensure full access to all new 2004 functions when using version 10.0a software, please use the
following procedure.
NOTE: ENHANCED OBDII may not display all available DTCs and data parameters. To access
initial support for ’04 MY vehicles, OBD / MOBD must be selected from the FUNCTION
SELECT menu followed by 2004 NEW MODEL.
PROCEDURE
1. DETERMINE IF THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN UPDATED

Look up the related model and system on the following tables. The Vehicle/System
Selection Lists identify all updated systems and include scantool access information.
TABLE 3 – 2004 TOYOTA VEHICLE / SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
TABLE 4 – 2004 LEXUS VEHICLE / SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
If the vehicle and system are listed in the above tables: use the vehicle select
procedure outlined in step 2.
If the vehicle or system is not listed: access the vehicle as a ’03 MY.
2. ACCESS THE UPDATED ECU

A. Select OBD / MOBD from the FUNCTION SELECT menu.
B. Next, select 2004 and 2004 NEW MODEL, then enter the model selection
information as shown on the System / Selection table (Refer to the example on the
following page).
HOME
2004 MY VEHICLE SUPPORT USING 2004 NEW MODEL (Continued)
Example- Accessing the 2004 Sienna Immobilizer System.
1. Look up the Sienna on “Table 3 - 2004 Toyota Vehicle / System Selection List.”
VEHICLE SYSTEM MODEL NAME SEL1 SEL2 SEL3

Sienna ENGINE AND ECT 2004 NEW MODEL ENGINE OBD2_B03
IMMOBILISER 2004 NEW MODEL ANTI THEFT IMMOBILISER S_IMMO_A2
HOME
2004 MY CUSTOMIZE SUPPORT
To enable initial support of the CUSTOMIZE feature for ’04 MY vehicles, use the Toyota and Lexus
CUSTOMIZE selection tables which are included in this New Features document.
PROCEDURE
1. DETERMINE IF THE VEHICLE SUPPORTS THE CUSTOMIZE FEATURE

TABLE 5 – 2004 TOYOTA CUSTOMIZE SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
TABLE 6 – 2004 LEXUS CUSTOMIZE SYSTEM SELECTION LIST
2. MAKE THE APPROPRIATE SCANTOOL SELECTIONS

A. Select CUSTOMIZE from the APPLICATION SELECT menu.
B. Select 2004 from the SELECT NEW VEHICLE menu.
C. Select 2004 NEW MODEL from the VEHICLE SELECTION menu.
D. Enter the CUSTOMIZE SELECTION information as shown on the appropriate table.
NOTE: Some of the support function names such as Power Window are listed more than once for
the same vehicle. This is because different options for the same function need to be accessed
through different ECU’s. See the following chart for an example.
VEHICLE SYSTEM SEL. 1 SEL. 2 SEL. 3 SUPPORT FUNCTION

WIRELESS D
DOOR LOCK SECURITY
LOCK
BODY BODY BODY BDY
POWER LIGHT
ILLUMINATE ENT
WINDOW CONTROL
POWER
D-DOOR DOOR D-DOOR MSW
WINDOW
PSD & PBD
RX330 BACK-DOOR DOOR BACK-DOOR BDR-SIE
OPER
WIPER WIPER WIPER WIPER
SLIDEROOF ROOF ROF SLIDE ROOF
TILT &
TILT & TELESCO T&T T&T
TELESCO
AIR
AIR CONDITIONER AIRCON A/C
CONDITIONER
HOME
2003 MY CUSTOMIZE SUPPORT (Continued)
EXAMPLE – Selecting the POWER WINDOW function on a ‘04MY RX330.
1. Look up the RX330 on “TABLE 6 – LEXUS CUSTOMIZE SYSTEM SELECTION LIST”

WIRELESS D
DOOR LOCK SECURITY
LOCK
BODY BODY BODY BDY
LIGHT
POWER WINDOW ILLUMINATE ENT
CONTROL
D-DOOR DOOR D-DOOR MSW POWER WINDOW
RX330 BACK-DOOR DOOR BACK-DOOR BDR-SIE PSD & PBD OPER
TILT & TELESCO T&T T&T TILT & TELESCO
AIR
AIRCON A/C AIR CONDITIONER
CONDITIONER
HOME
System: ABS/VSC
ALL DATA
GX470 WHEEL DIR FR Front Right Wheel Direction New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
GX470 WHEEL DIR FL Front Left Wheel Direction New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
GX470 WHEEL DIR RR Rear Right Wheel Direction New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
GX470 WHEEL DIR RL Rear Left Wheel Direction New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
System: AFS System

ALL DATA
RX330 AFS OFF SW AFS OFF switch New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 SHIFT POSTION-R Transmission position R signal New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 SHIFT POSTION-N Transmission position N signal New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 GENERATOR SIG Generator signal New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 HEADLAMP SIG Headlamp signal New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 HEAD AUTO SIG Headlamp auto signal New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 +B Battery Voltage New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 HEIGHT SENS VOL Height sensor power supply value New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 FR HEIGHT SNES Front height sensor signal value New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 RR HEIGHT SNES Rear height sensor signal value New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 STEER SENS SIG Steering sensor signal value New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
RX330 STR CENTER POS Steering sensor center position New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
HOME
System: AIRSUS
ALL DATA
Height Control Valve Solenoid (SLRL)
All USER DATA SOL SLRL New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE ON/OFF
ALL DATA Height Control Valve Solenoid
All USER DATA SOL SLRG (SLRG) New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
Tank Solenoid Valve (SLLO)
All USER DATA LOW PRS TNK SOL New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
Air SUS relay
All USER DATA MOTOR RELAY New for Ver.10.0.
System: Back Door

ALL DATA Full Latch Switch
4RUNNER USER DATA FULL LATCH SW ON: Back door is closed New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE OFF: Back door is open
ALL DATA Back Door Handle Switch
4RUNNER USER DATA DOOR HANDLE SW ON: Back door opener is pushed New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE OFF: Back door opener is not pushed
ALL DATA
Door Lock Status
4RUNNER USER DATA LOCK STATUS New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE Unlock/Lock
ALL DATA
Power Window Position
4RUNNER USER DATA P/W POSITION New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE Close/Open
ALL DATA Glass Position
4RUNNER USER DATA GLASS POS-1/4 (Fully close – 1/4 Open) New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE Caution/OK
4RUNNER USER DATA GLASS POS-2/4 (1/4 Open – 1/2 Open) New for Ver.10.0.
4RUNNER USER DATA GLASS POS-3/4 (1/2 Open – 3/4 Open) New for Ver.10.0.
4RUNNER USER DATA GLASS POS-OPEN (3/4 Open – Fully Open) New for Ver.10.0.
System: BODY No. 2

ALL DATA Rear wiper linked to front wiper
LX470 USER DATA R-LINKED WIPER switch and shift lever in reverse New for Ver.10.0.
HOME
System: D-Seat
ALL DATA Label is changed from R
All LIFTER SW DOWN ON/OFF VTCL SW DOWN to
USER DATA LIFTER SW DOWN

All LIFTER SW UP ON/OFF VTCL SW UP to LIFTER
USER DATA SW UP LIFTER SW UP
ALL DATA
Label is changed from R
All LIFTER POS Seat Lifter Position
VTCL POS to LIFTER POS
USER DATA

All LIFTER MEM POS1 -4096 - 4096 VTCL MEM POS1 to
USER DATA LIFTER MEM POS1

All LIFTER MEM POS2 -4096 - 4096 VTCL MEM POS2 to
ALL DATA
Label is changed from R
All LIFTER MEM POS3 -4096 - 4096
VTCL MEM POS3 to
ALL DATA Slide SW Rear (Wire harness)

LX470 SLID SW RR(W/H) New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA OFF/ON
ALL DATA Slide SW Front (Wire harness)

LX470 SLID SW FR(W/H) New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA OFF/ON
System: EFI
ALL DATA Intake Air Control Valve Position
All IACV POSITION New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 0-5 Volts
ALL DATA
All IACV OPEN STUCK Intake Air Control Valve Stuck Open New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
All IACV CLS STUCK Intake Air Control Valve Stuck Closed New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
System: Immobilizer
4RUNNER
ALL DATA
GX470 +B Normal/Break New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
LX470
HOME
System: Immobilizer (Continued)
4RUNNER
ALL DATA
Antenna Coil Status
GX470 ANTENNA COIL New for Ver.10.0.
Normal/Fail
USER DATA
LX470
ALL DATA Security Indicator

GX470 SECURITY IND New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA ON/OFF
4RUNNER
ALL DATA
G-CODE support status
GX470 G-CODE SUPPORT New for Ver.10.0.
Not Support/Support
USER DATA
LX470
ALL DATA
GX470 REG ERROR 1 Registration error 1/ password error New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
GX470 REG ERROR 2 Registration error 2/ number error New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
GX470 REG ERROR 3 Registration error 3/ EFI reg-status New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
System: Occupant Detection

RX330 ALL DATA
IG SW IG sw New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
P BUCKLE SW Buckle switch(Passenger side) New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA PASSENGER
Passenger classification New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA CLASS
RX330 ALL DATA
SENS RANGE INF Sensor range information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
FL SENS RANGE Front left sensor range information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
FR SENS RANGE Front right sensor range information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
RL SENS RANGE Rear left sensor range information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
RR SENS RANGE Rear right sensor range information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
FL SENS VOL Front left sensor voltage New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
FR SENS VOL Front right sensor voltage New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
RL SENS VOL Rear left sensor voltage New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
RR SENS VOL Rear right sensor voltage New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
FL SENS WEIGHT Front left sensor weight information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
HOME
System: Occupant Detection (Continued)
RX330 ALL DATA
FR SENS WEIGHT Front right sensor weight information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
RL SENS WEIGHT Rear left sensor weight information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
RR SENS WEIGHT Rear right sensor weight information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
TOTAL WEIGHT Total weight information New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
RX330 ALL DATA
#CODES Number of diagnosis trouble code New for Ver.10.0.
RX300 USER DATA
System: P-Seat
SC430 LIFTER SW DOWN ON/OFF VTCL SW DOWN to
USER DATA LIFTER SW DOWN

SC430 LIFTER SW UP ON/OFF VTCL SW UP to LIFTER
USER DATA SW UP

SC430 LIFTER POS -4096 - 4096
VTCL POS to LIFTER POS
USER DATA

SC430 LIFTER MEM POS1 -4096 - 4096 VTCL MEM POS1 to

SC430 LIFTER MEM POS2 -4096 - 4096 VTCL MEM POS2 to
System: SMT
MR2 ALL 6TH POS (SHIFT) 6th Gear Shift Position New for Ver.10.0.
0-63.998mm
MR2 ALL 6TH POS (SEL) 6th Gear Select Position New for Ver.10.0.
0-63.998mm
System: VGRS
ALL DATA Steering position1
LX470 STEERING POS1 New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA –1682 to 1877 deg
ALL DATA Steering position2
LX470 STEERING POS2 New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA –1682 to 1877 deg
ALL DATA Steering sensor1 output
LX470 STR SENS1 New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA High or Low
HOME
System: VGRS (Continued)
ALL DATA
LX470 SPD (VSC) Actual Vehicle Speed New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
LX470 WHEEL SPD RR Wheel Speed (right) New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
LX470 WHEEL SPD RL Wheel Speed (left) New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
LX470 ENGINE REV (RPM) Engine Speed (rpm) New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
LX470 MTR SOURCE CUR Motor Power Source Actual Current New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA
LX470 MTR SOU CUR EST The estimated motor current New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA PIG power source voltage
LX470 PIG SOURCE VOL New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 9 to 16V
ALL DATA IG power source voltage
LX470 IG SOURCE VOL New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 9 to 16V
ALL DATA
LX470 MTR CUR EST Motor estimation current New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA
ALL DATA Terminal voltage U
LX470 TERMINAL VOL U New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 0 to 16V
ALL DATA Terminal voltage V
LX470 TERMINAL VOL V New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 0 to 16V
ALL DATA Terminal voltage W
LX470 TERMINAL VOL W New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 0 to 16V
ALL DATA Actuator position
LX470 ACTUATOR POS New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA -286 to 288
Output of motor revolution angle
ALL DATA
LX470 MTR REV ANG U sensor U New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
LX470 MTR REV ANG V sensor V New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
LX470 MTR REV ANG W sensor W New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA Steering wheel angle velocity
LX470 STR ANGL VEL New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA Lock motor output voltage
LX470 LOCK OUTPUT VOL New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 9 to 16V
ALL DATA Internal ECU temperature
LX470 THERMISTOR TEMP New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA -50°C to 205°C
ALL DATA Actuator target angle
LX470 ACT TARGET ANGL New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA Actuator revolution speed
LX470 ACT REV SPD New for Ver.10.0.
HOME
System: VGRS (Continued)
ALL DATA
LX470 DUTY VAL Command duty value for PVM control New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 0 to 100%
ALL DATA Command duty value for actuator

LX470 LOCK DUTY VAL lock control New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA Less than 10%
ALL DATA Straight steering angle valid flag
LX470 STRAIGH ANG FLG New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA Valid or Invalid
ALL DATA Actuator deviation angle
LX470 ACT DEV ANGLE New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA -286 to 288 deg
ALL DATA Actuator estimation temperature
LX470 ACT TEMP EST New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA -50°C to 205°C
ALL DATA Record of continuous overheat

LX470 MTR OVERHEAT preventive control New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA REC or UNREC
ALL DATA Record of low motor power source

LX470 MTR LOW POWER voltage New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA Record of high motor power source

LX470 MTR HIGH POWER voltage New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA Record of wheel speed malfunction

LX470 FLO MALFUNCTION (left) New for Ver.10.0.
Record of wheel speed malfunction
ALL DATA
LX470 FRO MALFUNCTION (right) New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA Number of diagnosis trouble code
LX470 # CODES New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA 0-39
ALL DATA Test mode status
LX470 TEST MODE STAT New for Ver.10.0.
USER DATA Normal or Test
System: Wiper
ALL DATA
Front wiper switch input
ALL USER DATA F WIPER SW New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
Wiper Lo switch input
ALL USER DATA WIPER LO SW New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
Wiper Hi switch input
ALL USER DATA WIPER HI SW New for Ver.10.0.
HOME
System: Wiper (Continued)
ALL DATA
Wiper auto switch input
ALL USER DATA WIPER AUTO SW New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
Washer switch input
ALL USER DATA WASHER SW New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
Brake pedal switch input
ALL USER DATA BRAKE PEDAL SW New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
Neutral switch input
ALL USER DATA NSW SW New for Ver.10.0.
ALL DATA
Wiper volume switch position
ALL USER DATA TIME CTL SW New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE Degrees
ALL DATA
Speed mode
ALL USER DATA SPEED MODE New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE Not Available/Available
ALL DATA
Auto wiper
ALL USER DATA AUTO WIPER New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE Not Available/Available
ALL DATA
Re-wipe control
ALL USER DATA REWIPE CONTROL New for Ver.10.0.
DIAG & CUSTOMIZE OFF/3s/Speed mode
HOME
System: ABS
New
Vehicle Active Test Name Description
Support/Updates
GX470 STP LIGHT RELAY Turn stop light relay on/off New for Ver.10.0.
System: AFS
New
Support/Updates
RX330 LEVELING MTR Drive the leveling motor New for Ver.10.0.
RX330 SWIVEL MTR (RH) Drive swivel motor RH New for Ver.10.0.
RX330 SWIVEL MTR (LH) Drive swivel motor LH New for Ver.10.0.
RX330 AFS OFF IND AFS OFF Indicator New for Ver.10.0.
System: Airsus
New
Support/Updates
ALL LEVEL SOL REAR Turn rear leveling solenoid on/off New for Ver.10.0.
ALL GATE SOL REAR Turn rear gate solenoid on/off New for Ver.10.0.
ALL LOW PRS TNK SOL Turn pressure tank solenoid on/off New for Ver.10.0.
ALL MOTOR RELAY Turn air sus relay on/off New for Ver.10.0.
System: Back Door

New
Support/Updates
4RUNNER LATCH RELEASE Back door lock latch release New for Ver.10.0.
System: Body
New
Support/Updates
LX470 BUZZ CONT SOUND Wireless buzzer on/off New for Ver.10.0.
System: D-Seat
New
Support/Updates
Label is changed
ALL LIFTER Lifter Operation from R Vertical to
Lifter
System: EFI
New
Support/Updates
ALL IACV MOTOR Activate the Intake Air Control Valve Motor New for Ver.10.0.
System: P-Seat
New
Support/Updates
Label is changed
SC430 LIFTER Lifter operation from R Vertical to
Lifter
HOME
System: Wiper
New
Support/Updates
ALL WIPER MOT(HI) Wiper motor HI New for Ver.10.0.
ALL WIPER MOT(LO) Wiper motor LO New for Ver.10.0.
HOME
Table 3 – 2003 Toyota Vehicle / System Selection List

ENGINE AND ECT 2004 NEW MODEL ENGINE OBD2_B03
CCS 2004 NEW MODEL POWERTRAIN CCS CCS2_03
LASER CRUISE 2004 NEW MODEL POWERTRAIN LASER CRUISE RADCR_03
ABS 2004 NEW MODEL CHASSIS ABS ABS_20
BODY 2004 NEW MODEL BODY BODY BDY_LX2
SIENNA
METER 2004 NEW MODEL BODY METER
AIR CONDITIONER 2004 NEW MODEL BODY AIR CONDITIONER A/C
RR-DOOR 2004 NEW MODEL BODY RR-DOOR RRDOR-CU
RL-DOOR 2004 NEW MODEL BODY RL-DOOR RLDOR-CU
BACK-DOOR 2004 NEW MODEL BODY BACK-DOOR BDOR_TR
Table 4 - 2004 Toyota Customize Selection List

WIRELESS D LOCK DOOR LOCK SECURITY
BODY BODY BODY B500_DOP LIGHT
ILLUMINATE ENT
CONTROL
RR-DOOR DOOR RR_DOOR PSD & PBD OPER
SIENNA
RL-DOOR DOOR RL_DOOR PSD & PBD OPER
BACK-DOOR DOOR BACK_DOOR BDR_SIE PSD & PBD OPER
AIR CONDITIONER AIRCON A/C AIR CONDITIONER
HOME
Table 5 - 2003 Lexus Vehicle / System Selection List

ENGINE AND ECT 2004 NEW MODEL ENGINE OBD2_03
CCS 2004 NEW MODEL POWERTRAIN CCS CCS2_03
LASER CRUISE 2004 NEW MODEL POWERTRAIN LASER CRUISE RADCR_03
ABS 2004 NEW MODEL CHASSIS ABS ABS_20
AIR SUSPENSION 2004 NEW MODEL CHASSIS AIR SUSPENSION AIRSUS_H
BODY 2004 NEW MODEL BODY BODY BDY_LX2
OCCUPANT DETECT 2004 NEW MODEL BODY OCCUPANT DETECT OCC
METER 2004 NEW MODEL BODY METER
RX330
AIR CONDITIONER 2004 NEW MODEL BODY AIR CONDITIONER A/C
TILT & TELESCO 2004 NEW MODEL BODY TILT & TELESCO T&T
SLIDEROOF 2004 NEW MODEL BODY SLIDEROOF ROOF2
D-DOOR 2004 NEW MODEL BODY D-DOOR MSW
BACK-DOOR 2004 NEW MODEL BODY BACK-DOOR BDOR_TR
D-SEAT 2004 NEW MODEL BODY D-SEAT SEAT
MIRROR-L 2004 NEW MODEL BODY MIRROR-L
MIRROR-R 2004 NEW MODEL BODY MIRROR-R
WIPER 2004 NEW MODEL BODY WIPER
RAIN SENSOR 2004 NEW MODEL BODY RAIN SENSOR
Table 6 - 2004 Lexus Customize Selection List

WIRELESS D
BODY BODY BODY BDY DOOR LOCK SECURITY
LOCK
ILLUMINATE LIGHT
POWER WINDOW
ENT CONTROL
D-DOOR DOOR D-DOOR MSW POWER WINDOW
RX330 BACK- BDR-
BACK-DOOR DOOR PSD & PBD OPER
DOOR SIE
TILT & TELESCO T&T T&T TILT & TELESCO
AIR CONDITIONER AIRCON A/C AIR CONDITIONER
Contents:
• Vehicle Coverage
• Updated CODES (ALL) Function
• Monitor Status Function
• Pending Code Function
• All Original Setting Function for Customize
• Customize Settings Displayed in OBD/MOBD Data Lists
• OBD/MOBD and Enhanced – OBDII Menu Flow Improvement
• Warning Screen for Bosch ABS/TRAC/VSC Systems
• Warning Screen for Continental Teves Type ABS/TRAC/VSC

System
• Notice Screen for ABS/TRAC/VSC Systems
• Table 1 – Data List – Parameter Changes/Updates
• Table 2 – Active Test – New Support/Updates
VEHICLE COVERAGE
All 2002 model year vehicles are fully supported in version 9.0a Diagnostic Tester software. Full
coverage is also included for the 2003 Corolla and Corolla Matrix. This support includes OBD/MOBD,
Enhanced OBD-II, and NHV functions. V-BOB functions are not supported for 2001 model year and later
vehicles.
The 2002 and 2003 vehicles supported in the 9.0a software include:
LEXUS TOYOTA
ES300 AVALON
GS300 CAMRY
GS430 CAMRY SOLARA
IS300 CELICA
LS430 COROLLA
LX470 COROLLA MATRIX
RX300 ECHO
SC430 HIGHLANDER
LAND CRUISER
MR2
PRIUS
RAV4
RAV4 EV
4RUNNER
SEQUOIA
SIENNA
TACOMA
TUNDRA
UPDATED CODES (ALL) FUNCTION
This function was available on pervious versions of software, however it only supported systems which
used 2-digit DTCs (Blink Codes). Beginning with version 9.0a, the CODES (ALL) function supports both
2-digit blink codes and 5-digit OBD and MOBD codes.
Because different Diagnostic Link Connectors are used for various systems, a connector select screen
has been added to this function. The Diagnostic Tester will display all DTCs for the system that
communicates through the selected connector. To check for codes in all vehicle systems, it is
necessary to repeat the CODES (ALL) function for each connector displayed on the Connector Select
screen. The Connector Select screen will not be displayed for vehicles which communicate through only
one connector (many newer models use DLC3 for all systems).
Sample Screen Flow
OBD/MOBD MENU CONNECTOR SELECT

Multiple DLC
1: CODES (ALL) connectors are 1: CHECK
2: ENGINE AND ECT required to view 2: TDCL
3: SRS AIRBAG ALL CODES. 3: DLC3
[ENTER] to select
a connector
[EXIT] to return
to the main menu PRESS [ENTER]
1 2 3
Continued on next Continued on next

page page
Continued from previous page Continued from previous page
MONITOR STATUS FUNCTION
This function displays the current status of the OBDII Readiness Monitors from the Enhanced OBDII
Diagnostic Menu. It is similar to the Readiness Test screen available under the CARB OBDII menu.
NOTE:
§ The readiness status may not switch to “complete” after the first drive pattern trip if a Pending Code has
been set (first trip for a two-trip DTC).
§ Pending Codes indicate a POTENTIAL problem was detected. A second trip is needed to confirm the
DTC prior to diagnosis.
§ Once a second trip is completed, a current DTC will be stored if a problem is still detected.
Sample Screen Flow
PENDING CODE FUNCTION
The Pending Codes function allows two-trip DTCs to be displayed when only a single trip has been
completed. It is similar to the Continuous Tests screen available under the CARB OBDII menu.
NOTE:
§ The Monitor status may not switch to “complete” after the first drive pattern trip if a Pending Code has
been set (first trip for a two-trip DTC).
§ Pending Codes indicate a POTENTIAL problem was detected. A second trip is needed to confirm the
DTC prior to diagnosis.
§ Once a second trip is completed, a current DTC will be stored if a problem is still detected.
Sample Screen Flow
DIAGNOSTIC MENU
ENGINE
1: DATA LIST
2: DTC INFO
3: ACTIVE TEST
4: SNAPSHOT
5: SYSTEM CHECK
6: RESET MEMORY
7: MONITOR STATUS
8: CHECK MODE
ALL ORIGINAL SETTINGS FUNCTION FOR CUSTOMIZE
This function resets all of the Customizable Body Electronics to their factory default settings. In order for
the tester to determine which default setting to use, a vehicle selection process is now required when
entering the Customize Menu.
NOTE:
§ To ensure the customize features are returned to the correct factory settings, the correct vehicle must
be selected when entering the Customize Function.
§ Since the scantool must establish communication with multiple ECU’s, this function may take several
minutes.
Sample Screen Flow
APPLICATION SELECT VEHICLE SELECT CUSTOMIZE MENU
1: DIAGNOSIS NEW VEHICLE 1: INDIVIDUAL CHANGE

2: CUSTOMIZE 2: ALL ORIG SETTINGS
3: ECU REPROGRAM LAST VEHICLE
2002 LS430
W/NAVI
CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS DISPLAYED IN OBD/MOBD DATA LISTS
This new function allows you to view the setting of various Customizable Body Electronics within the
DATA LIST. For more information on the Customized features and their purpose refer to the appropriate
model year Customize TSB.
NOTE: Customize TSBs have been released to explain the customize functions for each new model
supporting these features. Future models will have customize settings described in the repair manual.
Sample Screen Flow
SELECT DATA
ALL
USER DATA
CUSTOMIZE
DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
Customize
Data
Diagnostic and
Customize Data
OBD/MOBD & ENHANCED-OBDII MENU FLOW IMPROVEMENT
Menu selections from the OBD/MOBD and Enhanced OBDII Menus have been modified to reduce the
number of screens required to navigate to primary diagnostic functions (Data List, DTC Info, and Active
Test). A sample of the revised menu flow is shown below:
Sample Screen Flow
WARNING SCREEN FOR BOSCH ABS/TRAC/VSC SYSTEMS
A new warning screen is displayed on vehicles with Bosch ABS/TRAC/VSC systems. The Bosch ECU is
designed to automatically disable the ABS/TRAC/VSC during all diagnostic communication. The ABS
warning light will illuminate when the system is disabled.
A warning screen has been added to the Menu flow to alert the user.
Sample Screen Flow
OBD/MOBD MENU
1: CODES (ALL)
2: ENGINE AND ECT
3: ABS/VSC
4: IMMOBILISER
5: SRS AIRBAG
*WARNING*
The Bosch-type ABS/

TR(A)C/VSC system
on this vehicle is
DISABLED, and the
WARNING Light will
remain ON during
all diagnostic
communication
PRESS [ENTER]
To Diagnostic Menu
WARNING SCREEN FOR CONTINENTAL TEVES TYPE ABS/TRAC/VSC
SYSTEM
A new warning screen is displayed on vehicles with Continental Teves ABS/TRAC/VSC systems. The
Continental Teves ECU is designed to automatically disable the ABS/TRAC/VSC system during all
diagnostic communication. The ABS warning light will flash when the system is disabled.
A new warning screen has been added to the Menu flow to alert the user.
Sample Screen Flow
OBD/MOBD MENU
1: CODES (ALL)
2: ENGINE AND ECT
3: ABS/VSC
4: IMMOBILISER
5: SRS AIRBAG
*WARNING*
The Continental
Teves ABS/TR(A)C/VSC
system on this
vehicle is DISABLED
and the Warning
Light will flash during
all diagnostic
communication.
PRESS [ENTER]
To Diagnostic Menu
NOTICE SCREEN FOR ABS/TRAC/VSC SYSTEMS
A new notice screen is displayed on all vehicles with TRAC and/or VSC systems. The ECU will not allow
the scan tool to establish communication unless the engine is running.
Vehicles without TRAC or VSC do not require the engine to run before establishing diagnostic
communication with the scan tool.
A new notice screen will be displayed prior to communication with the ABS/TRAC/VSC ECU.
Sample Screen Flow
OBD/MOBD MENU
1: CODES (ALL)
2: ENGINE AND ECT
3: ABS/VSC
4: IMMOBILISER
5: SRS AIRBAG
*NOTICE*
This vehicle
requires that the
engine is idling to
communicate w/the
ABS/TR(A)C/VSC ECU.
Please insure that

the engine is idling.
PRESS [ENTER]
To Diagnostic Menu
TABLE 1 – DATA LIST PARAMETER CHANGES/UPDATES
System: HV Battery
Parameter New
Vehicle Data List Description
Name Support/Update
- ALL DATA
Prius NUM OF BATT Number of batteries New for Ver. 9.0
- USER DATA
System: Body
Parameter New
Vehicle Data List Description
Name Support/Update
- ALL
D DOR CTY ON: Driver’s door is opened
ES300 - USER DATA New for Ver.9.0.
SW OFF: Driver’s door is closed
- DIAG&CUSTOMZE
ON: Passenger’s door is
- ALL
P DOR CTY opened
SW OFF: Passenger’s door is
- DIAG&CUSTOMZE
closed
ON: Either right or left rear
- ALL
Rr DOR CTY door is opened
SW OFF: Both the right and left
- DIAG&CUSTOMZE
doors are closed
- ALL
Rr LOCK POS Position of the rear lock
SW switch
- DIAG&CUSTOMZE
- ALL
ES300 - USER DATA P/N POS SW Position park/neutral switch New for Ver.9.0.
- DIAG&CUSTOMZE
ON: Dimmer SW is on (High
Beam) or High Flasher SW
- ALL
is ON
ES300 - USER DATA DIMMER SW New for Ver.9.0.
OFF: Dimmer SW is OFF
- DIAG&CUSTOMZE
(Low Beam) and High
Flasher SW is OFF
- ALL ON: High Flasher SW is ON
HIGH
ES300 - USER DATA OFF: High Flasher SW New for Ver.9.0.
FLASHER SW
- DIAG&CUSTOMZE is OFF
The length of time the Theft
- DIAG&CUSTOMZE WARNING
SEQUOIA Deterrent System alarm New for Ver.9.0.
- CUSTOMIZE TIME
sounds
System: CCS Laser Cruise
Parameter New
Vehicle Data List Type Description
Name Support/Updates
ON/OFF of Cruise Control Revised from
- ALL CCS
ALL System indicator light (Main “PREMSN SIG M”
- USER DATA INDICATOR (M)
CPU) for Ver.9.0.
ON/OFF of Cruise Control Revised from
- ALL CCS
ALL System indicator light (Sub “PREMSN SIG S”
- USER DATA INDICATOR (S)
CPU) for Ver.9.0.
Revised from
- ALL CCS READY ON/OFF of Cruise Control “MAIN INDECT
ALL
- USER DATA (M) System (Main CPU) SW M” for
Ver.9.0.
Revised from
- ALL CCS READY ON/OFF of Cruise Control “MAIN INDECT
ALL
- USER DATA (S) System (Sub CPU) SW S” for
Ver.9.0.
System: Combination Switch

Parameter New
Label is changed
- ALL HIGH
LS430 Momentary high beam flash from PASSING
- USERDATA FLASHER SW
SC430 switch SW to HIGH
- DIAG&CUSTOMIZE
FLASHER SW.
System: Electronic Modulated Suspension (EMS)
Parameter New
- ALL
ES300 VEHICLE SPD State of vehicle speed New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA
- ALL Actual ECU Power Supply
ES300 IG VOLTAGE New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA Voltage: 10-14v
Actual Steering Angle
Left Turn: Reading
- ALL STEERING
ES300 increases New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA ANGLE
Right Turn: Reading
decreases
- ALL
ES300 ENGINE SPD Actual engine speed New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA
ON or OFF of the Stop Light
- ALL STOP LIGHT Switch:
- USERDATA SW ON: Brake Pedal Pressed
OFF: Brake Pedal Released
For the ECU to determine if
- ALL
ES300 MOD2 the vehicle is a (RHD) or New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA
(LHD) vehicle
- ALL ON: DTC Recorded
ES300 TC New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA OFF: No DTC Recorded
- ALL ON: During Test Mode
ES300 TS New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA OFF: Normal Mode
- ALL DAMPER SW1 (SW1 & SW2 Condition)
- USERDATA ON/OFF ON & OFF: Comfort
ON & ON: Semi-Comfort
OFF & ON: Semi-Sport
- ALL DAMPER SW2 OFF & OFF: Sport
- USERDATA ON/OFF NOTE: The EMPS ECU
uses SW1 and SW2 signals
to adjust comfort level.
Front Right G-Force Sensor
- ALL G(UP & DOWN) (UP&DOWN): Reading
- USERDATA FR changes when front of
vehicle is bounced
Front Left G-Force Sensor
- USERDATA FL changes when front left of
vehicle is bounced
Rear G-Force Sensor
- USERDATA R changes when rear of
vehicle is bounced
System: Electronic Modulated Suspension (EMS) Continued from Previous Page
Parameter New
- ALL DAMPER STEP State of the front right
- USERDATA FR Damper Step: 0-16 Step
- ALL DAMPER STEP State of the front left
- USERDATA FL Damper Step: 0-16 Step
- ALL DAMPER STEP State of the rear right
- USERDATA RR Damper Step: 0-16 Step
- ALL DAMPER STEP State of the rear left
- USERDATA RL Damper Step: 0-16 Step
- ALL WHEEL SPD
ES300 Actual vehicle speed New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA FR
- ALL TEST MODE Normal: Normal Mode
- USERDATA STATUS Test: During Test Mode
- ALL
ES300 #CODES Number of trouble codes New for Ver.9.0
- USERDATA
- ALL MAX DMP Maximum front right
- USERDATA STEP FR Damper Step
- ALL MAX DMP Maximum front left Damper
- USERDATA STEP FL Step
- ALL MAX DMP Maximum rear right Damper
- USERDATA STEP RR Step
- ALL MAX DMP Maximum rear left Damper
- USERDATA STEP RL Step
System: ABS/VSC
Parameter New
Label is changed
- ALL DATA
All SUB IDLE SW Sub idle switch from SUB IDL to
- USER DATA
SUB IDLE SW
Label is changed
- ALL DATA
All IDLE SW Main idle switch from CTL [IDL] to
- USER DATA
IDLE SW
TABLE 2 – ACTIVE TEST – NEW SUPPORT/UPDATES
System : Electronic Modulated Suspension (EMS)
New
Vehicle Parameter Name Description
Support/Updates
Change the front rear
ES300 DAMPER FR New for Ver.9.0
Damper Step: 0-16 Step
Change the front left
ES300 DAMPER FL New for Ver.9.0
Change the rear right
ES300 DAMPER RR New for Ver.9.0
Change the rear left
ES300 DAMPER RL New for Ver.9.0
System: Body
New
Support/Updates
ES300 OPN DOR WRN LGT Open door warning light New for Ver.9.0.
ES300 VEHICLE HORN Vehicle Horn New for Ver.9.0.
ES300 STEP LIGHT Step light operation New for Ver.9.0.
Rear left power window
ES300 RL P/W UP/DOWN New for Ver.9.0.
UP/DOWN
Rear right power window
ES300 RR P/W UP/DOWN New for Ver.9.0.
UP/DOWN
System: ABS/VSC
New
Support/Updates
ON: ABS pump motor is
Label is changed
running (power applied to
from MR (MR1,
ALL ABS MOR RELAY relay)
MR2) to ABS
OFF: No power applied to
MOR RELAY
relay
Status is changed
SFRR & SFRH
from NORMAL to
Turns ABS solenoid SFRR
ALL OFF and changed
§ Solenoid Front Right Reduction & SFRH ON/OFF
from REDUCT to
§ Solenoid Front Right Hold
ON
Status is changed
SFLR & SFLH
from NORMAL to
Turns ABS solenoid SFLR
OFF and changed
ALL § Solenoid Front Left Reduction & SFLH ON/OFF
from REDUCT to
§ Solenoid Front Left Hold
ON
Status is changed
SRH & SRR
from NORMAL to
Turns ABS solenoid SRH &
ALL OFF and changed
§ Solenoid Rear Hold SRR ON/OFF
from REDUCT to
§ Solenoid Rear Reduction
ON
Status is changed
SRLR & SRLH
from NORMAL to
Turns ABS solenoid SRLR
ALL OFF and changed
§ Solenoid Rear Left Reduction & SRLH ON/OFF
from REDUCT to
§ Solenoid Rear Left Hold
ON
Status is changed
SFRH & SFLH
from NORMAL to
Turns ABS solenoid SFRH
ALL OFF and changed
§ Solenoid Front Right Hold & SFLH ON/OFF
from REDUCT to
ON
Status is changed
SFRH & SFLH
from NORMAL to
Turns ABS solenoid SFRH
ALL OFF and changed
§ Solenoid Front Right Hold & SFLH ON/OFF
from REDUCT to
ON
Contents
• Beam Axis Adjust for Radar Cruise
• Compass Calibration-LS430 Only
• Records Clearance for Electric Motor Power Steering (EMPS)
• Initialization for Radar Cruise
• Immobiliser Key Code Erasure - LS430 Only
• Immobiliser Key Code Register - LS430 Only
• Immobiliser Key Code Reset
• Customize Menu Scrolling Feature
• Parts Exchange For Sequential Manual Transmission
• Wireless Code Registration For TDS (Theft Deterrent System)
• Wireless Diagnostics For TDS (Theft Deterrent System)
• ECU Reprogramming
• Current ECU Calibrations
• Get Calibrations From PC
• Update ECU Calibrations
• Stored Calibration Data
• Clear Calibration Data
• New Data List Parameters
• New Active List Parameters
New Features Document - Version 8.0a Page 1 of 34

VEHICLE COVERAGE
All model year 2000 vehicles are supported in version 8.0a diagnostic tester software.
Coverage is also included for many 2001 vehicles. This support has been incorporated into the
OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, Breakout Box, and NVH functions of the Diagnostic Tester
software. Vehicles supported in the 8.0a software include:
4RUNNER
AVALON
CAMRY
CAMRY CNG
CAMRY SOLARA
CELICA
COROLLA
ECHO
ES300
GS300
GS400
GS430 NEW FOR 8.0a
HIGHLANDER NEW FOR 8.0a
IS300 NEW FOR 8.0a
LAND CRUISER
LS400
LS430 NEW FOR 8.0a
LX470
MR2
PRIUS
RAV4
RAV4EV
RX300
SC300
SC400
SC430 NEW FOR 8.0a
SEQUOIA NEW FOR 8.0a
SIENNA
TACOMA
TUNDRA
BEAM AXIS ADJUST FOR RADAR CRUISE
If the ECU or radar sensor is exchanged or the staggered beam axis that gets damaged for
some reason, this function will adjust the beam axis. Refer to Figure 1 for screen flow.
FIGURE 1: BEAM AXIS ADJUST FOR RADAR CRUISE SCREEN FLOW
NOTICE
This function is only to

be used for displaying
a divergence of Radar
Beam Axis
PRESS < ENTER >
NOW PROCESSING
RADAR CRUISE
DIVERGENCE DATA
UPPER SIDE: 0.0 DEG
LEFT SIDE: 0.0 DEG
PRESS < ENTER >

COMPASS CALIBRATION-LS430 ONLY
2001 model year LS430 vehicles without navigation systems are equipped with a compass in
the instrument cluster, just to the left of and below the speedometer. This function will allow the
zone setting to be changed. Please follow TSIB PG008-00. Refer to Figure 2 for sample of
screen flow.
FIGURE 2: COMPASS CALIBRATION-LS430 ONLY
*APPLICATION SELECT* MAIN MENU *Verify Connections*
1: DIAGNOSIS 1: CUSTOMIZE
2: CUSTOMIZE
3: ECU REPROGRAM
9: SETUP DLC3 Cable

[YES] to continue
NOTICE FUNCTION SELECT CUSTOMIZE

Record the current 10:SLIDE ROOF COMPASS CALIB
value before 11:AIR CONDITIONER 1: 0
changing. 12:MIRROR 2: 1
Confirm the item 13:SENSOR 3: 2
availability from 14: DISPLAY 4: 3
publications prior 15:UNIT CONVERSION 5: 4
to selecting and 16:METAL TOP Current >>> 10
changing. 17:SMART [ENTER] to Customize
PRESS [ENTER] 18:COMPASS CALIB [EXIT] to Quit
SETTING CHANGE CUSTOMIZE COMPLETE

COMPASS CALIB COMPASS CALIB
ARE YOU SURE YOU The setting has

WANT TO CHANGE been changed to:
From 10 4
To 4 ? Confirm the item
operation is as desired.
[YES] to Change
[NO] to Abort Press [ENTER]

RECORDS CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRIC MOTOR POWER
STEERING (EMPS)
This function will clear the record of the motor conditions. Refer to Figure 3 for sample of
screen flow.
FIGURE 3: RECORDS CLEARANCE FOR EMPS SCREEN FLOW
RECORDS CLEARANCE
CONFIRM:
-Vehicle stopped
- Ignition is ON.
RECORDS CLEARANCE
PRESS [ENTER] <NOTICE>
These records can
be cleared:
MTR OVERHEAT…Unrec
MTR LOW POWER..Unrec
MTR OVERLOAD…Rec RECORDS CLEARANCE
Clear the records?
PRESS [YES] OR [NO] COMPLETED
PRESS [ENTER]

INITIALIZATION FOR RADAR CRUISE
When the ECM is exchanged on a vehicle with Radar Cruise Control, it is necessary to switch the control
for the radar cruise control manually. If this operation is performed on a vehicle without Radar Cruise
Control by mistake, the ECM detects the DTC related to the Radar Cruise Control and the ECM will have
to be initialized with this function. Refer to Figure 4 for screen flow.
FIGURE 4: INITIALIZATION FOR RADAR CRUISE SCREEN FLOW
NOTICE
This function is only to

be used for initializing
Radar Cruise Control
Flag
PRESS < ENTER >

PLEASE CONFIRM
IG ON,
Battery voltage is
8V or more.
PRESS < ENTER >
The Radar Cruise

Control information is
initialized.
PRESS < ENTER >

IMMOBILISER KEY CODE ERASURE - LS430
This function will erase all Immobiliser Key Codes on the LS430 except a Master Key. Erasure
takes about 10 seconds. Refer to Figure 5 for sample of screen flow.
FIGURE 5: IMMOBILISER KEY CODE ERASURE - LS430
KEY CODE UTILITY This function will Please remove the

ERASE ALL Master Key from
1: KEY REGISTRATION KEY CODES the key cylinder,
2: KEY CODE ERASURE Except the insert it again,
3: AUTO REG CLOSURE Master Key in the and turn the IG ON
Key cylinder. within 120 seconds.
DO YOU WISH TO Then press <ENTER>
CONTINUE ERASING? Remaining Time:
9: KEY CODE RESET PRESS <YES> or <NO> <120> Sec.
** NOW ERASING ** ALL KEY

WARNING CODES EXCEPT THE
Master Key must be INSERTED MASTER
Removed from key KEY'S CODE WERE
Cylinder within 10 ERASED.
Seconds or erasure
Will not complete.
Remaining Time:
<10> Sec. PRESS <ENTER>

IMMOBILISER KEY CODE REGISTER - LS430
This function will register the IMMOBILISER TRANSPONDER CODE. Registration takes about
2 minutes. Refer to Figure 6 for sample of screen flow.
FIGURE 6: IMMOBILISER TRANSP CODE REGISTER - LS430
KEY CODE UTILITY THIS FUNCTION WILL Please remove the

REGISTER THE Master Key from
1: KEY REGISTRATION KEY CODE. the key cylinder,
2: KEY CODE ERASURE insert it again,
3: AUTO REG CLOSURE Do you wish to and turn the IG ON
continue the within 120 seconds.
registration? Then press <ENTER>
Remaining Time:
9: KEY CODE RESET PRESS <YES> or <NO> <120> Sec.
Please remove the Please insert * NOW REGISTERING*

Master Key from the New Key
the key cylinder into the cylinder Please wait.
within 20 seconds. within 10 seconds.
Then press <ENTER> Then press <ENTER>
<4> SECONDS
Remaining Time: Remaining Time:

<20> Sec. <10> Sec.
THE Please insert a

KEY CODE Master Key and
WAS REGISTERD turn the IG to
CORRECTLY. ON.
If the ignition
is already ON,
please turn it
OFF and back to ON.
PRESS <ENTER> PRESS <ENTER>

IMMOBILISER KEY CODE RESET
This function will reset all IMMOBILISER KEY CODES. Resetting takes about 16 minutes.
Refer to Figure 7 for screen flow. Please reference applicable TSB/TSIB for more detail.
FIGURE 7: IMMOBILISER KEY CODE RESET SCREEN FLOW
DIAGNOSTIC MENU KEY CODE UTILITY KEY CODE RESET

IMMOBILISER CONFIRM
1: KEY REGISTRATION - Master Key is in
1: CURRENT DATA 2: KEY CODE ERASURE ignition
2: TROUBLE DATA 3: AUTO REG CLOSURE - Ignition is ON.
4: KEY CODE UTILITY NOTE: If ignition

is OFF, then EXIT
to OBD/MOBD Menu.
9: KEY CODE RESET PRESS <ENTER>
KEY CODE RESET KEY CODE RESET KEY CODE RESET

This function
will RESET SEED NUMBER Please insert PASS-CODE
the 092553 NUMBER from TIS
Registered Key Code. Please input
SEED NUMBER PASS-CODE NUMBER
DO YOU WISH TO into TIS.
CONTINUE RESETTING?
PRESS <ENTER> PRESS <ENTER>
PRESS <YES> OR <NO>
KEY CODE RESET KEY CODE RESET
**NOW RESETTING** RESET COMPLETE

If the key was in
the key cylinder, If the engine starts, this key
do not remove it. code is registered
correctly.
Remaining Time
<16> Min. PRESS <ENTER>

CUSTOMIZE MENU SCROLLING FEATURE
This new feature of version 8.0a incorporates new numbers past "9". The previous user
interface only allowed nine digits to be displayed. The new software labels each specific
customize feature with its own number that will remain constant. In order to choose a number
simply press the number. For example, if you want to choose 08: LIGHT CONTROL, press "0"
first and then press "8". Refer to Figure 8 for example.
FIGURE 8: CUSTOMIZE MENU SCROLLING FEATURE
FUNCTION SELECT
01:WIRELESS D LOCK
02: DOOR LOCK
03:SECURITY
04:POWER WINDOW
05:WIPER
06:ILLUMINATE ENTRY
07:WARNING
08:LIGHT CONTROL
09:TILT & TELESCOPE

PARTS EXCHANGE FOR SEQUENTIAL MANUAL
TRANSMISSION (SMT)
This function must be performed when the transaxle assembly has been exchanged with a new
transaxle in order for the Sequential MT ECU to recognize it. Refer to Figure 9 for screen flow.
FIGURE 9: PARTS EXCHANGE FOR SEQUENTIAL MT SCREEN FLOW
PARTS EXCHANGE NOTICE PLEASE CONFIRM

ECU: SMT
When parts related Ignition is ON,
DO YOU WISH TO to T/A were shift in NEUTRAL
CONTINUE THIS exchanged to New, and Engine has
FUNCTION? operate this funcion. stopped.
PRESS [ENTER] PRESS [ENTER] PRESS [ENTER]
T/A EXCHANGE RECOGNIZED CONFIRM

ECU: SMT
ECU recognized that Turn the IG OFF,
Do you wish to T/A was then ON.
send ECU the exchanged to New.
message that T/A
was exchanged to New?
Press [YES] OR [NO] PRESS [ENTER] PRESS [ENTER]

WIRELESS CODE REGISTRATION FOR TDS
(Theft Deterrent System)
This function registers the wireless key IDs. ”ADD MODE” is used for adding the registered
wireless key IDs, and “REWRITE MODE” is used for erasing the registered IDs and registering
the new ID. Refer to Figure 10 for screen flow.
FIGURE 10: WIRELESS CODE REGISTRATION FOR TDS
REGIST. MODE SELECT
<1> 1: ADD MODE <2>

2: REWRITE MODE
RECEIVER CAN
RECOGINZE 4 TYPE
CODES
ADD MODE NUMBER OF REWRITE MODE
<CONDITION> REGISTERED CODE: 1 <CONDITION>
• Ignition switch ON • Ignition switch ON
• Driver's door OPEN • Driver's door OPEN
• Driver's door is Unlocked • Driver's door is Unlocked
DO YOU WISH TO ARE YOU SURE TO

CODE REGISTRATION
REGISTER? REWRITE ALL CURRENT
<SWITCH OPERATION>
CODES INTO NEW CODE?
The code
Press <YES> OR <NO> Press <YES> OR <NO>
registration
transmitter (key)
has 3 buttons:
• UNLOCK
• LOCK
• TRUNK/PANIC
<ENTER> to Continue
CODE REGISTRATION ***IMPORTANT***
• Press LOCK and Press complete

UNLOCK buttons the entire
simultaneously operation within
for 1 sec. 30 sec. After
• Within 3 sec. pressing <ENTER>
after above press,
press either button for 1 sec.
<ENTER> to Continue Press <ENTER>
CODE REGISTRATION CODE REGISTRATION
RECOGNITION CODE *NOW REGISTERING*

IS REGISTERED
CORRECTLY Please perform
DO YOU WISH TO Button operation.
REGISTER ANOTHER
CODE? Remaining Time:
28 Sec.
Press <YES> OR <NO> <EXIT> to interrupt

WIRELESS DIAGNOSTICS FOR TDS
(THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM)
This function will confirm the status of WIRELESS CODE registration for the Theft Deterrent System.
Refer to Figure 11 for sample of screen flow.
FIGURE 11: WIRELESS DIAGNOSTICS FOR TDS SCREEN FLOW

WIRELESS DIAG MODE
This function will

confirm the status
of WIRELESS CODE
registration.
After pressing
[ENTER] TO START [ENTER], please
[EXIT] TO ABORT press one of the
LOCK, UNLOCK, or
TRUNK/PANIC
buttons.
When a button is
pressed,
-Intermittent beeps
PRESS [ENTER] indicate the code
is registered.
-Continuous beeps
indicate the code
is NOT registered.
-No beeps indicate
the code freq. is different.
PRESS [ENTER]

ECU REPROGRAMMING
This function will reprogram the ECU, get a calibration from the PC, determine the current ECU
calibration, display the current calibration(s) on the diagnostic tester, and clear calibration(s) from the PC.
Please refer to figures 12-17 for screen flows. Please reference applicable TSB/TSIB for more detail.
FIGURE 12: ECU REPROGRAMMING MAIN MENU M1

TOYOTA * APPLICATION SELECT * ECU REPROGAM
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLSET MAIN MENU
PROGRAM CARD 1: DIAGNOSIS
2: CUSTOMIZE 1: GET CAL FROM PC
VERSION 8.0a 3: ECU REPROGRAM 2: CURRENT ECU CAL
3: UPDATE ECU CAL
4: CAL ON TESTER
5: CLEAR CAL DATA
11/22/ 00
Press [ENTER]
A1 E1
CURRENT ECU CAL UPDATE ECU CAL CLEAR CAL DATA
PLEASE CONFIRM:
PLEASE CONNECT THE
TESTER TO VEHICLE AND 1. SELECT ONE CAL
TURN IG ON • IG OFF 2. SELECT ALL CALS
• HOOD OPEN
• ALL ELECTRONICS
OFF
PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
C1
GET CAL FROM PC CAL ON TESTER
01 LS 430
PC COMMUNICATION AT ENG: 3UZ-FE
DISCONNECTED
[ENTER] TO SELECT
[EXIT] TO RETURN
PRESS [EXIT] WHEN
B1 COMPLETE D1

FIGURE 13: CURRENT ECU CALIBRATIONS
CURRENT ECU CAL
PLEASE CONNECT THE Initializing

TESTER TO VEHICLE AND
TURN IG ON The OBDII
Interface
PRESS [ENTER]
A1 Failed Connected
CURRENT ECU CAL
Initializing CALIBRATION ID
MODB Interface 35001000

55001000
PRESS [ENTER]
COMMUNICATIONS Main Menu

FAILED TO INITIALIZE (M1)
1 TIME.
RETRYING.
CURRENT ECU CAL
COMMUNICATION
ERROR.
• CHECK DLC CABLE

CONNECTION
• IG ON
PRESS [ENTER]

FIGURE 14: GET CALIBRATIONS FROM PC
GET CAL FROM PC
PC COMMUNICATION When CUW Communicates to

B1 Diagnostic Tester, Text changes
DISCONNECTED to a (flashing) “Connected”
PRESS [EXIT] WHEN

COMPLETE

FIGURE 15: UPDATE ECU CALIBRATIONS
ECU REPROGAM UPDATE ECU CAL UPDATE ECU CAL

MAIN MENU SELECT ECU TYPE
BEFORE PROCEEDING
1: GET CAL FROM PC 1: IN-SERVICE ECU
2: CURRENT ECU CAL 2: NEW ECU 1) REGISTER ALL
3: UPDATE ECU CAL IMMOBILIZER KEYS
4: CAL ON TESTER 2) ENSURE AUTO
5: CLEAR CAL DATA REGISTRATION MODE
IS CLOSED
PRESS [ENTER]/[EXIT]
UPDATE ECU CAL UPDATE ECU CAL UPDATE ECU CAL
PLEASE CONFIRM 01 LS430 NEW CAL DONE

− SET PARKING BRAKE AT ENG: 3UZ-FE 89663-60010- NO
− IG OFF 89665-60010- NO
− HOOD OPEN
− ALL ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORIES ARE SELECT CAL TO ALL UPDATES LISTED
OFF UPDATE ECU ABOVE MUST BE DONE
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]

PRESS [ENTER]/[EXIT] PRESS [ENTER]/[EXIT]
C1 C3
[EXIT] [ENTER]
UPDATE ECU CAL UPDATED ECU CAL

CURRENT CAL
89663-50020-
NOT ALL CALS HAVE BEEN C4 89663-50010-
UPDATED FOR THIS
VEHICLE SELECT MATCHING ID
89663-50010-
89665-50010-
PLEASE FINISH UPDATING Main Menu 89665-60020-
BEFORE EXITING (M1)
If all are Yes
PRESS [ENTER]/EXIT]
PRESS [ENTER]
MATCHING ERROR
C3 C5 C6

FIGURE 15: UPDATE ECU CALIBRATIONS CONTINUED
C5 C6
UPDATE ECU CAL UPDATE ECU CAL
TURN IG ON
ERROR
CAUTION!
DO NOT DO ANYTHING
THAT WOULD CAUSE AN INCORRECT
ELECTRICAL LOAD TO THE CALIBRATION
C3 VEHICLE. SELECTED
UPDATE NOW?
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
PRESS [ENTER]
C4
UPDATE ECU CAL UPDATE ECU CAL UPDATE ECU CAL
REPROGRAMMING
REPROGRAM COMPLETE REPROGRAM ERROR
TIME: 00:05:18
PLEASE TURN IG OFF PLEASE TURN IG OFF

FIGURE 16: STORED CALIBRATION DATA
CAL ON TESTER
LS 430
D1 AT ENG: 3UZ-FE
[ENTER] TO SELECT
[EXIT] TO RETURN
CAL ON TESTER
VEHICLE:
LS 430
ATM ENG: 3UZ-FE
CALIBRATION ID
89663-50010-
89665-50010-
[EXIT] TO RETURN

FIGURE 17: CLEAR CALIBRATION DATA
CLEAR CAL DATA
E1 1. SELECT ONE CAL

2. SELECT ALL CALS
<1> <2>
CLEAR CAL DATA CLEAR CAL DATA
LS 430
AT ENG: 3UZ-FE
ARE YOU SURE YOU
WANT TO ERASE CAL
DATA ON THE PROGRAM
CARD?
SELECT CALS TO CLEAR
PRESS [ENTER] PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
CLEAR CAL DATA
01 LS 430
AT ENG: 3UZ-FE
ERASING
CALIBRATION ID
ALL
CALS
89663-50010-
89665-50010-
CLEAR THE DATA?

PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
ERASING
CAL

NEW DATA LIST PARAMETERS FOR LS430
System: ABS/VSC
Data List Select Tester Display Term Description Vehicle
SPD (FOR EMPS) Vehicle speed for EMPS
ALL DATA MASTER PRESS Output value of Master cylinder pressure sensor
USER DATA REGURATOR PRESS Output value of Regulator pressure sensor
FRONT PRESS Output value of Front pressure sensor Prius
REAR PRESS Output value of Rear pressure sensor
REGEN RQST TORQ Output value of Regeneration request torque
REGEN OPERATE Output value of Regeneration operation torque
System: A/C
DUCT TEMP-D Input value of duct sensor (D side)
ALL DATA DUCT TEMP-P Input value of duct sensor (P side)
USER DATA A/B DAMP POS-D Cool air bypass damper position (D side)
A/B DAMP POS-P Cool air bypass damper position (P side)
AIR MIX STEP-D Air mix servomotor targeted step number (D side)
AIR MIX STEP-P Air mix servomotor targeted step number (P side)
AIR OUT STEP-D Air outlet servomotor targeted step number (D side)
LS430
AIR OUT STEP-P Air outlet servomotor targeted step number (P side)
LOW VOLT COUNT +B abnormal low voltage counter
REAR SOLAR SENS Input value of rear solar sensor
NOX GAS SENS Input value of emission gas Nox sensor
REG PRESS SENS Input value of refrigerant pressure sensor
FILTER FLOW VOL Air flow volume through filter
REG CTRL CURRNT Refrigerant control current
System: Air Suspension

VEHICLE SPD Vehicle speed
ALL IG VOLTAGE IG voltage
USER DATA STEERING ANG Steering angle
ENGINE SPD Engine speed
STOP LIGHT SW Status of stop light switch
DOOR SW Status of door switch
DAMPER SW Status of damper switch 1
TS TS terminal
TC TC terminal
TD TD terminal
HEIGHT SW Status of height switch
G (BACK&FORTH) Output value of G sensor(back & forth)
G(UP & DOWN) FR Output value of G sensor(up & down) of FR-wheel
G(UP & DOWN) FL Output value of G sensor(up & down) of FL-wheel
G(UP & DOWN) R Output value of G sensor(up & down) of rear wheels
FR HEIGHT FR vehicle height LS430
FL HEIGHT FL vehicle height
RR HEIGHT RR vehicle height
RL HEIGHT RL vehicle height
WARP SENS Warp sensor detection
BUMPY ROAD SENS Bumpy road sensor detection
DAMPER STEP FR FR wheel damper step
DAMPER STEP FL FL wheel damper step
DAMPER STEP RR RR wheel damper step
DAMPER STEP RL RL wheel damper step
MAX DMP STEP FR Maximum FR wheel damper step
MAX DMP STEP FL Maximum FL wheel damper step
MAX DMP STEP RR Maximum RR wheel damper step
MAX DMP STEP RL Maximum RL wheel damper step
WHEEL SPD FR FR wheel speed
#CODES Trouble code number

System: Backdoor
KEY SW(LOCK) Status of key switch on back door’s being locked.
ALL DATA KEY SW(UNLK) Status of key switch on back door’s being unlocked.
USER DATA LOCK POS SW Status of lock position
P/W LIMIT SW Status of power window limit switch
WIPER RTRCT SW Status of rear wiper retraction switch
WIPER TURN SW Status of rear wiper turn position switch Sequoia
COURTSY SW Status of courtesy switch
Availability of back window automatically up by key in key
DOOR KEY PW UP
cylinder of back door
Availability of back window automatically down by key in key
DOOR KEY PW DWN
cylinder of back door
System: Body #3
ECT PWR SW Status of ECT power mode switch
ALL DATA ECT SNOW SW Status of ECT snow mode switch
USER DATA H-LVL WAN SIG Status of high level light warning signal switch
R SEAT RTN SW Status of rear seat return switch
WIPER SW(2S) Status of wiper switch terminal (2S)
ACC SW Status of ACC switch
MPX-IG SW Status of MPX-IG switch
WIP SW Status of WIP(IG for wiper) switch
LIGHTING TIME Lighting time for illumination system LS430
ILLUMI SYSTEM Illumination system(not including front room light)
LIGHT CONTROL Light control for illumination system
SPEED MODE Speed mode for wiper
AUTO WIPER Auto wiper
REWIPE CONTROL Re-wipe control
ACC OFF CONTROL Light control by ACC off
Status of break pad sensor open switch-Changed from PID
BRAKE PAD SEN
Switch
System: Body #4
TAIL LGT Tr. Tail light transistor
ALL DATA STOP LGT Tr. Stop light transistor
USER DATA H-M STOP LGT Tr. High mount stop light transistor
BACK-UP LGT Tr. Back-up light transistor
LUGG COURTSY SW Status of luggage courtesy switch
CLOSE POS SW Status of luggage close position switch
OPEN POS SW Status of luggage open position switch
LS430
LUGG PUSH SW Status of luggage push switch
TRUNK KEY UNLK Status of luggage key switch
SMOKE SEN Status of smoke sensor operation switch
IG SW Status of IG switch
LUGG OPEN SW Status of luggage open switch
FUEL LVL(MAIN) Status of fuel sender level(main)
FUEL LVL(SUB) Status of fuel sender level(sub)
System: Body #5
ALL DATA WASHER LVL SW Status of washer level switch LS430

USER DATA

Status of main switch of clearance sonar for multi-information
MAIN SW
ALL DATA display
USER DATA F BUZ SPECIFIED Front buzzer detecting about 19.68-39.37inches(50-100cm)
R BUZ SPECIFIED Rear buzzer detecting about 19.68-39.37inches(50-100cm)
Buzzer sound when distance between vehicle and obstacle does
KEEP SENSE BUZ
not change for more than 3seconds
F&R BUZZER FREQ Front and rear buzzer frequency
F&R BUZZER VOL Front and rear buzzer volume
R SENSOR Status of Rear sensors
REV RNG SENS Available sensors when shift position is R
NON-P/R RNG SEN Available sensors when shift position is not P or R
SENSOR COND/N Available sensors when shift position is N
F SIDE DIST SEN Maximum distance that front side sensors are able to detect
Multi-information display’s turning off when vehicle starts to leave
obstacles within about 9.84inches25cm) of vehicle
APPRCH DISP OFF
LS430
Time until multi-information display turns off when perceived
DISP TIMEOUT
distance by sensor dose not change
NO MOVE BUZZ Buzzer sound availability when vehicle speed is 0km/h
Time until multi-information display turns off after sensors stop
SONAR DISP OFF
detecting obstacle
FL SIDE SENS Status of front left side sensor
FL SENS Status of front left sensor
FL CENTER SENS Status of front left center sensor
FR CENTER SENS Status of front right center sensor
FR SENS Status of front right sensor
FR SIDE SENS Status of front right side sensor
RL SENS Status of rear left sensor
RL CENTER SENS Status of rear left center sensor
RR CENTER SENS Status of rear right center sensor
RR SENS Status of rear right sensor
System: Combination Switch

R FOG LIGHT SW Status of rear fog light switch
ALL DATA LS430
USER DATA F WIPER MIST SW Status of front wiper mist switch
System: Door
RR P/W AUTO SW Status of RR power window auto switch
ALL DATA RL P/W AUTO SW Status of RL power window auto switch
USER DATA MIR POS SEN V Output voltage of mirror position memory sensor (up/down)
MIR POS SEN H Output voltage of mirror position memory sensor (right/left)
MIRR RTRN TYPE Type of mirror fold/unfold
FOOT LIGHT TIME Outer foot lighting time
COURTESY SW Status of courtesy switch for door opening or closing status
CAM POS SW3 Status of CAM position switch 3 for door closer
LS430
DBL LOCK POS SW Status of double locking position switch
POLE SW Status of pole switch for door opening or closing condition
HALF SW Status of half latch switch for door opening or closing condition
FULL SW Status of full latch switch for door opening or closing condition
TRESPASS SENS Status of sensor for getting in with a smart key
R SEAT CAN SW Status of R seat memory cancel switch
R SEAT SET SW Status of R seat memory set switch
R SEAT MEM SW Status of R seat memory switch
TRIGGER SW Status of trigger switch for door locking with a smart key
#CODES Trouble code number

System: Driver Seat
CUSION SW REAR Status of cushion switch rear
ALL CUSION SW FRONT Status of cushion switch front
USER DATA PUSH SW Status of IG push switch
SLIDE POS INI Status of slide position initialization flag
HEDRST POS INI Status of headrest position initialization flag
STOP FLG Status of temporary stop flag
CUSHION POS Current cushion position
SLD F MOST POS Slide front most position
HDRST DOWN MOST Headrest down most position
MEM M3 SW Status of memory 3 switch
SEAT MEM M3 Status of seat memory 3 switch
D-MIRR MEM M3 Status of D side outside rear view mirror memory 3 switch
P-MIRR MEM M3 Status of P side outside rear view mirror memory 3 switch
CUSHIO MEM POS1 Cushion memory position 1 LS430
BELT ANCHO POS1 Belt anchor position 1
CUSHIO MEM POS2 Cushion memory position 2
BELT ANCHO POS2 Belt anchor position 2
SLIDE MEM POS3 Slide memory position 3
RECLN MEM POS3 Reclining memory position 3
F VTCL MEM POS3 Front vertical position 3
R VTCL MEM POS3 Rear vertical position 3
HEDRST MEM POS3 Headrest memory position 3
CUSHIO MEM POS3 Cushion memory position 3
BELT ANCHO POS3 Belt anchor memory position 3
D-MIR MEM POS3 D side outside rear view mirror memory position 3
VHEICLE SPD Vehicle speed
P-MIR MEM POS3 P side outside rear view mirror memory position 3
System: EMPS
Record of continuous overheat
MTR OVERHEAT
ALL DATA preventive control
USER DATA Record of low motor power
MTR LOW POWER Prius
supply voltage
Record of continuous overload
MTR OVERLOAD
control
System: Immobiliser
KEY SW Status of key switch
ALL DATA IG SW Status of IG switch
USER DATA IMMOBILISER Status of Immobiliser system
PERMIT(START) Permission to start
RESPONSE Response
FRAME Frame error
SERIAL NUMBER Unrecognized Serial No.
ENCRYPT CODE Unrecognized encrypted code LS430
BCC Abnormal BCC
SUB KEY Sub key matching
MASTER KEY Master key matching
REGIST SUB CODE Registered sub transponder code No.
REGIST MAS CODE Registered main transponder code No.
REG CODE SPACE Space for code registration

System: Metal Top
OPEN SW Status of metal top open switch
ALL DATA
USER DATA
CLOSE SW Status of metal top close switch
TONNEAU COV SW Status of tonneau cover switch
LUG COURTESY SW Status of courtesy switch
ROOF LOCK SW Status of roof lock switch
ROF FL CLS SW/R Status of roof full closed position switch(RH)
ROF FL CLS SW/L Status of roof full closed position switch(LH)
ROOF FL OPEN SW Status of roof full open position switch(RH)
FOOF POS SW 1 Status of roof position switch 1
LUG FR LOK SW/R Status of luggage front lock switch(RH)
LUG FR LOK SW/L Status of luggage front lock switch(LH)
LG FR FL CLS SW Status of luggage front full closed position switch
LG FR FL OPN SW Status of luggage front full open position switch
SC430
PACK TRAY SW 1 Status of package tray switch 1
PACK TRAY SW 2 Status of package tray switch 2
ROOF PULSE/R Value of roof pulse count(RH)
ROOF PULSE/L Value of roof pulse count(LH)
LUGGAGE PULSE/R Value of luggage pulse count(RH)
LUGGAGE PULSE/L Value of luggage pulse count(LH)
SHIFT POS,SPEED Status of shift position and vehicle speed
LUGGAGE CLOSE Status of closed luggage
TONNEAU COV CLS Status of closed tonneau cover
LUG OPN MAIN SW Status of metal top open main switch
D-WINDOW COND Condition of D side window
P-WINDOW COND Condition of P side window
METALTOP COND Condition of metal top
OPERATE COND Condition when the metal top can be operated
#CODES Number of trouble codes
System: Meter
ODO/TRIP SW Status of ODO/TRIP switch
ALL DATA TRIP RESET SW Status of TRIP RESET switch
USER DATA SUB FUEL GAUGE Output value(A/D) of sub fuel gauge
LS430
KEY REMND VOLUM Key reminder buzzer volume
KEY REMND SOUND Key reminder buzzer frequency
UNITS BY REGION Current unit on multi-display
TAIL CANCEL SW Status of taillight cancel switch Highlander

System: Power Seat
RECLIN SW REAR Status of reclining switch rear
ALL DATA RECLIN SW FRONT Status of reclining switch front
USER DATA F VTCL SW DOWN Status of front vertical switch down
F VTCL SW UP Status of front vertical switch up
R VTCL SW DOWN Status of rear vertical switch down
R VTCL SW UP Status of rear vertical switch up
SLIDE SW REAR Status of slide switch rear
SLIDE SW FRONT Status of slide switch front
POWER VOLTAGE IG voltage
MOTOR STATUS Motor status
PNP SW Status of shift P position
N SW Status of shift N position
P-DOOR WARN SW Status of P-DOOR courtesy switch
M2 SW Status of memory 2 switch
M1 SW Status of memory 1 switch
SC430
SET SW Status of SET switch
SLIDE POS Current slide position
RECLIN POS Current reclining position
F VTCL POS Current front vertical position
R VTCL POS Current rear vertical position
MEM M1 SW Statusof memory 1 of passenger’s side
MEM M2 SW Statusof memory 2 of passenger’s side
SEAT MEM M1 Statusof memory 1 of passenger’s seat
SEAT MEM M2 Statusof memory 2 of passenger’s seat
SLIDE MEM POS 1 Slide memory position 1
RECLN MEM POS 1 Reclining memory position 1
F VTCL MEM POS1 Front vertical memory position 1
R VTCL MEM POS1 Rear vertical memory position 1
SLIDE MEM POS 2 Slide memory position 2
RECLN MEM POS 2 Reclining memory position 2
F VTCL MEM POS2 Front vertical memory position 2
R VTCL MEM POS2 Rear vertical memory position 2
System: Radar Cruise Control

ALL DATA MEMORY SPD Memory speed
USER DATA THROTTLE Throttle
SHIFT D POS Status of Shift position in D
CRUISE CONTROL Cruise being controlled
PREMSN SIG-M Status of permission signal(main CPU)
PREMSN SIG-S Status of permission signal(sub CPU)
MAIN INDECT SW-S Status of cruise main switch(main CPU)
MAIN INDECT SW-M Status of cruise main switch(sub CPU)
MAIN SW(SUB) Status of cruise main switch(sub CPU)
MAIN SW(MAIN) Status of cruise main switch(main CPU)
CANCEL SW Status of CANCEL switch
SET/COAST SW Status of SET/COAST switch
LS430
RES/ACC SW Status of RES/ACC switch
STP LIGHT SW2-M Status of stop light switch 2(main CPU)
STP LIGHT SW2-S Status of stop light switch 2(sub CPU)
STP LIGHT SW1-S Stop light switch 1(sub CPU)
ACCEL REQUEST Acceleration request
VEHICLE DISTANC Vehicle distance
STEERING ANGLE Steering angle
DISTANCE TIME Distance time set(main CPU)
R/C OPTION FLAG Status of flag for radar cruise as selected option
O/D CUT RQST O/D cut request
SHIFT DOWN RQST Shift down request
ALARM RQST Alarm request(main CPU)
YAW RATE Yaw rate

System: Rain Sensor
SEN COND INF Sensor condition(circuit)
ALL DATA SEN REACT CONDE Sensor condition(optical system)
USER DATA SEN HI TEMP INF Information of high sensor temperature
SEN LO TEMP INF Information of low sensor temperature
WIP SW LO SIG Status of low wiper switch signal
WIP SW HI SIG Status of high wiper switch signal LS430
WIP SW AUTO SIG Status of auto wiper switch signal
WASH SW SIG Status of washer wiper switch signal
WIP SW MIST SIG Status of mist wiper switch signal
KEY SW SIG Status of I/G on switch signal
KEY PUSH SW SIG Status of pushed smart key signal
System: Rear Seat, Left

MEM STATUS Memorized position status
ALL DOR-LINK RETURN RL seat position return linked with door open
USER DATA Status of cancel switch for RL seat position return linked with
C SW
door open
SET SW Status of set switch
M SW Status of memory switch
RLCY SW Status of RL courtesy switch
R SEAT RTN SW Status of R seat position return switch
HDRST LIMIT SW Status of headrest limit switch
MOTOR STATUS Motor status LS430
HEADREST POS Current headrest position
SLIDE MEM POS1 Memorized slide position 1
HEDRST MEM POS 1 Memorized headrest position 1
PNP SW Status of PNP switch
STOP LIGHT SIG Status of stop light signal
DEST INFO Destination information
System: Rear Seat, Right

MEM STATUS Memorized position status
ALL DOR-LINK RETURN RR seat position return linked with door open
USER DATA Status of cancel switch for RR seat position return linked with
C SW
door open
SET SW Status of set switch
M SW Status of memory switch
RRCY SW Status of RR courtesy switch
R SEAT RTN SW Status of Rseat position return switch
HDRST LIMIT SW Status of headrest limit switch
MOTOR STATUS Motor status LS430
HEADREST POS Current headrest position
SLIDE MEM POS1 Memorized slide position 1
HEDRST MEM POS 1 Memorized headrest position 1
PNP SW Status of PNP switch
STOP LIGHT SIG Status of stop light signal
VHEICLE SPD Vehicle speed
DEST INFO Destination information

System: Rear Seat Switch
RR SLIDE SW Fr Status of RR seat slide forward switch
ALL RR SLIDE SW Rr Status of RR seat slide backward switch
USER DATA RR HDRST SW UP Status of RR headrest up switch
RR HDRST SW DWN Status of RR headrest down switch
RR REF START SW Status of RR refreshing seat start switch
RR REF STOP SW Status of RR refreshing seat stop switch
RL SLIDE SW Fr Status of RL slide forward switch LS430
RL SLIDE SW Rr Status of RL slide backward switch
RL HDRST SW UP Status of RL headrest up switch
RL HDRST SW DWN Status of RL headrest down switch
RL REF START SW Status of RL refreshing seat start switch
RL REF STOP SW Status of RL refreshing seat stop switch
IG Status of IG switch
System: SMT (Sequential Manual Transmission)

Mil status MIL status MR2
ALL COOLANT TEMP Engine coolant temperature
USER DATA ENGINE REV Engine revolution
INTAKE AIR TEMP Intake air temperature
THROTTLE POS Throttle absolute position
DRIVING MILEAGE Accumulated driving mileage after the malfunction
BACUP ENGIN SPD Backup engine speed
ACCEL PEDL ANGL Accelerator pedal angle
THEORETIC TORQ Theoretical engine torque
DEMAND TORQ Driver demand torque
ENGIN LOSS TORQ Engine loss torque
IDLE SET SPEED Idle set speed
REQU ENGIN TORQ Requested engine torque
REQU ENGIN SPD Requested engine speed
GEAR POS Gear indicator position (except R & N)
GEAR POS(R&N) Gear indicator position (R & N)
BUZZER STATUS Buzzer output status
CLUTCH POS-CUR Clutch position (current)
CLUTCH POS-TAR Clutch position (target)
SHIFT POS-CUR Shift position (current)
SHIFT POS-TAR Shift position (target)
SELECT POS-CUR Select position (current)
SELECT POS-TAR Select position (target)
SHIFT PRESSURE Shift pressure
ACCUM PRESSURE Accumulate pressure
CLUTCH SOL DUTY Clutch solenoid duty ratio
MASTER SOL DUTY Master solenoid duty ratio
SHIFT SOL DUTY Shift solenoid duty ratio
SELECT SOL DUTY Select solenoid duty ratio
CRUISE CONTROL Cruise control inhibition
MIL ILLUMI MIL illumination
TORQUE REJECT Torque rejection request
CHANGE GEAR Changing gear
CLUTCH DIS Clutch disengaging
CLUTCH F DIS Clutch fully disengaged
CLUTCH ENG Clutch engaging
CLUTCH F ENG Clutch fully engaged
GEAR POS-CUR Gear position (current)
GEAR POS-TAR Gear position (target)
SAS CHNG DN Shift lever position judgement (SAS change down position)
SAS Shift lever position judgement (SAS position)
SAS CHNG UP Shift lever position judgement (SAS change up position)
REVERSE Shift lever position judgement (reverse position)
INVALID POS Shift lever position judgement (invalid position)
WHEEL SPD FR Wheel speed FR
WHEEL SPD FL Wheel speed FL
WHEEL SPEED RR Wheel speed RR
WHEEL SPEED RL Wheel speed RL
MASTER SOL POS Master solenoid null position
SHIFT SOL POS Shift solenoid null position
SELECT SOL POS Select solenoid null position
CLT TOUCH POS Clutch touch position
CLT CLAMP POS Clutch clamp position
CLT COAST POS Clutch coast position
N POS (SHIFT) Neutral position (Shift position)
N POS (SEL) Neutral position (Select position)
1ST POS (SHIFT) 1st gear position (Shift position))
1ST POS (SEL) 1st gear position (Select position)
2ND POS (SHIFT) 2nd gear position (Shift position)
2ND POS (SEL) 2nd gear position (Select position)
3RD POS (SHIFT) 3rd gear position (Shift position)
3RD POS (SEL) 3rd gear position (Select position)
4TH POS (SHIFT) 4th gear position (Shift position)
4TH POS (SEL) 4rh gear position (Select position)
5TH POS (SHIFT) 5th gear position (Shift position)
5TH POS (SEL) 5rh gear position (Select position)
R POS (SHIFT) Reverse gear position (Shift position)
R POS (SEL) Reverse gear position (Select position)
COLD CONDITION Cold condition judgment
SHIFT CHEK SIG4 Shift lever check signal 4
SHIFT SW SIG4 Shift lever switch signal 4
T/M N SW SIG T/M neutral switch signal
MOT RELAY SIG Motor pump relay signal
T/M R SW SIG T/M reverse switch signal
IGNITION SIG Ignition signal
DOOR LAMP SIG Door lamp signal
CAN COMMUNICAT CAN communication
STR SW DOWN Steering switch signal down
STR SW UP Steering switch signal up
DRIV 1-GER NUM 1st Drive gear teeth number
DRIVN 1-GER NUM 1st Driven gear teeth number
DRIV 2-GER NUM 2nd Drive gear teeth number
DRIVN 2-GER NUM 2nd Driven gear teeth number
DRIV 3-GER NUM 3rd Drive gear teeth number
DRIVN 3-GER NUM 3rd Driven gear teeth number
DRIV 4-GER NUM 4rh Drive gear teeth number
DRIVN 4-GER NUM 4rh Driven gear teeth number
DRIV 5-GER NUM 5rh Drive gear teeth number
DRIVN 5-GER NUM 5rh Driven gear teeth number
DRIV F-GER NUM Final Drive gear teeth number
DRIVN F-GER NUM Final Driven gear teeth number
DRIV R-GER NUM Reverse Drive gear teeth number
DRIVN R-GER NUM Reverse Driven gear teeth number
DTC The number of stored DTCs
STP SW SIG STP switch signal
NSW SIG NSW signal
A/C SW SIG A/C switch signal
IDL SW SIG IDL switch signal
SPD SW SIG SPD switch signal
NSW SW SIG NSW switch signal
XTEST SW SIG XTEST switch signal
T/M INPUT SPD T/M input shaft speed
CLT SOL POS Clutch solenoid null position
System: Slide Roof

OPEN /DOOR KEY Availability of automatic opening with door key
ALL CLOSE /DOOR KEY Availability of automatic closing with door key
USER DATA OPEN /WIRELESS Availability of automatic opening with wireless key
LS430
DOOR KEY OPER Direction of the opening operation by door key (Slide/Tilt)
WIRELESS OPER Direction of the opening operation by wireless key (Slide/Tilt)
CLOSE SIGNAL Status of slide roof all closed signal

System: Steering Pad
MULTI DSP1 SW Status of meter multi DSP1 switch
ALL DATA
USER DATA MULTI DSP2 SW Status of meter multi DSP2 switch
MULTI RESET SW Status of meter multi reset switch
HORN SW Status of horn switch
AV VOL SET SW Status of AV volume switch
AV SEL DOWN SW Status of AV tuning down switch
AV SEL UP SW Status of AV tuning up switch
AV VOL DOWN SW Status of AV volume down switch LS430
AV VOL UP SW Status of AV volume up switch
AV MODE SW Status of AV mode switch
VOICE HOOK SW Status of Voice recognition switch
TAIL LIGHT SIG Status of Tail light signal
IG SW SIG Status of IG switch signal
ACC SW SIG Status of ACC switch signal
RHEOSTAT SIG Status of Rheostat signal
System: TPWS (Tire Pressure Warning Sensor)

SYSTEM STATUS Status of system in operation
ALL DATA TPWS MODE Status of TIRE PRESS WARN mode
USER DATA WARN THR Warning threshold
H-SPD WARN THR High speed warning threshold
MAIN TIRE Available number of main tire to be registered
SUB TIRE Available number of sub tire to be registered
REG MAIN TIRE Number of registered main tire
REG SUB TIRE Number of registered sub tire
SELECT SW Status of select switch
ID1 Registered status of ID1
REGIST ID Registered ID SC430
TIRE PRESS.ID1 Pressure of ID1 tire
TIRE TEMP.ID1 Temperature of ID1 tire
BATT VOLT.ID1 Battery voltage of ID1 tire

System: TDS (Theft Deterent System)
INTRUSION SENSOR Intrusion sensor detection
ALL DATA INTRS SEN OFFSW Status of intrusion sensor off switch
USER DATA KEY UNLK WRN SW Status of key unlock warning switch
ACC SW Status of ACC on switch
IG SW Status of IG on switch
Registered ID code number(Available only when wireless key is
ID CODE NUMBER
equipped)
Registered ID code number of master key(Available only when
ID CODE NUM/MST
smart key is equipped)
Registered ID code number of sub key(Available only when smart
ID CODE NUM/SUB
key is equipped)
SMART CANCEL SW Status of smart cancel switch
LS430
UNMATCH KEY No Unmatched key No.
UNMATCH FORMAT Unmatched format
BATT CONSUME Battery consumption
MASTER KEY ID 7 Status of master key ID 7
System: Tilt & Telescope

T&T MEM3 Status of tilt & telescopic memory 3
ALL DATA T&T MEM2 Status of tilt & telescopic memory 2
USER DATA T&T MEM1 Status of tilt & telescopic memory 1
TILT MEM 1 POS Tilt memory 1 position
TELSC MEM1 POS Telescopic memory 1 position
TILT MEM2 POS Tilt memory 2 position
TELSC MEM2 POS Telescopic memory 2 position LS430
STRLCK ECU INFO Steering lock ECU information
SEAT ECU INFO Seat ECU information
FREEZ SPD INFO Vehicle speed information for freeze frame data
TILT MEM 3 POS Tilt memory 3 position
TELSC MEM 3 POS Telescopic memory 3 position
TROUBLE CODE Trouble code responded to frame No.$00,01 of freeze frame data

NEW ACTIVE LIST PARAMETERS
Air Suspension
Tester Display Term Description Vehicle
DAMPER FR Operation of FR wheel damper step
DAMPER FL Operation of FL wheel damper step
DAMPER RR Operation of RR wheel damper step
DAMPER RL Operation of RL wheel damper step
FR UP&DOWN Operation of FR wheel up & down
FL UP&DOWN Operation of FL wheel up & down
RR UP&DOWN Operation of RR wheel up & down LS430
RL UP&DOWN Operation of RL wheel up & down
FR SOL Operation of FR solenoid
FL SOL Operation of FL solenoid
RR SOL Operation of RR solenoid
RL SOL Operation of RL solenoid
MOTOR RELAY Operation of motor relay
Backdoor
P/W UP/DOWN Operation of power window up and down
DOOR LOCK Operation of door lock and unlock Sequoia
REAR WIPER Operation of rear wiper
Body #3
F ROOM LIGHT Operation of front room light
R ROOM LIGHT RH Operation of rear room light(RH)
R ROOM LIGHT LH Operation of rear room light(LH)
STEP LIGHT Operation of front step spot light
CONSOLE LIGHT Operation of center console spot light
LS430
WIPER MOT(HI) Operation of wiper motor(high)
WIPER MOT(LO) Operation of wiper motor(low)
SHOULDER BELT Operation of shoulder belt anchor motor
BUCKLE LIGHT 1 Operation of buckle light for P-seat
REVERSE SIG CTL Operation of reverse signal output control
Body #4
TAIL LIGHT Operation of tail light
STOP LIGHT Operation of stop light
LICENSE LIGHT Operation of license light
H-M STOP LIGHT Operation of high mount stop light
BACK-UP LIGHT Operation of back-up light LS430
TRUNK LID OPEN Operation of trunk lid opener
LUGG LIGHT Operation of luggage light
BUCKLE LIGHT 2 Operation of buckle light
FUEL LID OPEN Operation of fuel lid opener
Body #5
HEAD LIGHT(HI) Operation of head light(high)
F FOG LIGHT RLY Operation of front fog light
DRL OPERT Operation of DRL light
LS430
CLEARANCE LIGHT Operation of front clearance light
WASHER MOTOR Operation of washer motor
HORN RELAY Operation of horn relay

Clearance Sonar
FRONT BUZZER Operation of front buzzer sound
LS430
REAR BUZZER Operation of rear buzzer sound
Door (D, P, RR, RL)

DEAD LOCK (All) Operation of double locking unset
FOOT LIGHT (D, P Only) Operation of outer foot light
IN HANDLE ILUMI (All) Operation of inside handle illumination LS430
MEM CANCEL LAMP (RR, RL
Operation of rear seat memory cancel indicator
Only)
Driver Seat
CUSHION Operation of cushion extension and contraction LS430
HV Battery
BATTERY CHECK Request to find batteries which must be replaced. Prius
Immobiliser
SECURITY INDIC Operation of security indicator
LS430
METER CHIME Operation of meter chime
Meter
VSC WARN Operation of VSC warning

LOW WASHER WARN Operation of low washer liquid warning
ABS WARN Operation of ABS warning
ODO/TRIP DISP Operation of ODO/TRIP display
R-CRUISE DISP Operation of radar cruise display
R-CRS CHECK IND Operation of radar cruise check indicator
R-CRS READY IND Operation of radar cruise ready indicator LS430
Fr FOG INDIC Operation of front fog light indicator
AUTO LV INDIC Operation of head light auto leveling indicator
VSC OFF INDIC Operation of VSC off indicator
KEY REMND BUZZR Operation of key reminder buzzer
SEAT BELT BUZZR Operation of seat belt buzzer
WARNING BUZZER Operation of warning buzzer
VOLT METER Operation of voltage meter
IS300
FC METER Operation of fuel consumption meter
A/T OIL TEMP Operation of A/T oil temperature indicator Highlander
COMPASS DISP Operation of compass display SC430
Power Seat
RECLINIG Operation of reclining front and rear
F VERTICAL Operation of front vertical up and down
SC430
R VERTICAL Operation of rear vertical up and down
SLIDE Operation of slide front and rear

Rear Seat, Left
SLIDE Operation of slide seat forward and backward
HEADREST Operation of headrest up and down LS430
REFRESHING ECU Operation of refreshing seat ECU start
Rear Seat, Right

SLIDE Operation of slide seat forward and backward
HEADREST Operation of headrest up and down LS430
REFRESHING ECU Operation of refreshing seat ECU start
SMT (Sequential Manual Transmission)

TARG CLT CTRL Target Clutch Control (Stroke Vale)
TARG GEAT POS Target Gear Position Control (Gear Position)
TARG SHIFT SR Target Shift Stroke Control (Stroke Value)
TARG SEL STRK Target Select Stroke Control (Stroke Value)
WARNING BUZ Warning Buzzer Output
MR2
GEAR POS IND Gear Position Indicator Output
SMT WARN IND Sequential MT Warning Indicator Lamp Output
REDUC ACCM PRS Reduced Accumulator Pressure
CLT SOL CTRL Clutch Solenoid Control
MOTR RELAY Motor Relay Control
TDS (Theft Deterent System)

SECURITY INDIC Operation of security indicator
SECURITY HORN Operation of security horn
SECURITY HORN2 Operation of security horn 2
D TRANSMITTER Operation of D-seat transmitter
P TRANSMITTER Operation of P-seat transmitter
DR TRANSMITTER Operation of DR-seat transmitter
PR TRANSMITTER Operation of PR-seat transmitter
FR TRANSMITTER Operation of FR-interior transmitter LS430
RR TRANSMITTER Operation of RR-interior transmitter
IN LUG TRANSMIT Operation of interior luggage transmitter
LUGG TRANSMIT Operation of exterior luggage transmitter
SMART INDIC Operation of smart indicator
OVERHEAD TUNER Operation of overhead tuner
IN LUG TUNER Operation of interior luggage tuner
BUZZ RESP SOUND Operation of wireless key buzzer sound

Contents
l Vehicle Coverage
l Main menu
l Application Select Menu Enable / Disable
l Torque Sensor Adjust for the EMPS (Electric Motor-assisted Power Steering)
l ABS Air Bleeding
l HV Battery On Board Charging
l HV Battery Initialize
l Data List-New Support and Update
l Active Test- New Support and Update
New Features Document 7.1a

June 2000
VEHICLE COVERAGE
All model year 2000 vehicles are supported in the version 7.1a software. Coverage is also included for
the 2001 PRIUS. This support has been incorporated into the OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, Break-
Out Box, and NVH functions of the Diagnostic Tester software. Vehicles supported in the 7.1a software
include:
4RUNNER
AVALON
CAMRY
CAMRY CNG
CAMRY SOLARA
CELICA
COROLLA
ECHO
ES300
GS300
GS400
Land Cruiser
LS400
LX470
MR2 New for 7.1a
PRIUS New for 7.1a
RAV4
RAV4 EV
RX300
SC300
SC400
SIENNA
TACOMA
TUNDRA

June 2000
MAIN MENU
Customize Software and Diagnosis Software has previously been provided by 2 separate 2Mega-Byte
program cards. With the new 12Mega-Byte program cards introduced with version 7.0a software,
Customize Software and Diagnosis Software have been integrated into one card and can both be
selected in Version 7.1a software. Refer to Figure 1 for screen flow.
FIGURE 1: MAIN MENU SCREEN FLOW
TOYOTA
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLSET
PROGRAM CARD
Press [ENTER]
* APPLICATION SELECT *
1: DIAGNOSIS
2: CUSTOMIZE
[2]
FUNCTION SELECT MAIN MENU

FOR NORTH
[1] AMERIC A
1: OBD/MOBD 1: CUSTOMIZE
2: ENHANCED OBDII
3: CARB OBD II
4: BREAK-OUT BOX
5: NVH
6: AUTOPROBE
7: O2 RPM CHECK
8: SNAPSHOT REVIEW
9: SETUP 9: SETUP
0: GAS ANALYSIS
Version 7.1a Software Customize 1.2 Software

June 2000
APPLICATION SELECT MENU ENABLE / DISABLE
The Diagnostic Tester power-up screen defaults to the "APPLICATION SELECT" menu. The preferences
may be customized through SETUP to show the "FUNCTION SELECT" menu as the power-up screen.
Refer to Figure 2 for screen flow.
FIGURE 2: MAIN MENU SCREEN FLOW
FUNCTION SELECT
FOR NORTH AMERIC A
1: OBD/MOBD
2: ENHANCED OBDII
3: CARB OBD II
4: BREAK-OUT BOX
5: NVH
6: AUTOPROBE
7: O2 RPM CHECK
8: SNAPSHOT REVIEW
9: SETUP
0: GAS ANALYSIS APPLICATION SELECT
MENU ENABLE / DISABLE
1: DIAGNOSTIC ONLY
2: DIAG AND CUSTOM
NOTICE
When the App Menu

Selection has been changed,
it is necessary to exit all the
way to the Power-Up Display
Screen for proper results.
Press < ENTER >

June 2000
Torque Sensor Adjust for
EMPS (Electric Motor-assisted Power Steering)
When the Prius ECU or Torque Sensor is replaced, the Torque Sensor of EMPS is initialized and
adjusted to the ZERO POINT with this function. Refer to Figure 3 for sample of screen flow.
FIGURE 3: TORQUE SENSOR ADJUST SCREEN FLOW
OBD/MOBD MENU
1: CODES (ALL)
2: ENGINE AND ECT
3: ABS
4: EMPS
5: CCS CAUTION
6: SRS AIRBAG
7: HV ECU If the ECU has been
8: HV BATTERY exchanged, execute
ZERO POINT ADJUST.
Otherwise, execute
ZERO POINT INIT
before executing TORQUE SENSOR ZERO
ZERO POINT ADJUST. POINT ADJUSTMENT
ECU: EMPS
PRESS [ENTER]
1. ZERO POINT INIT
2. ZERO POINT ADJ
Press [1] or [2]
[2]
ZERO POINT INIT NOTICE

ECU:
[1] EMPS
CONFIRM:
- Vehicle stopped
Do you wish to start this - Ignition is ON
function? - Engine off
- Strng Wheel Fixed
- Vehicle is level
Press [YES] or [NO] PRESS [ENTER]

June 2000
FIGURE 3: TORQUE SENSOR ADJUST SCREEN FLOW (Continued)
[1] [2]
ZERO POINT INIT NOTICE

ECU: EMPS
CONFIRM:
- Vehicle stopped
Do you wish to start this - Ignition is ON
function? - Engine off
- Strng Wheel Fixed
- Vehicle is level
Press [YES] or [NO] PRESS [ENTER]
ZERO POINT INIT ZERO POINT ADJUST

ECU: EMPS ECU: EMPS
Do you wish to start this

* NOW PROCESSING * function?
Press [YES] or [NO]
COMPLETED ZERO POINT ADJUST

ECU: EMPS
ZERO POINT INIT
SUCCESSFUL
Before executing ZERO * NOW PROCESSING *

POINT ADJUST
Please turn the IG OFF then
ON.
TIME REMAINING:
PRESS [ENTER] 1 SEC.
COMPLETED
ZERO POINT ADJUST

was successful.
New Features Document 7.1a PRESS [ENTER]

June 2000
ABS Air Bleeding
Whenever any Prius ABS part is replaced, it is possible that air may have entered the ABS system.
This function shows how to bleed air from the Prius ABS system. Refer to Figure 4 for sample of
screen flow.
FIGURE 4: ABS Air Breeding SCREEN FLOW
OBD/MOBD MENU
1: CODES (ALL)
2: ENGINE AND ECT
3: ABS
4: EMPS
5: CCS SMC&SS SOLENOID ON
6: SRS AIRBAG ABS SOLENOID SELECT
7: HV ECU
8: HV BATTERY 1: FRR
2: FLR INFORMATION
3: RrR
MAXIMUM OPERATION
TIME IS 60 sec…
AFTER OPERATION,
20 sec. OF RESTING TIME
ARE PROVIDED
SMC1 & SMC2 & SS
SOLENOID
Press [ENTER]
IS THE SOLENOID TURNED
ON? FRR BLEEDING
OFF ON
REMAINING TIME
PRESS [YES] OR [NO] 12 sec.
Press [EXIT] to quit
NOW PAUSED
PLEASE WAIT
FOR 17 sec.

June 2000
HV BATTERY ON BOARD CHARGING
This function will charge the Prius battery cells so that they will all have a nearly equal charge.
Charging takes about 30 minutes. The process of the charge is displayed on the multi scan display of
the Prius vehicle. Refer to Figure 5 for sample of screen flow.
FIGURE 5: HV BATTERY ON BOARD CHARGING SCREEN FLOW
OBD/MOBD MENU
1: CODES (ALL)
2: ENGINE AND ECT
3: ABS
4: EMPS
5: CCS
6: SRS AIRBAG
7: HV ECU DIAGNOSTIC MENU
8: HV BATTERY HV BATTERY
1: CURRENT DATA
2: TROUBLE DATA
3: TEST DATA
4: INIT HV BATT
5: ON BOARD CHG
< NOTICE >
This function will charge

the batter cells so that
they will all have a nearly
equal charge.
PLEASE CONFRIM:
· Vehicle Displays
PRESS [ENTER] "READY"
· Vehicle in PARK
[EXIT] to abort
[ENTER] to start
CHARGING STARTED
Charging takes about 30

minutes.
Once the charging is

completed, the multiple
scan display of the Prius
will be visible.
New Features Document 7.1a PRESS [ENTER]

June 2000
HV BATTERY INITIALIZE
This function will initialize some current values stored in the memory of the Prius ECU. After using this
function SOC will be 60% and each individual battery module resistance will be all the same. Refer to
Figure 6 for sample of screen flow.
FIGURE 6: HV BATTERY INIT HV BATT for PRIUS SCREEN FLOW
OBD/MOBD MENU
1: CODES (ALL)
2: ENGINE AND ECT
3: ABS
4: EMPS
5: CCS
6: SRS AIRBAG
7: HV ECU DIAGNOSTIC MENU
8: HV BATTERY HV BATTERY
1: CURRENT DATA
2: TROUBLE DATA
3: TEST DATA
4: INIT HV BATT
5: ON BOARD CHG
< NOTICE >
This function is used when

you change battery cells
or modules.
HV BATTERY INIT
PRESS [ ENTER]
Ensure that the vehicle is
stopped and turn IG ON.
[EXIT] to Abort
[ENTER] to Init
HV BATTERY INIT
INSTRUCTIONS:
1: Turn IG OFF.
2: Turn tester OFF.
3: Wait 30 seconds.
4: Turn IG ON.
5: Check DATA LIST
"Inside Resist#"
6: If value is not 0.0, repeat.
PRESS [ENTER]

June 2000
June 2000
New Active Tests
System - Vehicle
Parameter Name Parameter Description
ABS/VSC - All Models

SPFR(STR) Operation of SPFR solenoid.
SMR(SA3) Operation of SMR solenoid.
SMFL(SA2) Operation of SMFL solenoid.
SMFR(SA1) Operation of SMFR solenoid.
SAI & SA2 Operation of SAI & SA2 solenoid.
SRH Operation of SRH solenoid.
ABS - Prius
SS Operation of regenerate solenoid SS.
SMC1 Operation of regenerate solenoid SMC1.
SMC2 Operation of regenerate solenoid SMC2.
SLA Operation of linear solenoid SLA.
SLR Operation of linear solenoid SLR.
SFRH & SFLH Operation of SFRH & SFLH solenoid.
HV ECU - Prius
INSPECTION MODE Request to charge to Inspection Mode
MG1 OPEN CNTRL Request to control MG1 without using the Value from electric current sensor .
MG2 OPEN CNTRL Request to control MG2 without using the Value from electric current sensor .
MOTOR DRIVING Request to drive only with the motor.
CRANKING RQST Request to continue to crank to check the compression in the cylinder.
CHG RQST-HIGH Request to charge main battery with high current.
CHG RQST-LOW Request to charge main battery with low current.
DCHG RQST-HIGH Request to discharge main battery with high current.
DCHG RQST-LOW Request to discharge main battery with low current.
CHG&DCHG-W-SOC Request to charge and discharge main battery over wide range of SOC.
CHG&DCHG-CU-CTR Request to charge and discharge controlling the electric current.
RGENRATIVE TEST Request to lower output electric power of MG2.
ENG OUTPUT TEST Request Engine to fix its rpm and generate electricity with it.
PWM OUTPUT TEST Request MG2 to output 0A electric current.
MG1 & 2 RESOLVER Request to check the angle of Resolver of MG1 and MG2.
MG1 MAGNET TEST Request to lower output electric power of MG1 by reducing magnetic force
MG1&MG2 HEATEN Request to increase temperature of MG1 and MG2.
HV BATTERY - Prius
COOLING FAN LO Request to set the cooling fan speed to low.
COOLING FAN MID Request to set the cooling fan speed to middle.
COOLING FAN HI Request to set the cooling fan speed to high.
OFF AV CG RELAY Request to turn the relay switch of EQC0 on.
Request to find batteries which must be replaced. This active test will be available by
BATTERY CHECK August. Refer to TSB in detail.
ENGINE - Prius
HCAC VSV Activate the VSV for HC adsorber and catalyst system.

June 2000
New Data List Parameters
System - Vehicle
Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description
ABS - PRIUS
ALL DATA
USER DATA 1 SYS BRAKE 1 system brake operating status.
REGEN CO-OPRT Regenerate cooperation operating status.
SS Regenerate solenoid SS operating status.
SMC1 Regenerate solenoid SMC1 operating status.
SMC2 Regenerate solenoid SMC2 operating status.
SLA CURRENT Electric current value in linear solenoid SLA.
SLR CURRENT Electric current value in linear solenoid SLR.
EMPS - PRIUS
ALL DATA
USER DATA TRQ1 Torque sensor 1 output
WRR Wheel speed (right)
WRL Wheel speed (left)
MOTOR ACTUAL Motor actual current
COMMAND VALUE Command value current
STR ANGL VEL Steering Wheel angle velocity
THERMISTOR TEMP Thermistor temperature
IG SUPPLY IG power supply
# CODES Number of diagnosis code(#3)
ECU I.D ECU Information
TEST MODE STAT Test mode status
EHPS - MR2
ALL DATA
USER DATA #CODES Number of diagnosis code(#3)
ROM VER ROM version (CAR)
ROM VER (MAJOR) ROM version (Major version)
ROM VER (MINOR) ROM version (Minor version)
TEST MODE STAT Test mode status
HV ECU - PRIUS
SHIFT BEF READY LATEST OPER RESIST OVR HEAT
N RANGE CTRL 1 LATEST TRIP The latest times of trip
N RANGE CTRL 2 1 BEF LATST OR The times of operation 1 before the latest
STEP ACCEL IN N 1 BEF LATST TRP The times of trip 1 before the latest
AUX. BATT LOW 2 BEF LATST OR The times of operation 2 before the latest
HV INTERMITTENT 2 BEF LATST TRP The times of trip 2 before the latest
MG2 TEMP HIGH
MG1 TEMP HIGH
MG2 INV TEMP
HIGH
MG1 INV TEMP
HIGH
MAIN BATT LOW
HV ECU - PRIUS
DRIVING PATTERN LOAD CONDITION Indicate that which the vehicles use more MG1 or MG2
DRIVING PATTEN1 Driving Pattern 1

June 2000
System - Vehicle
HV ECU - PRIUS
ALL MG2 REV MG2 Revolution
MG2 TORQ MG2 Torque
REGEN EXEC TORQ Torque value of Regenerative brake
REGEN RQST TORQ Torque value of Regenerative brake that Hv ECU request
MG1 REV MG1 Revolution
MG1 TORQ MG1 Torque
POWER RQST Power that HV ECU requests to output
TARGET ENG SPD Target Engine Revolution
ENGINE SPD Engine revolution
MCYL CTRL TORQ Torque for controling oil pressure of Master Cylinder
SOC Stated of charge
WOUT CTRL POWER Wout Control Power
DCHG RQST SOC Discharge request to adjust SOC
DRIVE CONDITION Drive Situation ID
INVERT TEMP-MG1 Temperature of MG1
MG1 TEMP Motor temperature of MG1
MG2 CURRENT V Electric current of MG2 V
MG2 CURRENT W Electric current of MG2 W
MG1 CURRENT V Electric current of MG2 V
MG1 CURRENT W Electric current of MG2 W
PWR RESOURCE VM Power Resource VM
SHIFT SENSOR 1 Shift sensor 1
ACC SENSOR MAIN Main accelerator sensor
ACC SENSOR SUB Sub accelerator sensor
CELL TEMP-MAX Highest temperature of all battery cells
CELL TEMP-MIN Lowest temperature of all battery cells
AUX. BATT V Voltage of auxiliary battery
XTEST SW SIG XTEST switch signal
ECU TYPE ECU TYPE
COOLANT TEMP Water temperature
TACHO METER Engine rpm
INTAKE AIR Intake air temperature
INFORMATION 1 Information 1
HV ECU - PRIUS
DC/DC CONV STP OUTPUT V OVER Output voltage is too high
INPUT V LOW Input voltage is too low
INPUT V OVER Input voltage is too high
OVR HEAT PRTECT Overheat protection
DC/DC CONV STP DC/DC Converter stops signal.
DC/DC V UNSETLE Voltage of DC/DC Converter is not stable.
OUTPUT STOP Output stop
DC/DC STOP FACT DC/DC converter has stopped at lease once.

June 2000
System - Vehicle
HV ECU - PRIUS
INFORMATION1 INFORMATION 1 5 Information code
INFORMATION2 MG1 REV MG1 Revolution
INFORMATION3 MG2 REV MG2 Revolution
INFORMATION4 MG1 TORQ MG1 Torque
INFORMATION5 MG2 TORQ MG2 Torque
POWER RQST Power that HV ECU requests to output
ENGINE SPD Engine revolution
MCYL CTRL TORQ Torque for controling oil pressure of Master Cylinder
SOC Stated of charge
WOUT CTRL POWER Wout Control Power
DRIVE CONDITION Drive Situation ID
PWR RESOURCE VM Power Resource VM
ACC SENSOR MAIN Main acceleration sensor
ENG STOP RQST Engine stop request
IDLING REQUEST Engine idling request
ENGINE FUEL CUT Engine fuel cut
HV BATT CH RQST Request form HV ECU to charge the battery
HCAC ABSRT RQST HCAC OBD request
ENG WARM UP RQT Engine warming up request
STOP SW COND Condition of the stop switch
CRUISE CONTROL Condition of the cruise control
AUX. BATT V Voltage of auxiliary battery
EXCLUSIVE INFO1 Exclusive Information 1
LOAD CONDITION Indicate that which the vehicles use more MG1 or MG2
IG OFF IN DRVIN Turns IG OFF while they are driving the car
SG B IN REDUCIN Shift gear into B in reducing the speed
SG N IN REDUC/P Shift gear into N in reducing the speed
STEP ACC&BRAKE Step both accelereation & brake at the same time
IG OFF TIME How long has the vehicle been IG OFF
OCCURRENCE ORDR Order which the trouble occurs
HV ECU - PRIUS
ACCEL MODE 2 SHIFT POSITON Shift Position
ACCEL MODE 3 BRAKE TORQ Brake torque
ACCEL MODE 3 MG2 TORQ Motor torque
MG1 TORQ Generator torque
ACC THROTTLE Accelerator Throttle
OCCURRENCE TRIP Trip number which this error occured

June 2000
System - Vehicle
HV ECU - PRIUS
REGEN IH FACTOR OVER VOLTAGE Voltage of the battery is too high
OVER CURRENT Electric current of the battery is too high
MG2 TEMP HIGH Temperature of MG2 is too high
MG1 TEMP HIGH Temperature of MG1 is too high
BATTERY FULL Battery full
CHG RESTRICTION Charge Regulation
REGN BRK INEFCT Regenerative brake is ineffective
HV ECU - PRIUS
BATT SAVE RQST BATT LOW VOLT Voltage of battery is low
DISCHAG INHIBIT Battery is inhibited to discharge
N RANG OVR TIME Leave gear in N range over a perod of time
BATT HIGH VOLT Voltage of battery is too high
BATT OVER LOAD Battery is over load
BATT HIGH TEMP Temperature of the battery is too high
HV ECU - PRIUS
TEMP TRBLE FACT ACC TENT TRBLE Tentative trouble of Acceleration
ABNML COM BR-HV Communication malfunction between HV ECU and brake
ILK OPERATION ILK operation
FUEL SHORTAGE Low fuel
HV ECU - PRIUS
ENG INDPDENT RQ ENG WARM UP RQT Engine Warming up Request
AIRCON REQUEST Aircon request
ENG STP INHIBIT Engine stop inhibition
HCAC ABSRT RQST HCAC OBD Request
HV BATT CH RQST Request from HV ECU to charge the battery
IDLING REQUEST Engine idling request
ENG STOP RQST Engine stop request
ENGINE - PRIUS
ALL DATA BATTERY Battery voltage
INJECTOR Injection timing
INJ VOL FB Injection volume feedback value
FUEL FB COEF Coefficient value of fuel feedback
A/F LEARN Learning value of air fuel ratio
PURGE LEARN Learning value of purge
KCS FEEDBACK Feedback value of KCS
REQ ENG TORQ Request engine torque
RAM MONITOR RAM monitoring status
ENG RUN SIG Engine run signal
ACC RACING SIG Accelerator pedal racing signal
ENG WARM UP SIG Engine warm up signal
ENG RUN PERM Engine run permission status
FC STATUS Fuel cut status
ENG STP LIMIT Engine stop limit status

June 2000
System - Vehicle
HV BATTERY - PRIUS
ALL DATA
USER DATA BATTERY SOC Battery capacity SOC
WIN WIN
AVERAGE TEMP Average battery temperature
WOUT WOUT
DELTA SOC SOC
IB MAIN BATTERY IB main battery current(with correction)
BAT BLOCK MIN V Battery block minimum voltage
MIN BAT BLOCK NO Minimum voltage battery block
BAT BLOCK MAX V Battery block maximum voltage
MAX BAT BLOCK NO Maximum voltage battery block
BATT TEMP NO Battery temperature
BATT INSIDE AIR Ambient temperature inside battery pack
NORMAL STATUS Normal status
PRE ONBOARD CH Pre-On-board charging status
ONBOARD CHARGE Outside uniform charging status
OFF AVE CG ST Outer charging status
COOLING FAN LO Cooling fan operation in low
COOLING FAN MID Cooling fan operation in middle speed
COOLING FAN HI Cooling fan operation in high speed
VMF FAN VOLTAGE VMF fan voltage
SBL FAN ST RQS SBL cooling fan stop request signal
AUX. BATT V Auxiliary battery voltage
EQTR CHARGE ST EQTR uniform charging start signal
EQQC0 RELAY EQQC0 dead front relay
CCTL CFRS outer air intake request signal(changed by CCTL)
ET OFF CHG HR Estimation of time to finish off board charging
BATT BLOCK VNO Battery block voltage
INSIDE RESIST NO Inside resistance
ONB CHARGE TIME Cumulative number of times of on-board uniform charging
BATTERY LO TIME Cumulative number of times of low uniform charging
BC INHIBIT TIME Cumulative number of times of BC inhibition
BATTERY TOO HINO Cumulative number of times of too-high battery voltage
IG OFF HOUR IG OFF Hour
IG ON HOUR IG ON Hour
DTC The number of stored DTC
XWTEST SW SIG XTEST switch signal
ECU CODE ECU code

June 2000
Version 7.0a
Description of New Software Features
Contents
l Vehicle Coverage
l Active Test- New Support and Update
l Data List-New Support and Update

VEHICLE COVERAGE
All model year 2000 vehicles are supported in the version 7.0a diagnostic
software. This support has been incorporated into the OBD/MOBD, Enhanced
OBD-II, BreakOut Box, and NVH functions of the Diagnostic Tester software.
Vehicles supported in the 7.0a software include:
4RUNNER
AVALON
CAMRY
CAMRY CNG New for 7.0a
CAMRY SOLARA
CELICA
COROLLA
ES300
ECHO New for 7.0a
GS300
GS400
LS400
LX450
LX470
Land Cruiser
PASEO
PREVIA
RAV4
RX300
SC300
SC400
SIENNA
SUPRA
T100
TACOMA
TERCEL
TUNDRA
Table 1 - Active Test- New Support and Update
Vehicle System Active Test Name Test Description New Support/Updates
EFI DELIV SHUT VLV Operation of fuel shutoff valve for delivery pipe.
Camry
CNG
EFI REGLTR SHUT VLV Operation of fuel shutoff valve for fuel pressure regulator. New for Version 7.0a
Celica EFI VVTL CTRL B1 Operation of VVTL system. (2ZZ-GE engine only)
Table 2A - Data List-New Support and Update

Vehicle System Data List Type Parameter Name Parameter Description New Support/Updates
TEST DATA
CELICA EFI ABS Freeze Frame data available for ABS. New for Version 7.0a
FREEZE FRAME
Table 2B - Data List-New Support and Update

GRAV FC (Gravity Fuel Cut)
Has been adopted to stop the fuel pump when the SRS airbag is deployed, thus helping reduce fuel leakage. When the ECM detects the airbag deployment signal from the airbag sensor assembly, the
ECM controls the circuit-opening relay to stop the fuel pump. GRAV FC status on the Diagnostic Tester display becomes ON when the ECM detects the airbag deployment signal and remains ON until the
Battery terminals are disconnected. GRAV FC status informs whether the gravity fuel cut control has been activated in the past.
ALL DATA
CELICA EFI GRAV FC Gravity fuel cut operating status. New for Version 7.0a
USER DATA
Table 2C - Data List-New Support and Update
ETCS-I (Electronic Throttle Control System Intelligent)
Optimally controls the throttle valve opening in accordance with the amount of the accelerator pedal effort, and the conditions of the engine and the vehicle, and comprehensively controls the ISC, cruise
control, and the VSC system.
ACCEL POS #1 Accelerator pedal position sensor No. 1 output voltage
ACCEL POS #2 Accelerator pedal position sensor No. 2 output voltage
THROTTLE POS #2 Throttle position sensor No. 2 output voltage
THROTTLE TARGET Target position of throttle motor
THROTL OPN DUTY Throttle motor opening duty ratio
THROTL CLS DUTY Throttle motor closed duty ratio
THROTTLE MOT Whether or not throttle motor control is permitted
ETCS MAG CLUTCH Whether or not ETCS magnetic clutch control is permitted
GS300
GS400
ETCS-I ALL DATA EXTEND +BM Whether or not ETCS power is inputted New for Version 7.0a
LS400
Tundra
ACCEL IDL POS Whether or not accelerator pedal position is idle
THROTTLE IDL POS Whether or not throttle pedal position is idle
FAIL #1 Whether or not fail safe function is executed
FAIL #2 Whether or not fail safe function is executed
THROTTL INITIAL Throttle fully closed learning value
ACCEL LEARN VAL Accelerator fully closed (accelerator pedal released) learning value
THROTTLE MOT Throttle motor control current (Amps).
ETCS MAG CLUTCH Magnetic clutch control current

Version 6.1a
Contents
• Engine Immobilizer - User Interface Enhancements
• Cruise Control System - User Interface Enhancements
• Data List - New Support and Updates
• Active Test - New Support and Updates
Copyright ©1999 Vetronix Corporation Printed in USA, May 1999
TOYOTA N.A., VER. 6.1a P/N 08001992-005
1
VEHICLE COVERAGE
All 1999 Model Year vehicles and 2000 Tundra are supported in Version 6.1a software. This support has been
incorporated into the OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, Break-Out Box, and NVH functions of the Diagnostic
Tester software. Vehicles supported in Version 6.1a software include:
4RUNNER
AVALON
CAMRY
CAMRY CNG (New for 6.1a)
CAMRY SOLARA
COROLLA
ES300
GS300
GS400
LS400
LX450
LX470
Land Cruiser
PASEO
RAV4
RX300
SC300
SC400
SIENNA
SUPRA
T100
TACOMA
TERCEL
TUNDRA (New for 6.1a)
2
ENGINE IMMOBILIZER- USER INTERFACE ENHANCEMENTS
Diagnostic Trouble Codes can be viewed and cleared within the Engine Immobilizer function.
Because Engine Immobilizer is integrated with the Engine ECU, all engine DTCs will be erased if the
user selects the option to Clear Codes.
To enable the user to view Engine DTCs before they are erased, the screen flow has been changed.
Figure 1
3
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM- USER INTERFACE
ENHANCEMENTS
Diagnostic Trouble Codes can be viewed and cleared within the Cruise Control System. Because
CCS is integrated with the Engine ECU, all engine DTCs will be erased if the user selects the option
to Clear Codes.
To enable the user to view Engine DTCs before they are erased, the screen flow has been changed.
Figure 2
4
DATA LIST - NEW SUPPORT AND UPDATES
Vehicle System Data List Type Parameter Parameter Description New

Camry EFI ALL DATA GRAV FC Gravity fuel cut operating status. New for Ver.6.1.
CNG (When the SRS airbag is deployed,
USER DATA a signal to shut off the supply of
fuel is output by the airbag sensor
EXTEND DATA to the ECM. Complete details are
available in New Car Features).
ALL ABS ALL DATA VSC/TRC Status of VSC/TRC OFF switch. Parameter name has
OFF SW been changed from
USER DATA “VSC OFF SW”.
ACTIVE TEST - NEW SUPPORT AND UPDATES

Camry EFI DELIV SHUT VLV Operation of fuel shutoff New for Ver.6.1.
CNG valve for delivery pipe.
Camry EFI REGLATR SHUT VLV Operation of fuel shutoff New for Ver.6.1.
CNG valve for pressure regulator.
ALL ABS VSC/TRC OFF IND Operation of VSC/TRC OFF Active test name has been
indicator light. changed from “VSC OFF
INDIC”.
5
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
6
Version 6.0a
Contents
•Vehicle Coverage
•Fuel Consumption-Enhancement
•Data List-New Support and Update
•Active Test-New Support and Update
•Engine Immobilizer User Interface Enhancements
Copyright 1998 Vetronix Corporation Printed in USA, December 1998

TOYOTA N.A., VER. 6.0a P/N 08001968-005
1
VEHICLE COVERAGE
All model year ’99 vehicles are supported in the Version 6.0a diagnostic software. This support has been
incorporated into OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, Break-Out Box, and NVH functions of the Diagnostic Tester
Software. Vehicles supported in the 6.0a software include:
4RUNNER
AVALON
CAMRY
CAMRY SOLARA New for 6.0a
COROLLA
ES300
GS300
GS400
LS400
LX450
LX470
Land Cruiser
PASEO
RAV4
RX300
SC300
SC400
SIENNA
SUPRA
T100
TACOMA
TERCEL
2
FUEL CONSUMPTION- ENHANCEMENT
Vehicle Selection for Enhanced OBD II
When selecting Fuel Consumption from the Enhanced OBD II menu, a vehicle selection is provided. With
this selection, the Scantool provides improved accuracy for result of Fuel Consumption.
Parameter Enhancement
Two groups of parameters – SHORT TERM and LONG TERM – are now displayed as separate data lists.
Use the * l and * r keys to switch between the two lists.
Default Screen
The default screen has been changed from DATA LIST mode to BAR GRAPH mode screen. Refer to Figure 1
for a sample screen flow.
3
FIGURE 1: FUEL CONSUMPTION SCREEN FLOW
➤
➤
➤
➤
➤
➤
➤
➤
➤
➤
NEW FOR 6.0a
➤ ➤ Continued on next page.
4
NEW FOR 6.0a
1. Bar graph is default display mode.

2. Short-term and long-term parameters are displayed in separate data lists.
3. Toggle between short-term and long-term parameter lists using *r and *l keystrokes.
Continued from previous page.
Bar graph is
default display.
Press £ for
➤
bar graph. Press ¡ for data list. Press ¢ for line graph.
➤ ➤
➤
➤
* r Change between short-term * r Change between short-term
* l and long-term displays. * l and long-term displays.
➤
➤ ➤
5
ENGINE IMMOBILIZER- USER INTERFACE ENHANCEMENTS
Confirmation screens have been added to Key Registration and Key Code Erasure of the Immobilizer system
to provide the user with instructions on these utility functions. Refer to Figure 2 and Figure 3 for samples of
screen flow.
6
FIGURE 2: KEY REGISTRATION SCREEN FLOW
➤ ➤
➤
➤ ➤
➤
➤ ➤
➤
7
FIGURE 3: KEY CODE ERASURE SCREEN FLOW
➤ ➤
➤
➤ ➤
➤
➤ ➤
8
DATA LIST– NEW SUPPORT AND UPDATES
Thirty-one Data List parameters have been added or updated for BATTERY, BODY, ENGINE and MIRROR systems. Refer to Table 1.
Table1.- Data List - New Support/Updates

99 RAV4 EV BATTERY ALL DATA RECTIFIER Rectifier operating status. New for Ver.6.0.
USER DATA (Inductive type only.)
99 RAV4 EV BATTERY ALL DATA CHARGE CONN Charger cable connecting status. New for Ver.6.0.
USER DATA (Inductive type only)
99 RAV4 EV BATTERY ALL DATA CHARGE CONN FAN Cooling fan relay of charger New for Ver.6.0.
USER DATA connector status. (Inductive type
only.)
99 RAV4 EV BATTERY ALL DATA INTNL RESIST 1 Internal resistor value for battery New for Ver.6.0.
USER DATA module 1.
9
USER DATA module 2.

USER DATA module 3.
USER DATA module 4.
USER DATA module 5.
USER DATA module 6.
USER DATA module 7.
USER DATA module 8.
USER DATA module 9.
USER DATA module 10.
Table1.- Data List - New Support/Updates (continued)
Vehicle System Data List Parameter Name Parameter Description New Support/Update
Type
99 RAV4 EV BATTERY ALL DATA INTNL RESIST 15 Internal resistor valu e for battery New for Ver.6.0.
10
LS400 BODY ALL DATA ILLUMINATE RATE Illuminate rate of Light contr ol Unit has been changed from “Hz” to
G S300 USER DATA sensor. “ms”.
G S400
RX300
ES300 ENGINE ALL DATA INTAKE CTL VSV1 Status of VSV for the intake air Parameter name has been changed.
RX300 USER DATA control valve No.1. The original name was “INTAKE CTRL
CAMRY etc. CUSTOM VSV”.
ES300 ENGINE ALL DATA INTAKE CTL VSV2 Status of VSV for the intake air New for Ver.6.0.
RX300 USER DATA control valve No.2.
CUSTOM
LX470 MIRROR ALL DATA MIRROR SEL SW Status of Mirror Switch. Status description has been changed
Land Cruiser USER DATA from “LH/MID” / “ RH” to “D(P)” /
“MID(P)”.
ACTIVE TEST– NEW SUPPORT AND UPDATES
Seven Active Tests have been added or updated for BATTERY, ENGINE and MIRROR systems. Refer to Table 2.
Table2.- Active Test - New Support/Updates

99 RAV4 EV BATTERY CHARGE CONN FAN Operation of fan relay for charger connector. New for Ver.6.0.
(Inductive type only.)
ES300 ENGINE INTAKE CTL VSV1 Operation of Intake air control valve No.1 for ACIS Active test name has been
RX300 (Acoustic Control Induction System). changed from “INTAKE CTRL
CAMRY etc. VSV”.
ES300 ENGINE INTAKE CTL VSV2 Operation of Intake air control valve No.2 for ACIS New for Ver.6.0.
11
RX300 (Acoustic Control Induction System).

LX470 MIRROR D MIRROR UP/DN Operation of Driver’s outside mirror.(Up/Down) Status description has been
Land Cruiser changed from “ON”/“OFF” to
“UP”/“DOWN”.
LX470 MIRROR D MIRROR R/L Operation of Driver’s outside mirror. (Right/Left) Status description has been
Land Cruiser changed from “ON”/“OFF” to
“RIGHT”/“LEFT”.
LX470 MIRROR P MIRROR UP/DN Operation of Passenger’s outside mirror. Status description has been
Land Cruiser (Up/Down) changed from “ON”/“OFF” to
“UP”/“DOWN”.
LX470 MIRROR P MIRROR R/L Operation of Passenger’s outside mirror. Status description has been
Land Cruiser (Right/Left) changed from “ON”/“OFF” to
“RIGHT”/“LEFT”.
Version 5.1a
Contents
Support for Model Year ‘98 and ’99 Vehicles

• SRS System
New Diagnostic Procedures

• Mirror System
• ABS Signal Check
• Active Height Control
• ACM Inhibit Active Test
New Non-Diagnostic Procedure

• Reset Memory Function
Immobilizer Two-Minute Time Limitation for Key Code Utility
Trouble Code Reset for Body System
Active Test Automatic Timeout
List of Active Tests by System
1
SUPPORT FOR MODEL YEAR ’98 AND ’99 VEHICLES
All model year ’98 vehicles are supported in the version 5.1a software. Coverage is also included for the ’99
RX300. This support has been incorporated into the OBD/MOBD, Enhanced OBD-II, Break-Out Box, and NVH
functions of the Diagnostic Tester software. Vehicles supported in the 5.1a software include:
4RUNNER
AVALON
CAMRY
COROLLA
ES300
GS300
GS400
LS400
LX450
LX470 New for 5.1a
Land Cruiser New for 5.1a
PASEO
RAV4
RX300 New for 5.1a
SC300
SC400
SIENNA
SUPRA
T100
TACOMA
TERCEL
2
SRS SYSTEM
Some vehicles incorporate a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) which does not support “Past Codes”. The
applicable vehicle models are listed in Table I. When diagnosing the SRS for these vehicles, the SRS Trouble
Codes menu in the Diagnostic Tester program will show only the “Present Codes” option.
Table I. Applicable Vehicles for SRS System
Model Engine
’98 Tacoma 2RZ-FE
3RZ-FE
5VZ-FE
’98 Camry 1MZ-FE
5S-FE
’98 ES300 All
’99 RX300 All
3
NEW DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES
Mirror System
The Mirror function provides enhanced diagnostic functions and procedures for the vehicle Mirror System. The
Mirror System is diagnosed using the Tester connected to DLC3. For the 5.1a software release, the Mirror
System applies only to the 1998 LX470. The Diagnostic Tester 5.1a software provides Data List functions and
Active Test functions for the Mirror System. Refer to Figure 1 for a sample screen flow. Data List functions
operate identically to other vehicle system data lists. Active tests for the Mirror System are shown in Table XI.
ABS Signal Check
The new ABS Signal Check function allows the technician to perform certain ABS diagnostic procedures without
making terminal connections on the Data Link Connector.
• The ABS ECU can be placed into Test Mode without having to connect the Ts and E1 terminals.
• DTCs can be read from the ABS ECU without having to connect the Tc and E1 terminals.
For the 5.1a software release, the ABS Signal Check function applies to the ‘98 LS400, GS300/400, LX470, and
Land Cruiser. The ABS Signal Check procedure is described in the diagnostic section of the vehicle repair
manual. Refer to Figure 2 for a sample screen flow.
Active Height Control (AHC)
The Active Height Control (AHC) function provides enhanced diagnostic functions and procedures. The AHC
system is diagnosed using the Tester connected to DLC3. For the 5.1a software release, the AHC system
applies only to the LX470. Refer to Figure 3 for a sample screen flow.
4
Figure 1. Mirror Function
The Mirror function provides

enhanced diagnostic functions
➤
and procedures. For the 5.1a
software release, the Mirror
System applies only to the
1998 LX470. Operating pro-
cedures for the Data List,
Snapshot, and Active Test
➤
functions are described in the
MOBD Functions section of
the Diagnostic Tester OBD
Operator’s Manual.
➤
➤
➤ Snapshot
and Data
➤ List
Functions
➤
SELECT DATA
D MIRR UP/DN
D MIRR R/L
P MIRR UP/DN
P MIRR R/L
5
Figure 2. ABS Signal Check Function
The Signal Check function allows
the technician to perform certain
ABS diagnostic procedures without
➤
making terminal connections on the
data link connector. For the 5.1a
software release, the ABS Signal
Check function applies to the 1998
LS400, GS300/400, LX470, and
Land Cruiser. Operating procedures
➤
for the Trouble Codes function are
described in the MOBD Functions
section of the Diagnostic Tester
OBD Operator’s Manual.
➤
➤
➤
NOTICE
ALL TROUBLE CODES

WILL BE CLEARED
AFTER THIS FUNCTION
IS SELECTED.
➤
PRESS [EXIT] TO
ABORT SIGNAL CHECK
Continued on next page
6
Figure 2. ABS Signal Check Function
Continued from previous page
➤
➤
➤
SELECT SIGNAL
ECU: ABS/VSC
Number of DTCs: 1
C0371 yaw rate sensor
output signal
malfunction
[EXIT] to Continue
SELECT a DTC
➤
SELECT SIGNAL
ECU: ABS/VSC
Number of DTCs: 1
output signal
malfunction
[EXIT] to Continue
(if selected
DTC is no
(if selected DTC longer
➤
is still present)
➤
present)
CHECK RESULT
CHANGE OF SELECTED
SIGNAL NOT CONFIRMED
Please retry after
confirming CHECK
OPERATION procedure

output signal
malfunction
7
Figure 3. Active Height Control (AHC) Function
The Active Height Control (AHC)
function provides enhanced diag-
nostic functions and procedures for
➤
the suspension system. For the
5.1a software release, the AHC sys-
tem applies only to the LX470. The
AHC system is diagnosed using the
Tester connected to DLC3. Operat-
ing procedures for the Data List,
➤
Snapshot, Trouble Codes and Ac-
tive Test functions are described in
the MOBD Functions section of the
Diagnostic Tester OBD Operator’s
Manual.
➤
Snapshot
➤
and Data
➤ List
Functions
DTC
➤ Functions
➤
SELECT DATA
➤
MAIN RELAY
MOTOR RELAY
ACCUMULATOR SOL
➤
GATE SOL FRONT

LEVEL SOL FRONT
GATE SOL REAR
LEVEL SOL REAR
➤
8
Figure 3. Active Height Control (AHC) Function
➤
SELECT DATA
ALL
USER DATA
➤
Confirm that Engine
Idling, Foot is off
Brake (STP OFF), All
the Doors are
➤
Closed.
Press [ENTER]
➤
FR HEIGHT................2mm
FL HEIGHT................9mm
RR HEIGHT................2mm
F PRESS SENS........9.3MPa-g
➤
R PRESS SENS........7.5MPa-g
ACCUM PRESS........10.4MPa-g
HEIGHT CONTROL TEST VEHICLE SPD.............0mph
FR WHEEL SPD............0mph
FL WHEEL SPD............0mph
STOPPED IG VOLTAGE.............13.4V
POWER VOLTAGE..........12.7V
STEERING ANGLE.......-38deg
To terminate test OIL TEMP..............111.2F
and reset vehicle DIFF LOCK SW.............OFF
➤
L4 SW....................OFF
height, turn off FR HEIGHT>>>>>>>>>>>OFF
HEIGHT CONTROL TEST
HEIGHT CONTROL
Verify switch state: OFF SWITCH
HEIGHT CONTROL
OFF SWITCH
is in the OFF
position
9
NEW DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES
ACM Inhibit Active Test
The Active Control Mount (ACM) VSV dampens engine vibration at low engine RPM (at-idle). The VSV is con-
trolled by a pulse signal transmitted to the VSV from the Engine Control Module (ECM). In normal operation, the
frequency of this pulse signal is correctly matched to engine speed to effectively dampen engine vibration.
The ACM Inhibit active test is used to check functioning of the ACM system. When the ACM Inhibit active test is
enabled, the pulse frequency transmitted from the ECM to the VSV is not correctly matched to engine speed. As
a result, the technician should observe an increase in engine vibration. Note that the VSV is not turned off during
the test, but rather is sent an incorrect pulse frequency. When the ACM Inhibit active test is enabled, the
Diagnostic Tester will display the test status “ACM Inhibit On” at the bottom of the screen. When the test is not
active, the Diagnostic Tester displays the status “ACM Inhibit Off”. Thus, the test state displayed on the Tester
screen represents the state of the test, not the state of the ACM VSV. Refer to Figure 4 for a sample screen flow.
Correct functioning of the ACM system is indicated by observance of excessive vibration while the ACM Inhibit
active test is in the “ON” state. If excessive vibration is not observed, then the ACM system is not functioning
correctly.
10
Figure 4. ACM Inhibit Active Test
ENHANCED OBD II MENU The Active Control Mount (ACM)
VSV dampens engine vibration at
1: CURRENT DATA low engine RPM (at-idle). The
ACM Inhibit active test is used to
2: TROUBLE DATA check functioning of the ACM sys-
3: TEST DATA tem. When the ACM Inhibit active
4: FUEL CONSUMPTION test is enabled, the Diagnostic
5: RESET MEMORY Tester will display the test status
➤
“ACM Inhibit On” at the bottom of
the screen. When the test is not
TEST DATA MENU active, the Diagnostic Tester dis-
plays the status “ACM Inhibit Off”.
2: ACTIVE TEST Thus, the test state displayed on
➤
3: O2S/RPM CHECK the Tester screen represents the
SELECT DATA [] ○ ➤ state of the test, not the state of
○ ○
INJ VOL ○ ○ the ACM VSV.
○ ○
IAC DUTY RATIO ○ ○
○ ○
INTAKE CTRL VSV ○ ○ Use UP/DOWN keys
○
VVT CTRL B2 to scroll through
○ ○
VAPOR PRESS VSV list of active tests.
○ ○
➤
EVAP (PURGE) VSV
EVAP VSV (ALONE)
➤
A/C MAG CLUTCH
SELECT DATA []
FUEL PUMP
VVT CTRL B1
LINE PRESS UP
LOCK UP
ACM INHIBIT
SHIFT
TC/TE1
➤
FC IDLE PROHBT
SELECT DATA
ALL
USER DATA
➤
INJECTO................3.3MS
IGN ADVANCE..........11.5deg
IAC DUTY RATIO.........46.1%
CALC LOAD................21%
MAF....................4gm/s
ENGINE SPD............719rpm
COOLANT TMP..........188.6˚F
INTAKE AIR...........108.5˚F
Active test status THROTTLE POS.............10%
line shows status ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ CTP SW....................ON
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
➤
of the ACM Inhibit ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ VEHICLE SPD............0MPH
O2S B1 S2..............0.32V
active test. AFS B1 S1..............3.27V
AFS B2 S1..............3.27V
SHORT FT #1............-0.9%
ACM INHIBIT>>>>>>OFF
11
NEW NON-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Reset Memory
The Reset Memory function resets “learned” values in the ECM. In order to produce smooth gear shifting, the
ECM monitors the vehicle’s engine and automatic transmission performance. Vehicle performance information
is retained in the ECM even when the ignition is turned off. If the engine, transmission, or ECM is replaced,
transmission gear shifting may no longer reflect actual vehicle performance, and may cause excessive shock in
drive train components. The Diagnostic Tester’s Reset Memory function is used to force the ECM to relearn
vehicle performance parameters. The Reset Memory function should only be used after replacing the engine,
transmission, or ECM. For the 5.1a software release, the Reset Memory function applies only to the ‘99 RX300.
If this function is applied to a vehicle which does not support memory reset, it will have no effect on the vehicle.
Refer to Figure 5 for a sample screen flow.
12
Figure 5. Reset Memory Function
The Reset Memory func-
tion resets learned values
in the engine and transmis-
sion control units. This
➤
function should only be
used after replacing the
engine, transmission, or
ECM. For the 5.1a soft-
➤
ware release, the Reset
Memory function applies
only to the 1999 RX300.
➤
➤
➤
➤
13
KEY CODE UTILITY TWO-MINUTE TIMEOUT
The Immobilizer Key Code Utility functions must be performed strictly in accordance with procedures, else the
functions may timeout and fail. The ECM with Immobilizer system is powered up when a key is inserted into the
Ignition key cylinder. The ECM with Immobilizer system will automatically turn itself off after a period of two
minutes from key insertion, unless the key is turned to the ON position. Therefore, if the technician attempts to
perform a Key Code Utility function with the key in the OFF position, the technician must complete the entire
function within two minutes. If the function is not completed within two minutes while in the OFF state, the
function will fail.
The recommended procedures for the Key Code Utility functions are shown in Figures 6 and 7. At the “Verify
Connections” screen, the technician should insert the Master key into the Ignition key cylinder and turn the key
to the ON position, and then press the YES key on the Diagnostic Tester keypad. This sequence will preclude
the two-minute time limit from taking effect. The technician should then be able to complete the Key Code Utility
function at leisure.
TROUBLE CODE DISPLAY RESET FOR BODY SYSTEM

The Body System handles trouble codes differently from other vehicle systems. The Body ECU reports trouble
codes, which are presently detected, and automatically clears trouble codes when the failure is no longer present.
(This is in contrast to other vehicle systems, which retain trouble code information until cleared manually.) In
version 5.1a software, display of trouble codes for the Body System has been modified to reflect this method of
reporting by the Body system. The Diagnostic Tester will show only the active trouble codes as reported by the
Body ECU. This means that the list of trouble codes displayed on the Tester will expand when the controller
detects a new code, and will shrink when a code is no longer detected by the controller. The rate at which the
Tester updates the trouble code display is once every 3 – 5 seconds. Refer to LS400 Repair Manual, DI section,
Multiplex Communication System.
14
Figure 6. Key Registration Procedure
The Immobilizer Key Registration
functions must be performed strictly
in accordance with procedures, else
the functions may timeout and fail.
➤
The Immobilizer will automatically
turn itself off after a period of two
minutes from key insertion, unless
the key is turned to the ON position.
At the “Verify Connections” screen,
➤
the technician should insert the key
into the cylinder and turn the key to
the ON position, and then press the
YES key on the Diagnostic Tester
keypad. This sequence will pre-
clude the two-minute time limit from
taking effect.
Master Key must be placed into

➤
the Ignition Key cylinder and

turned to the ON position prior
to pressing the Tester’s YES
key in the Verify Connection ○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
screen. ○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○
➤
15
DIAGNOSTIC MENU KEY REGISTRATION
IMMOBILIZER MASTER KEY
1: CURRENT DATA ➤* NOW REGISTERING *

2: TROUBLE DATA
Please remove Master
4: KEY CODE UTILITY
➤
Key and Press ENTER.
KEY CODE UTILITY
18 SECONDS
1: KEY REGISTRATION
2: KEY CODE ERASURE
3: AUTO REG CLOSURE
➤
➤
KEY REGISTRATION
<NOTICE>
MASTER KEY
CONFIRM:
-Registered Master
* NOW REGISTERING *
Key is in Ignition
-Ignition is ON.
Please insert New
NOTE: If IG os OFF,
Key and Press ENTER.
EXIT to the OBD/MOBD
MENU, then retry the
KEY CODE UTILITY. 3 SECONDS
PRESS [ENTER]
➤
KEY SELECTION ➤
KEY REGISTRATION
MASTER KEY
MASTER KEY
SUB KEY * NOW REGISTERING *
Please wait
Select the kind of 49 seconds
New key that you
want to register.
➤
KEY SELECTION KEY REGISTRATION

<MASTER KEY >
The new key will be
registered as: THIS KEY WAS
MASTER KEY REGISTERED
CORRECTLY.
DO YOU WISH TO
REGISTER?
PRESS [ENTER]
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
16
Figure 7. Key Code Erasure Procedure
The Immobilizer Key Erasure func-
tions must be performed strictly in
accordance with procedures, else
the functions may timeout and fail.
➤
The Immobilizer will automatically
turn itself off after a period of two
minutes from key insertion, unless
the key is turned to the ON position.
At the “Verify Connections” screen,
➤
the technician should insert the key
into the Ignition Key cylinder and turn
the key to the ON position, and then
press the YES key on the Diagnos-
tic Tester keypad. This sequence will
preclude the two-minute time limit
from taking effect.
Key must be placed into the

➤
cylinder and turned to the ON

position prior to pressing the
Tester’s YES key in the Verify
Connection screen ○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
➤
17
KEY CODE ERASURE
<CAUTION>
➤
This function will
INITIALIZING THE erase ALL Key Codes,
INTERFACE except the Master
Key in the key
PLEASE WAIT. cylinder.
DO YOU WISH TO
CONTINUE ERASING?
PRESS [YES] OR [NO]
➤
DIAGNOSTIC MENU
IMMOBILIZER
1: CURRENT DATA
➤
2: TROUBLE DATA
KEY CODE ERASURE
4: KEY CODE UTILITY ***NOW ERASING***
Please remove Master

Key from Key
cylinder within
➤
10sec., and erasure

will be complete.
KEY CODE UTILITY REMAINING
TIME 7sec
1: KEY REGISTRATION
2: KEY CODE ERASURE
3: AUTO REG CLOSURE
➤
<NOTICE> KEY CODE ERASURE

CONFIRM:
-Registered Master ALL THE KEY CODES,
Key is in Ignition EXCEPT THE INSERTED
-Ignition is ON MASTER KEY CODE,
NOTE: If IG is OFF, WERE ERASED.
EXIT to the OBD/MOBD
MENU, then retry the
KEY CODE UTILITY.
18
ACTIVE TEST AUTOMATIC TIMEOUT
For version 5.1a software, the Diagnostic Tester incorporates an automatic timeout for certain active tests.
Tables II, V and VI indicate which active tests have an automatic timeout. For tests with this feature, the asso-
ciated vehicle actuator is returned to its default state within a few seconds, regardless of the technician’s key-
press commands on the Tester. The purpose of this feature is to prevent damage to an actuator, which may
result if the actuator is held in a non-default state for an extended period of time. Active tests with an automatic
timeout also impose a 20 second cool-down period between test activations. The test cannot be activated during
the cool-down period.
Table II - ABS/VSC System

Automatic
Select Data Menu Item Test Description Timeout
SRLH ABS solenoid (SRLH) operation Yes
SRLR ABS solenoid (SRLR) operation Yes
SRRH ABS solenoid (SRRH) operation Yes
SRRR ABS solenoid (SRRR) operation Yes
SFLH ABS solenoid (SFLH) operation Yes
SFLR ABS solenoid (SFLR) operation Yes
SFRH ABS solenoid (SFRH) operation Yes
SFRR ABS solenoid (SFRR) operation Yes
SRCR TRC solenoid (SRCR) operation Yes
SRCF TRC solenoid (SRCF) operation Yes
SPFL TRC solenoid (SPFL) operation Yes
SPFR TRC solenoid (SPFR) operation Yes
SMR TRC solenoid (SMR) operation Yes
SMFL TRC solenoid (SMFL) operation Yes
SMFR TRC solenoid (SMFR) operation Yes
SRLR & SRLH SRLR & SRLH Yes
SFLR & SFLH SFLR & SFLH Yes
SRRR & SRRH SRRR & SRRH Yes
SFRR & SFRH SFRR & SFRH Yes
SMFR & SMFL SMFR & SMFL Yes
SMR & SPFR SMR & SPFR Yes
SOL RELAY Solenoid relay operation No
TMR TRC motor relay operation Yes
VSC WARN LIGHT VSC warning light No
VSC OFF INDIC VSC OFF indicator light No
SLIP INDI LIGHT SLIP indicator light No
MR (MR1, MR2) ABS motor relay operation Yes
HB MOT RELAY HB motor relay operation New for 5.1a Yes
ABS WARN LIGHT ABS warning light No
BRAKE WRN LIGHT Brake warning light No
VSC/BR WARN BUZ VSC buzzer operation No
19
Table III - Active Height Control (AHC) System
Automatic
MAIN RELAY Main Relay New for 5.1a No
MOTOR RELAY Motor Relay New for 5.1a No
ACCUMULATOR SOL Accumulator Solenoid New for 5.1a No
GATE SOL FRONT Front Gate Solenoid New for 5.1a No
LEVEL SOL FRONT Front Leveling Solenoid New for 5.1a No
GATE SOL REAR Rear Gate Solenoid New for 5.1a No
LEVEL SOL REAR Rear Leveling Solenoid New for 5.1a No
Table IV - Air Conditioner System

Automatic
ACTUATOR CHECK Actuator check No
Table V - Body System

Automatic
SECURITY INDIC Security indicator No
KEY REMND BUZZR Key remainder buzzer No
SECURITY HORN Security horn No
HAZARD Hazard No
BUZZ RESP SOUND Wireless buzzer Yes
TRUNK LID OPEN Trunk lid open Yes
WIPER ANGLE CTR Wiper angle control No
WIPER MOT Wiper motor No
R FOG LIGHT Rear fog light relay No
F FOG LIGHT Front fog light relay No
HEAD LIGHT Headlight relay No
TAIL LIGHT Taillight relay No
ILLUMI DARK SIG Rheostat operation No
ILLUMI OUTPUT Illuminated entry system No
20
Table VI - Body No. 2 System
Automatic
SECURITY INDIC Security indicator No
KEY REMND BUZZR Key remainder buzzer No
SECURITY HORN Security horn No
HAZARD Hazard No
BUZZ RESP SOUND Wireless buzzer Yes
TRUNK LID OPEN Trunk lid open Yes
WIPER ANGLE CTR Wiper angle control No
WIPER MOT Wiper motor No
R FOG LIGHT Rear fog light relay No
F FOG LIGHT Front fog light relay No
HEAD LIGHT Headlight relay No
TAIL LIGHT Taillight relay No
ILLUMI DARK SIG Rheostat operation No
ILLUMI OUTPUT Illuminated entry system No
Table VII - Door System

Automatic
P/W UP/DOWN Power window No
DOOR LOCK Door lock No
MIRR UP/DOWN Mirror UP/DOWN No
MIRR RIGHT/LEFT Mirror RIGHT/LEFT No
21
Table VIII - Engine and Automatic Transmission
Automatic
INJ VOL Injector volume No
IAC STEP POS IAC step No
IAC DUTY RATIO IAC duty No
EGR STEP POS EGR step No
FUEL PMP SP CTL Fuel pump relay No
INTAKE CTRL VSV Intake control VSV No
EGR SYSTEM EGR system No
FUEL PRS UP VSV Fuel pressure up VSV No
VARIBL INTK VSV Variable intake VSV No
A/C CUT SIG A/C cut signal No
VVT CTRL B2 VVT control (bank 2) No
VAPOR PRESS VSV Vapor pressure VSV No
EVAP (PURGE) VSV Purge VSV No
EVAP VSV (ALONE) Purge VSV (alone) No
A/C MAG CLUTCH A/C magnetic clutch relay No
PURGE CUT VSV Purge cut VSV No
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump No
A/C IDLE UP VSV Idle up VSV No
EXH BYPASS VSV Exhaust bypass valve No
EXH GAS CTL VSV Exhaust gas control VSV No
INT AIR CTL VSV Intake air control VSV No
AIR BLEED VSV Air bleed No
AUTO OIL SUPPLY Automatic oil supply No
TURBO BOOST VSV Boost pressure control VSV No
VVT CTRL B1 VVT control (bank 1) No
SUPERCHRG CTRL Supercharger control relay No
E-ABV STEP E-ABV step No
SLIP CTRL Slip control solenoid No
LINE PRESS UP Line pressure up solenoid No
C/D CTRL C/D control solenoid No
O/D CUT O/D cut solenoid No
LOCK UP Lock up solenoid No
ACM INHIBIT Active control mount inhibit New for 5.1a No
SHIFT Shift No
TC/TE1 TE1(TC) No
FC IDL PROHBT FC IDL Prohibit No
22
Table IX - Electric Vehicle Control Systems
Automatic
MAIN RLY PLUS CONT2 No
MAIN RLY MINUS CONT3 No
PRECHARGE RLY CONT1 No
SOL RELAY Regenerative solenoid (RLY) operation No
PWR PRESS SOL Regenerative solenoid (SOLP) operation No
RELIEF PRES SOL Regenerative solenoid (SOLL) operation No
F WHEEL SOL Regenerative solenoid (SOLF) operation No
R WHEEL SOL Regenerative solenoid (SOLR) operation No
WATER PUMP RLY Regenerative water pump operation No
Table X - Battery Control System

Automatic
COOL FAN 1 Cooling fan No. 1 operation No
COOL FAN 1+2 Cooling fan No. 1+2 operation No
Table XI - Mirror System

Automatic
D MIRR UP/DN Driver Mirror UP/DOWN New for 5.1a No
D MIRR R/L Driver Mirror RIGHT/LEFT New for 5.1a No
P MIRR UP/DN Passenger Mirror UP/DOWN New for 5.1a No
P MIRR R/L Passenger Mirror RIGHT/LEFT New for 5.1a No
Table XII - Seat System

Automatic
RECLINING Seat reclining No
F VERTICAL Front vertical operation No
R VERTICAL Rear vertical operation No
SLIDE Seat slide operation No
HEADREST Headrest operation No
23
Table XIII - Slide Roof System
Automatic
SLIDE ROOF Slide roof No
Table XIV - Tilt and Telescope System

Automatic
TILT Tilt operation No
TELESC Telesco operation No
SHOULDER BELT Seat belt anchor operation No
Table XV - Meter System

Automatic
SPEEDOMETER Speedometer operation No
TACHOMETER Tachometer operation No
FUEL GAUGE Fuel meter operation No
COOLANT TEMP Water temperature meter operation No
SHIFT INDIC A/T indicator operation No
LOW FUEL WARN Indicat. Lamp FUEL No
OPEN DOOR WARN Indicat. Lamp DOOR No
P-BELT REMIND Indicat. Lamp P-SEAT BELT No
D-BELT REMIND Indicat. Lamp D-SEAT BELT No
OIL PRESS WARN Indicat. Lamp OIL No
DISCHARGE WARN Indicat. Lamp CHARGE No
BRAKE WARN Indicat. Lamp BRAKE No
HEADLIGHT INDIC Indicat. Lamp HEAD No
TAILLIGHT INDIC Indicat. Lamp TAIL No
CRUISE INDIC Indicat. Lamp CRUISE No
ECT SNOW INDIC Indicat. Lamp ECT SNOW No
ECT PWR INDIC Indicat. Lamp ECT PWR No
Rr FOG INDIC Indicat. Lamp Rr FOG No
OIL LEVEL WARN Indicat. Lamp OIL LEVEL No
Rr LIGHT INDIC Indicat. Lamp Rr Light No
VSC WARN Indicat. Lamp VSC No
ARS WARN Indicat. Lamp ARS No
MIL (ENGINE) Indicat. Lamp ENGINE No
LOW WASHER WARN Indicat. Lamp WASHER No
SRS WARN Indicat. Lamp AIRBAG No
HIGH BEAM INDIC Indicat. Lamp BEAM No
TURN INDIC-L Indicat. Lamp TURN L No
TURN INDIC-R Indicat. Lamp TURN R No
ABS WARN Indicat. Lamp ABS No
VSC OFF INDIC Indicat. Lamp TRAC(TRC) OFF No
SLIP INDIC Indicat. Lamp SLIP No
24
NEW FEATURES FOR VERSION 5.0
SUPPORT FOR ALL MODEL YEAR 98 VEHICLES
All Model Year 98 Vehicles, including SIENNA and GS400, are

4RUNNER supported in the version 5.0 software. This updated information is
AVALON
included in the OBD/MOBD, ENHANCED OBD II, BREAK-OUT
CAMRY
COROLLA BOX, and NVH functions.
ES300
GS300
GS400
LS400
PASEO
RAV4
RAV4 EV
SC300
SC400
SIENNA
SUPRA
T100
TACOMA
TERCEL
MOBD SYSTEMS
The new Body and Chassis ECUs that support the Multiplex On-
Board Diagnostics (MOBD) communication protocol can be diag-
nosed using the Tester. To access the MOBD systems, choose
<OBD/MOBD> from the <FUNCTION SELECT> menu.
For Toyota vehicles, the available MOBD systems include: Immobi-

lizer, CCS, and Airbag (SRS). For Lexus vehicles, the available
MOBD systems include: Immobilizer, CCS, Airbag, ABS/VSC, Body,
Door, Seat, Slide Roof, Tilt and Telescopic, and Meter. NOTE:
MOBD systems are diagnosed through the DLC3 (OBD II) connector.
The MOBD diagnostic capabilities are greatly enhanced over the

previous OBD. MOBD diagnostic functions include Data List, Snap-
shot, Enhanced Trouble Codes, Freeze Frame, Clear Codes and
Active Test. The operation of these functions is the same for all
systems, and is very similar to the Enhanced OBD II functions. Please
note that individual systems may support only some of these func-
tions.
Each of the available MOBD systems is described separately in the

Operator's Manual. However, all of the MOBD common functions
(Data List, Snapshot, Trouble Codes, etc.) are described in Section
4.0 MOBD. Please refer to this section for operating instructions for
the functions common to many systems.
A list of the Data List Parameters and Active Tests available for each
MOBD system is included at the end of this section for reference.
Sample System Menu Navigation for 1998 LS400
*d
*u
2
Sample Menu Navigation for 1998 Camry
3
ADDITION OF NON-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES
For some MOBD systems, additional non-diagnostic functions are
included. These functions include: Key Registration for Immobilizer,
Air Bleed for ABS/VSC, and Wireless Registration for Body. The
Tester screens are designed to guide you through these functions.
Please refer to the Service Manual for more information.
ABS AIR BLEEDING
4
WIRELESS REGISTRATION
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○
○
5
IMMOBILIZER KEY REGISTRATION
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
6
ENHANCED PARAMETER HELP
By pressing *H on the Data List, Repair Manual information

[condition, expected value] for the highlighted parameter is acces-
sible. Now the display includes the parameter name and current
value. The current value is updated continuously while viewing the
Parameter Help screen. This provides for easier comparison with the
Repair Manual expected values.
ADDITION OF TEST INFORMATION FOR ACTIVE TESTS
Certain active tests include pertinent test Information.
7
Active Tests Available by System Active Tests Available by System
Select Data Menu Item Description Select Data Menu Item Description
ABS/VSC DOOR
SRLH ABS solenoid (SRLH) operation P/W UP/DOWN Power window
SRLR ABS solenoid (SRLR) operation DOOR LOCK Door lock
SRRH ABS solenoid (SRRH) operation MIRR UP/DOWN Mirror UP/DOWN
SRRR ABS solenoid (SRRR) operation MIRR RIGHT/LEFT Mirror RIGHT/LEFT
SFLH ABS solenoid (SFLH) operation
SFLR ABS solenoid (SFLR) operation SEAT
SFRH ABS solenoid (SFRH) operation RECLINING Seat reclining
SFRR ABS solenoid (SFRR) operation F VERTICAL Front vertical operation
SRCR TRC solenoid (SRCR) operation R VERTICAL Rear vertical operation
SRCF TRC solenoid (SRCF) operation SLIDE Seat slide operation
SPFL TRC solenoid (SPFL) operation HEADREST Headrest operation
SPFR TRC solenoid (SPFR) operation
SMR TRC solenoid (SMR) operation SLIDE ROOF
SMFL TRC solenoid (SMFL) operation SLIDE ROOF Slide roof
SMFR TRC solenoid (SMFR) operation
SRLR & SRLH SRLR & SRLH TILT&TELESCO
SRRR & SRRH SRRR & SRRH TILT Tilt operation
SFLR & SFLH SFLR & SFLH TELESC Telesco operation
SFRR & SFRH SFRR & SFRH SHOULDER BELT Seat belt anchor operation
SMFR & SMFL SMFR & SMFL
SMR & SPFR SMR & SPFR
METER
SOL RELAY Solenoid relay operation
SPEEDOMETER Speedometer operation
MR(MR1,MR2) ABS motor relay operation
TACHOMETER Tachometer operation
TMR TRC motor relay operation
8
FUEL GAUGE Fuel meter operation

ABS WARN LIGHT ABS warning light
COOLANT TEMP Water temperature meter operation
VSC WARN LIGHT VSC warning light
SHIFT INDIC A/T indicator operation
VSC OFF INDIC VSC OFF indicator light
LOW FUEL WARN Indicat. Lamp FUEL
SLIP INDI LIGHT SLIP indicator light
OPEN DOOR WARN Indicat. Lamp DOOR
BRAKE WRN LIGHT Brake warning light
P-BELT REMIND Indicat. Lamp P-SEAT BELT
VSC BUZZER VSC buzzer operation
D-BELT REMIND Indicat. Lamp D-SEAT BELT
SUB-THROTTLE Sub-throttle operation
OIL PRESS WARN Indicat. Lamp OIL
DISCHARGE WARN Indicat. Lamp CHARGE
AIR CONDITIONER
BRAKE WARN Indicat. Lamp BRAKE
ACTUATOR CHECK Actuator check
HEADLIGHT INDIC Indicat. Lamp HEAD
TAILLIGHT INDIC Indicat. Lamp TAIL
BODY CRUISE INDIC Indicat. Lamp CRUISE
SECURITY INDIC Security indicator ECT SNOW INDIC Indicat. Lamp ECT SNOW
KEY REMND BUZZR Key remainder buzzer ECT PWR INDIC Indicat. Lamp ECT PWR
SECURITY HORN Security horn Rr FOG INDIC Indicat. Lamp Rr FOG
HAZARD Hazard OIL LEVEL WARN Indicat. Lamp OIL LEVEL
BUZZ RESP SOUND Wireless buzzer Rr LIGHT INDIC Indicat. Lamp Rr Light
TRUNK LID OPEN Trunk lid open VSC WARN Indicat. Lamp VSC
WIPER ANGLE CTR Wiper angle control ARS WARN Indicat. Lamp ARS
WIPER MOT Wiper motor MIL (ENGINE) Indicat. Lamp ENGINE
R FOG LIGHT Rear fog light relay LOW WASHER WARN Indicat. Lamp WASHER
F FOG LIGHT Front fog light relay SRS WARN Indicat. Lamp AIRBAG
HEAD LIGHT Headlight relay HIGH BEAM INDIC Indicat. Lamp BEAM
TAIL LIGHT Taillight relay TURN INDIC-L Indicat. Lamp TURN L
ILLUMI DARK SIG Rheostat operation TURN INDIC-R Indicat. Lamp TURN R
ILLUMI OUTPUT Illuminated entry system ABS WARN Indicat. Lamp ABS
VSC OFF INDIC Indicat. Lamp TRAC(TRC) OFF
SLIP INDIC Indicat. Lamp SLIP
NOTE: Only Active Tests supported by the vehicle are displayed on the Tester.
Datalist Parameters Datalist Parameters
Tester Display Term Description Tester Display Term Description
ABS/VSC CCS
TRAC MOT RELAY TRAC Motor relay status VEHICLE SPD Vehicle SPD
ABS MOT RELAY Motor relay status MAIN INDCT SW-S Cruise Control Main Switch State (Sub CPU)
SOL RELAY Solenoid relay status MAIN INDCT SW-M Cruise Control Main Switch State (Main CPU)
PRESS HIGH HIGH Hydraulic brake boost pressure CANCEL SW Cancel Switch
PRESS LOW LOW Hydraulic brake boost pressure SET/COAST SW SET/COAST Switch
VSC OFF SW VSC OFF switch RES/ACC SW RES/ACC Switch
SUB IDL Sub idle switch STP LIGHT SW2-M Stop Light Switch 2 (Main CPU)
CTL [IDL] Main idle switch STP LIGHT SW2-S Stop Light Switch 2 (Sub CPU)
STOP LIGHT SW Stop Light Switch STP LIGHT SW1-S Stop Light Switch 1 (Sub CPU)
ABS OPERT FR Front Right wheel operation MEMORY SPD Cruise Control Memory Vehicle SPD
ABS OPERT FL Front Left wheel operation THROTTLE Cruise Throttle Opening Angle
ABS OPERT RR Rear Right wheel operation SHIFT D POS Shift D Position
ABS OPERT RL Rear Left wheel operation CRUISE CTRL Cruise Control
WHEEL SPD FR Front Right wheel speed PERMSN SIG-M Cruise Control Permission Signal (Main CPU)
WHEEL SPD FL Front Left wheel speed PERMSN SIG-S Cruise Control Permission Signal (Sub CPU)
WHEEL SPD RR Rear Right wheel speed MAIN SW (SUB) Cruise Control Main Switch (Sub CPU)
WHEEL SPD RL Rear Left wheel speed MAIN SW (MAIN) Cruise Control Main Switch (Main CPU)
DECELERATE SW G switch
DECELERAT SENS G sensor(GL1 filter)
DECELERAT SENS2 G sensor(GL2 filter)
AIR CONDITIONER
IG VOLTAGE ECU IG power voltage ROOM TEMP Room temperature sensor
SFRR SFRR AMBIENT TEMP Ambient temperature sensor
SFRH SFRH EVAP TEMP Evaporator temperature sensor
SFLR SFLR SOLAR SENS-D Solar sensor (D side)
9
SFLH SFLH SOLAR SENS-P Solar sensor (P side)

SRRR(SRR) SRRR(SRR) COOLANT TEMP Engine coolant temperature
SRRH(SRH) SRRH(SRH) DUCT TEMP-D Duct sensor (D side)
SRLR SRLR DUCT TEMP-P Duct sensor (P side)
SRLH SRLH SET TEMP-D Set temperature (D side)
SMFR (SA1,SMC) SMFR (SA1, SMC) SET TEMP-P Set temperature (P side)
SMFL (SA2) SMFL (SMC1, SA2, SPC) A/M DAMP POS-D Air mix damper position (D side)
SMR (SA3) SMR (SMC2, SA3, SRC) A/M DAMP POS-P Air mix damper position (P side)
SPFR (STR) SPFR (SMV1, STR) A/I DAMP POS Air inlet damper position
SPFL SPFL (SMV2) A/O DAMP POS Air outlet damper position
SRCF SRCF (SRC1) A/B DAMP POS-D Cool air bypass damper position (D side)
SRCR SRCR (SRC2) A/B DAMP POS-P Cool air bypass damper position (P side)
THROTTLE Throttle position sensor A/M DAMP TARG-D Air mix damper target position (D side)
SUB THROTTLE Sub-Throttle position sensor A/M DAMP TARG-P Air mix damper target position (P side)
ENGINE SPD Engine Speed A/I DAMP TARG Air inlet damper target position
VEHICLE SPD Vehicle Speed A/O DAMP TARG Air outlet damper target position
YAW RATE Yaw rate sensor AIR MIX STEP-D Air mix servomotor target step (D side)
YAW ZERO VALUE Memorized zero value AIR MIX STEP-P Air mix servomotor target step (P side)
STEERING ANG Steering sensor AIR OUT STEP-D Air outlet servomotor target step (D side)
MAS CYL PRESS Master cylinder pressure AIR OUT STEP-P Air outlet servomotor target step (P side)
PEDAL STROKE Stroke sensor HAND FREE TEL Hand free telephone
TEST MODE Test mode operation BLOWER LEVEL Blower motor speed level
#CODES Number of Trouble Codes ADJ AMBI TEMP Adjusted ambient temperature
LOW VOLT COUNT +B abnormal low voltage counter
EMISS GAS SENS Emission gas sensor
NOTE: Only Parameters supported by the vehicles are displayed on the Tester.
IMMOBILIZER SEAT
KEY TYPE Key discrimination RECLIN SW REAR Reclining Rear
BODY F VTCL SW DOWN Front Vertical Down
KEY UNLK WRN SW Key unlock warning switch F VTCL SW UP Front Vertical UP
PARKNG BRAKE SW Parking brake switch R VTCL SW DOWN Rear Vertical Down(Lifter)
STOP LIGHT SW Stop Light Switch R VTCL SW UP Rear Vertical Up(lifter)
TRUNK OPENER SW Luggage opener switch SLIDE SW REAR Slide Rear
TRUNK KEY UNLK Luggage door lock/unlock switch SLIDE SW FRONT Slide Front
HOOD COURTSY SW Hood courtesy switch HEADREST SW DWN Headrest Down
LUGG COURTSY SW Luggage courtesy switch HEADREST SW UP Headrest UP
D SEAT BUCKL SW D seat buckle SW POWER VOLTAGE POWER VOLTAGE
P SEAT BUCKL SW P seat buckle SW MOTOR STATUS Motor Status
MIRR SEL SW R Mirror selection SW (Right) IG SW SW status IG
MIRR SEL SW L Mirror selection SW (Left) STOP LIGHT SIG SW status STP
MIRR POS SW R Mirror position SW (Right) KEY UNLOCK SW SW status KSW
MIRR POS SW L Mirror position SW (Left) D-DOOR WARN SW SW status DCTY
MIRR POS SW UP Mirror position SW (UP) PNP SW SW status P
MIRR POS SW DWN Mirror position SW (Down) M2 SW SW status M2
BRAKE WARN SW Brake fluid level warning SW M1 SW SW status M1
LAMP FAIL SIG Lamp failure signal SET SW SW status SET
ECT SNOW SW ECT snow mode SW SLIDE POS Slide Position
ECT PWR SW ECT power mode SW RECLIN POS Reclining position
SPORT A/T SW Sport A/T SW F VTCL POS Front Vertical position
FUEL LID OPN SW Fuel lid opener SW
10
R VTCL POS Rear Vertical position

DRL Alternator L terminal HEADREST POS Headrest Position
WIPER SW (2S) Wiper switch terminal (2S) MEM M1 SW Memory No1
WIPER SW (C1) Wiper switch terminal (C1) MEM M2 SW Memory No2
WIPER SW (+1) Wiper switch terminal (+1) SEAT MEM M1 Seat Memory No1
WIPER SW (SM) Wiper switch terminal (SM) SEAT MEM M2 Seat Memory No2
WIPER SW (W) Washer switch terminal (W) D-MIRR MEM M1 Driver Mirror Memory No1
WIPER ANG PA1 Wiper angle control motor terminal (PA1) D-MIRR MEM M2 Driver Mirror Memory No2
WIPER ANG PA2 Wiper angle control motor terminal (PA2) P-MIRR MEM M1 Passenger Mirror Memory No1
WIPER ANG PA3 Wiper angle control motor terminal (PA3) P-MIRR MEM M2 Passenger Mirror Memory No2
R FOG LIGHT SW Rear fog light switch SLIDE MEM POS 1 Slide position Memory No1
F FOG LIGHT SW Front fog light switch RECLN MEM POS 1 Reclining position Memory No1
AUTO LIGHT SW Auto light switch F VTCL MEM POS1 Front vertical position Memory No1
HEAD LIGHT SW Head light switch (Head) R VTCL MEM POS1 Rear vertical position Memory No1
TIL LIGHT SW Head light switch (Tail) HEDRST MEM POS1 Headrest position Memory No1
ILLUMINATE RATE Illumination rate information SLIDE MEM POS 2 Slide position Memory No2
DOOR F VTCL MEM POS2 Front vertical position Memory No2
P/W AUTO SW D door P/W auto switch R VTCL MEM POS2 Rear vertical position Memory No2
P P/W AUTO SW P door remote P/W auto switch HEDRST MEM POS2 Headrest position Memory No2
RR P/W AUTO SW RR door remote P/W auto switch D-MIR MEM POS 1 Outer Mirror position Memory No1(D side)
RL P/W AUTO SW RL door remote P/W auto switch P-MIR MEM POS 1 Outer Mirror position Memory No1(P side)
LIMIT SW Jam protection limit switch D-MIR MEM POS 2 Outer Mirror position Memory No2(D side)
LOCK POS SW Door unlock detection switch P-MIR MEM POS 2 Outer Mirror position Memory No2(P side)
MIRR POS SENS Mirror position sensor (Vertical direction)
MIRR POS SENS Mirror position sensor (Horizontal direction)
SLIDE ROOF
OPEN SW OPEN SW SHORT SW(BUS) Telesco SHORT sw
CLOSE SW CLOSE SW SHORT SW(DIRCT) Telesco SHORT manual sw
UP SW UP SW LONG SW(BUS) Telesco LONG sw
DOWN SW DOWN SW LONG SW(DIRCT) Telesco LONG manual sw
LIMIT SW1 Position SW No.1 T&T MANUAL SW T&T manual sw data
LIMIT SW2 Position SW No.2 L MIRR SEL SW Left Mirror select sw
MOTOR PULSE Motor Pulse R MIRR SEL SW Right Mirror select sw
MOTOR STATUS Motor Status MIR SEL SW VOLT Mirror manual select
IG(DIRCT SIG) IG (Direct signal) MIRR UP SW Mirror Up SW
IG(MPX) IG (MPX) MIRR DOWN SW Mirror DOWN sw
KEY OFF PERMS Key off permission MIRR LEFT SW Mirror Left SW
D-DOOR WARN SW Door Courtesy MIRR RIGHT SW Mirror Right sw
KEY OPEN OPERT Door key open operation MIRR SW VOLT Mirror sw
KEY CLOSE OPERT Door key close operation SB POS S/B position
WIRLES OPN OPRT Wireless open operation SB MEM 1 S/B mem1
WIRLES CL OPRT Wireless close operation SB MEM 1 POS S/B memory position 1
KEY-LINK OPEN Door key related (Open) SB MEM 2 S/B mem2
KEY-LINK CLOSE Door key related (Close) SB MEM 2 POS S/B memory position 2
WIRELESS OPEN Wireless key related (Open) SB UP SW S/B sw UP
WIRELESS CLOSE Wireless key related (Close) SB DOWN SW S/B sw DOWN
KEY-LINK OPERT Door key related operation POWER VOLTAGE Power source voltage
WIRELESS OPERT Wireless key related operation ACC SW ACC sw
IG SW(BUS) IG sw (BUS)
TILT&TELESCO IG SW(DIRCT) IG sw (DIRECT)
11
TROUBLE CODE Freeze DTC KEYSW(BUS) KEYSW/BUS sw

T&T AUTOAWAY T&T Autoaway Function KEYSW(DIRCT) KEYSW/DIR
TILT POS Tilt position BODY1 ECU INFO Rcv from BODY ECU
TELSC POS Telesco position BODY2 ECU INFO Rcv from BODY No.2 ECU
TILT RETURN POS Tilt return position D-DOOR ECU INFO Rcv from D-DOOR ECU
TELSC RETRN POS Telesco return position
E/G ECU INFO Rcv from E/G ECU
T&T MEM 1 T&T mem1
SEAT ECU INFO Rcv from SEAT ECU
COMBI ECU INFO Rcv from COMBI ECU
TELSC MEM 1 POS Telesco memory position 1
T&T MEM 2 T&T mem2 METER
SPEEDOMETER Vehicle Speed Meter
TELSC MEM 2 POS Telesco memory position 2
TACHOMETER Engine RPM
UP LIMIT Tilt up limit point
FUEL GAUGE FUEL INPUT
UP LIMIT POS Tilt UP limit position
LIGHT RHEOSTAT Light Control Rheostat
DOWN LIMIT Tilt down limit point
DOWN LIMIT POS Tilt DOWN limit position
SHORT LIMIT Telesco short limit point
SHORT LIMIT POS Telesco SHORT limit position
LONG LIMIT Telesco long limit point
LONG LIMIT POS Telesco LONG limit position
UP SW(BUS) Tilt UP sw
UP SW(DIRCT) Tilt UP manual sw
DOWN SW(BUS) Tilt DOWN sw
DOWN SW(DIRCT) Tilt DOWN manual sw
(Table continues next column)

Toyota North America New Features

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Toyota North America New Features

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

New Features

New System Utilities:

New Features for Data List and Active Tests:

• TABLE 1 – DATA LIST NEW PARAMETERS/UPDATES

• TABLE 2 – DATA TEST NEW SUPPORT/CHANGES

LEXUS TOYOTA SCION

All through 2007 All through 2007 All through 2007

ES350 4Runner Scion tC

GS350 Avalon Scion xB

GS450H Camry Scion xD

New changes for software version 14.1 are in red.

You can select

You can use the 0-9

Input the DTCs

If you want to clear the

Input alphabet A-F with ‘*’ key + ‘0-5’ key

ALL READINESS Press ‘DOWN’ key

Input the DTCs

P1FA3 Press ‘DOWN’ key

If you want to clear the inputted

PRESS [ENTER] Input the DTCs

C1FA3 Press ‘DOWN’ key

If you want to clear the inputted

PRESS [ENTER] Input the DTCs

PRESS [ENTER] Input the DTCs

If you want to clear the inputted

Press ‘UP’ key PRESS [ENTER]

New changes for software version 14.1 are in red.

NOW BLEEDING NOW BLEEDING NOW BLEEDING

Please wait for Please wait for Please wait for

activate [N0]times. activate [N0]times. Time 514 sec.

[N0]: Count [N0]: Count Count down

System: ABS / VSC

STP LIGHT RELAY Stop Light Relay

LAND CRUISER ALL CRAWL SW Crawl Control Switch

STOP SW HISTORY Stop Switch History

(UP&DOWN)G FR (UP&DOWN)G sensor FR

(UP&DOWN)G FL (UP&DOWN)G sensor FL

(UP&DOWN)G R (UP&DOWN)G sensor rear

(BACK&FORTH)G (BACK&FORTH)G sensor

OIL PRESSURE Oil Pressure Sensor

OIL TEMP Oil Temperature Sensor

ALL GRAVITY SENSOR Gravity Sensor(Side to Side)

FL HEIGHT FL Height Control Sensor

RR HEIGHT RR Height Control Sensor

RL HEIGHT RL height control sensor

FR ADJUST FR Height Adjust

FL ADJUST FL Height Adjust

RR ADJUST RR Height Adjust

RL ADJUST RL Height Adjust

FR AFTER ADJUST FR After Height Adjust

FL AFTER ADJUST FL After Height Adjust

RR AFTER ADJUST RR After Height Adjust

RL AFTER ADJUST RL After Height Adjust

STOP LIGHT SW Stop Light Switch

SPORT SW SPORT Switch

COMFORT SW COMFORT Switch

MANUAL MODE SW Manual Mode Switch

DOOR SW Door Switch

HEIGHT SW UP Height Control Switch(Up)

HEIGHT SW DOWN Height Control Switch(Down)

DAMPER SW 1 Damping Force Switch 1

HEIGHT POSITION Height Position

HEIGHT CTRL Height Control